Lista funzioni e metodi

Lista di tutte le funzioni e metodi nel manuale

a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z _

• a
  • abs - Valore assoluto
  • acos - Arco coseno
  • acosh - Inverso del coseno iperbolico
  • addcslashes - Esegue il quoting di una stringa con gli slash nello stile del C
  • addslashes - Esegue il quoting di una stringa con gli slash '/'
  • aggregate - Dynamic class and object aggregation of methods and properties
  • aggregate_info - Gets aggregation information for a given object
  • aggregate_methods - Dynamic class and object aggregation of methods
  • aggregate_methods_by_list - Selective dynamic class methods aggregation to an object
  • aggregate_methods_by_regexp - Selective class methods aggregation to an object using a regular expression
  • aggregate_properties - Dynamic aggregation of class properties to an object
  • aggregate_properties_by_list - Selective dynamic class properties aggregation to an object
  • aggregate_properties_by_regexp - Selective class properties aggregation to an object using a regular expression
  • aggregation_info - Alias di aggregate_info
  • AMQPChannel::commitTransaction - Commit a pending transaction
  • AMQPChannel::isConnected - Check the channel connection
  • AMQPChannel::qos - Set the Quality Of Service settings for the given channel
  • AMQPChannel::rollbackTransaction - Rollback a transaction
  • AMQPChannel::setPrefetchCount - Set the number of messages to prefetch from the broker
  • AMQPChannel::setPrefetchSize - Set the window size to prefetch from the broker
  • AMQPChannel::startTransaction - Start a transaction
  • AMQPChannel::__construct - Create an instance of an AMQPChannel object
  • AMQPConnection::connect - Establish a connection with the AMQP broker.
  • AMQPConnection::disconnect - Closes the connection with the AMQP broker.
  • AMQPConnection::getHost - Get the configured host
  • AMQPConnection::getLogin - Get the configured login
  • AMQPConnection::getPassword - Get the configured password
  • AMQPConnection::getPort - Get the configured port
  • AMQPConnection::getTimeout - Get the configured timeout
  • AMQPConnection::getVhost - Get the configured vhost
  • AMQPConnection::isConnected - Determine if the AMQPConnection object is connected to the broker.
  • AMQPConnection::reconnect - Closes any open connection and creates a new connection with the AMQP broker.
  • AMQPConnection::setHost - Set the amqp host.
  • AMQPConnection::setLogin - Set the login.
  • AMQPConnection::setPassword - Set the password.
  • AMQPConnection::setPort - Set the port.
  • AMQPConnection::setTimeout - Set the timeout.
  • AMQPConnection::setVhost - Set the amqp virtual host
  • AMQPConnection::__construct - Create an instance of AMQPConnection
  • AMQPEnvelope::getAppId - Get the message appid
  • AMQPEnvelope::getBody - Get the message body
  • AMQPEnvelope::getContentEncoding - Get the message contentencoding
  • AMQPEnvelope::getContentType - Get the message contenttype
  • AMQPEnvelope::getCorrelationId - Get the message correlation id
  • AMQPEnvelope::getDeliveryTag - Get the message delivery tag
  • AMQPEnvelope::getExchange - Get the message exchange
  • AMQPEnvelope::getExpiration - Get the message expiration
  • AMQPEnvelope::getHeader - Get a specific message header
  • AMQPEnvelope::getHeaders - Get the message headers
  • AMQPEnvelope::getMessageId - Get the message id
  • AMQPEnvelope::getPriority - Get the message priority
  • AMQPEnvelope::getReplyTo - Get the message replyto
  • AMQPEnvelope::getRoutingKey - Get the message routing key
  • AMQPEnvelope::getTimeStamp - Get the message timestamp
  • AMQPEnvelope::getType - Get the message type
  • AMQPEnvelope::getUserId - Get the message user id
  • AMQPEnvelope::isRedelivery - Whether this is a redelivery of the message
  • AMQPExchange::bind - Bind to another exchange
  • AMQPExchange::declare - Declare a new exchange on the broker.
  • AMQPExchange::delete - Delete the exchange from the broker.
  • AMQPExchange::getArgument - Get the argument associated with the given key
  • AMQPExchange::getArguments - Get all arguments set on the given exchange
  • AMQPExchange::getFlags - Get the flag bitmask
  • AMQPExchange::getName - Get the configured name
  • AMQPExchange::getType - Get the configured type
  • AMQPExchange::publish - Publish a message to an exchange.
  • AMQPExchange::setArgument - Set the value for the given key
  • AMQPExchange::setArguments - Set all arguments on the exchange
  • AMQPExchange::setFlags - Set the flags on an exchange
  • AMQPExchange::setName - Set the name of the exchange
  • AMQPExchange::setType - Set the type of the exchange
  • AMQPExchange::__construct - Create an instance of AMQPExchange
  • AMQPQueue::ack - Acknowledge the receipt of a message
  • AMQPQueue::bind - Bind the given queue to a routing key on an exchange.
  • AMQPQueue::cancel - Cancel a queue binding.
  • AMQPQueue::consume - Consume messages from a queue
  • AMQPQueue::declare - Declare a new queue
  • AMQPQueue::delete - Delete a queue and its contents.
  • AMQPQueue::get - Retrieve the next message from the queue.
  • AMQPQueue::getArgument - Get the argument associated with the given key
  • AMQPQueue::getArguments - Get all arguments set on the given queue
  • AMQPQueue::getFlags - Get the flag bitmask
  • AMQPQueue::getName - Get the configured name
  • AMQPQueue::nack - Mark a message as explicitly not acknowledged.
  • AMQPQueue::purge - Purge the contents of a queue
  • AMQPQueue::setArgument - Set the value for the given key
  • AMQPQueue::setArguments - Set all arguments on the queue
  • AMQPQueue::setFlags - Set the queue flags
  • AMQPQueue::setName - Set the queue name
  • AMQPQueue::unbind - Unbind the queue from a routing key.
  • AMQPQueue::__construct - Create an instance of an AMQPQueue object
  • apache_child_terminate - Interrompe il processo apache dopo la presente richiesta
  • apache_getenv - Get an Apache subprocess_env variable
  • apache_get_modules - Get a list of loaded Apache modules
  • apache_get_version - Fetch Apache version
  • apache_lookup_uri - Esegue una richiesta parziale della URI specificata e restituisce tutte le informazioni
  • apache_note - Ricava o imposta una variabile nella tabella notes di Apache
  • apache_request_headers - Estrae tutti gli header della richiesta HTTP
  • apache_reset_timeout - Reset the Apache write timer
  • apache_response_headers - Estrae tutti gli header della risposta HTTP
  • apache_setenv - Imposta una variabile Apache subprocess_env
  • APCIterator::current - Get current item
  • APCIterator::getTotalCount - Get total count
  • APCIterator::getTotalHits - Get total cache hits
  • APCIterator::getTotalSize - Get total cache size
  • APCIterator::key - Get iterator key
  • APCIterator::next - Move pointer to next item
  • APCIterator::rewind - Rewinds iterator
  • APCIterator::valid - Checks if current position is valid
  • APCIterator::__construct - Constructs an APCIterator iterator object
  • apc_add - Cache a new variable in the data store
  • apc_bin_dump - Get a binary dump of the given files and user variables
  • apc_bin_dumpfile - Output a binary dump of cached files and user variables to a file
  • apc_bin_load - Load a binary dump into the APC file/user cache
  • apc_bin_loadfile - Load a binary dump from a file into the APC file/user cache
  • apc_cache_info - Retrieves cached information from APC's data store
  • apc_cas - Updates an old value with a new value
  • apc_clear_cache - Clears the APC cache
  • apc_compile_file - Stores a file in the bytecode cache, bypassing all filters.
  • apc_dec - Decrease a stored number
  • apc_define_constants - Defines a set of constants for retrieval and mass-definition
  • apc_delete - Removes a stored variable from the cache
  • apc_delete_file - Deletes files from the opcode cache
  • apc_exists - Checks if APC key exists
  • apc_fetch - Fetch a stored variable from the cache
  • apc_inc - Increase a stored number
  • apc_load_constants - Loads a set of constants from the cache
  • apc_sma_info - Retrieves APC's Shared Memory Allocation information
  • apc_store - Cache a variable in the data store
  • apd_breakpoint - Stops the interpreter and waits on a CR from the socket
  • apd_callstack - Returns the current call stack as an array
  • apd_clunk - Throw a warning and a callstack
  • apd_continue - Restarts the interpreter
  • apd_croak - Throw an error, a callstack and then exit
  • apd_dump_function_table - Outputs the current function table
  • apd_dump_persistent_resources - Return all persistent resources as an array
  • apd_dump_regular_resources - Return all current regular resources as an array
  • apd_echo - Echo to the debugging socket
  • apd_get_active_symbols - Get an array of the current variables names in the local scope
  • apd_set_pprof_trace - Starts the session debugging
  • apd_set_session - Changes or sets the current debugging level
  • apd_set_session_trace - Starts the session debugging
  • apd_set_session_trace_socket - Starts the remote session debugging
  • AppendIterator::append - Appends an iterator
  • AppendIterator::current - Gets the current value
  • AppendIterator::getArrayIterator - Gets the ArrayIterator
  • AppendIterator::getInnerIterator - Gets the inner iterator
  • AppendIterator::getIteratorIndex - Gets an index of iterators
  • AppendIterator::key - Gets the current key
  • AppendIterator::next - Moves to the next element
  • AppendIterator::rewind - Rewinds the Iterator
  • AppendIterator::valid - Checks validity of the current element
  • AppendIterator::__construct - Constructs an AppendIterator
  • array - Crea un array
  • ArrayAccess::offsetExists - Whether a offset exists
  • ArrayAccess::offsetGet - Offset to retrieve
  • ArrayAccess::offsetSet - Offset to set
  • ArrayAccess::offsetUnset - Offset to unset
  • ArrayIterator::append - Append an element
  • ArrayIterator::asort - Sort array by values
  • ArrayIterator::count - Count elements
  • ArrayIterator::current - Return current array entry
  • ArrayIterator::getArrayCopy - Get array copy
  • ArrayIterator::getFlags - Get flags
  • ArrayIterator::key - Return current array key
  • ArrayIterator::ksort - Sort array by keys
  • ArrayIterator::natcasesort - Sort an array naturally, case insensitive
  • ArrayIterator::natsort - Sort an array naturally
  • ArrayIterator::next - Move to next entry
  • ArrayIterator::offsetExists - Check if offset exists
  • ArrayIterator::offsetGet - Get value for an offset
  • ArrayIterator::offsetSet - Set value for an offset
  • ArrayIterator::offsetUnset - Unset value for an offset
  • ArrayIterator::rewind - Rewind array back to the start
  • ArrayIterator::seek - Seek to position
  • ArrayIterator::serialize - Serialize
  • ArrayIterator::setFlags - Set behaviour flags
  • ArrayIterator::uasort - User defined sort
  • ArrayIterator::uksort - User defined sort
  • ArrayIterator::unserialize - Unserialize
  • ArrayIterator::valid - Check whether array contains more entries
  • ArrayIterator::__construct - Construct an ArrayIterator
  • ArrayObject::append - Appends the value
  • ArrayObject::asort - Sort the entries by value
  • ArrayObject::count - Get the number of public properties in the ArrayObject
  • ArrayObject::exchangeArray - Exchange the array for another one.
  • ArrayObject::getArrayCopy - Creates a copy of the ArrayObject.
  • ArrayObject::getFlags - Gets the behavior flags.
  • ArrayObject::getIterator - Create a new iterator from an ArrayObject instance
  • ArrayObject::getIteratorClass - Gets the iterator classname for the ArrayObject.
  • ArrayObject::ksort - Sort the entries by key
  • ArrayObject::natcasesort - Sort an array using a case insensitive "natural order" algorithm
  • ArrayObject::natsort - Sort entries using a "natural order" algorithm
  • ArrayObject::offsetExists - Returns whether the requested index exists
  • ArrayObject::offsetGet - Returns the value at the specified index
  • ArrayObject::offsetSet - Sets the value at the specified index to newval
  • ArrayObject::offsetUnset - Unsets the value at the specified index
  • ArrayObject::serialize - Serialize an ArrayObject
  • ArrayObject::setFlags - Sets the behavior flags.
  • ArrayObject::setIteratorClass - Sets the iterator classname for the ArrayObject.
  • ArrayObject::uasort - Sort the entries with a user-defined comparison function and maintain key association
  • ArrayObject::uksort - Sort the entries by keys using a user-defined comparison function
  • ArrayObject::unserialize - Unserialize an ArrayObject
  • ArrayObject::__construct - Construct a new array object
  • array_change_key_case - Restituisce un array con tutte le chiavi cambiate in maiuscolo o in minuscolo
  • array_chunk - Spezza un array in tronconi
  • array_combine - Crea un'array utilizzando un'array per le chiavi e un'altro per i suoi valori
  • array_count_values - Conta tutti i valori di un array
  • array_diff - Calcola la differenza di due o più array
  • array_diff_assoc - Calcola la differenza tra due o più array con un ulteriore controllo sull'indice
  • array_diff_key - Computes the difference of arrays using keys for comparison
  • array_diff_uassoc - Computes the difference of arrays with additional index check which is performed by a user supplied callback function
  • array_diff_ukey - Computes the difference of arrays using a callback function on the keys for comparison
  • array_fill - Riempie un array con i valori specificati
  • array_fill_keys - Fill an array with values, specifying keys
  • array_filter - Filtra gli elementi di un array usando una funzione callback
  • array_flip - Scambia tutte le chiavi di un array con i loro valori associati
  • array_intersect - Calcola l'intersezione degli arrays
  • array_intersect_assoc - Calcola l'intersezione degli array con un ulteriore controllo sugli indici
  • array_intersect_key - Computes the intersection of arrays using keys for comparison
  • array_intersect_uassoc - Computes the intersection of arrays with additional index check, compares indexes by a callback function
  • array_intersect_ukey - Computes the intersection of arrays using a callback function on the keys for comparison
  • array_keys - Restituisce tutte le chiavi di un array
  • array_key_exists - Controlla se l'indice (o chiave) specificato esiste nell'array
  • array_map - Applica la funzione callback a tutti gli elementi dell'array dato
  • array_merge - Fonde uno o più array
  • array_merge_recursive - Fonde due o più array in modo ricorsivo
  • array_multisort - Ordina array multipli o multidimensionali
  • array_pad - Riempie con un valore un array fino alla lunghezza specificata
  • array_pop - Estrae l'elemento alla fine dell'array
  • array_product - Calculate the product of values in an array
  • array_push - Accoda uno o più elementi ad un array
  • array_rand - Estrae a caso uno o più elementi da un array
  • array_reduce - Riduce iterativamente l'array a un singolo valore utilizzando una funzione callback
  • array_replace - Replaces elements from passed arrays into the first array
  • array_replace_recursive - Replaces elements from passed arrays into the first array recursively
  • array_reverse - Restituisce un array con gli elementi in ordine invertito
  • array_search - Ricerca un dato valore in un array e ne restituisce la chiave corrispondente, se la ricerca ha successo.
  • array_shift - Estrae l'elemento alla testa dell'array
  • array_slice - Estrae un sottoinsieme da un array
  • array_splice - Rimuove una porzione dell'array e la sostituisce con altro
  • array_sum - Calcola la somma dei valori di un array
  • array_udiff - Computes the difference of arrays by using a callback function for data comparison
  • array_udiff_assoc - Computes the difference of arrays with additional index check, compares data by a callback function
  • array_udiff_uassoc - Computes the difference of arrays with additional index check, compares data and indexes by a callback function
  • array_uintersect - Computes the intersection of arrays, compares data by a callback function
  • array_uintersect_assoc - Computes the intersection of arrays with additional index check, compares data by a callback function
  • array_uintersect_uassoc - Computes the intersection of arrays with additional index check, compares data and indexes by a callback functions
  • array_unique - Rimuove i valori duplicati di un array
  • array_unshift - Inserisce uno o più elementi all'inizio dell'array
  • array_values - Restituisce tutti i valori di un array
  • array_walk - Esegue una funzione su ogni elemento dell'array
  • array_walk_recursive - Apply a user function recursively to every member of an array
  • arsort - Ordina un array in ordine decrescente e mantiene le associazioni degli indici
  • asin - Arco seno
  • asinh - Inverso del seno iperbolico
  • asort - Ordina un array e mantiene le associazioni degli indici
  • assert - Verifica se un'asserzione è FALSE
  • assert_options - Imposta/ottiene vari parametri per assert
  • atan - Arco tangente
  • atan2 - Arco tangente di due variabili
  • atanh - Inverso della tangente iperbolica
• b
  • base64_decode - Decodes data encoded with MIME base64
  • base64_encode - Encodes data with MIME base64
  • basename - Restituisce il nome del file dal percorso indicato
  • base_convert - Converte un numero fra basi arbitrarie
  • bbcode_add_element - Adds a bbcode element
  • bbcode_add_smiley - Adds a smiley to the parser
  • bbcode_create - Create a BBCode Resource
  • bbcode_destroy - Close BBCode_container resource
  • bbcode_parse - Parse a string following a given rule set
  • bbcode_set_arg_parser - Attach another parser in order to use another rule set for argument parsing
  • bbcode_set_flags - Set or alter parser options
  • bcadd - Somma due numeri a precisione arbitraria
  • bccomp - Confronta due numeri a precisione arbitraria
  • bcdiv - Divide due numeri a precisione arbitraria
  • bcmod - Ricava il modulo di un numero a precisione arbitraria
  • bcmul - Moltiplica due numeri a precisione arbitraria
  • bcompiler_load - Reads and creates classes from a bz compressed file
  • bcompiler_load_exe - Reads and creates classes from a bcompiler exe file
  • bcompiler_parse_class - Reads the bytecodes of a class and calls back to a user function
  • bcompiler_read - Reads and creates classes from a filehandle
  • bcompiler_write_class - Writes a defined class as bytecodes
  • bcompiler_write_constant - Writes a defined constant as bytecodes
  • bcompiler_write_exe_footer - Writes the start pos, and sig to the end of a exe type file
  • bcompiler_write_file - Writes a php source file as bytecodes
  • bcompiler_write_footer - Writes the single character \x00 to indicate End of compiled data
  • bcompiler_write_function - Writes a defined function as bytecodes
  • bcompiler_write_functions_from_file - Writes all functions defined in a file as bytecodes
  • bcompiler_write_header - Writes the bcompiler header
  • bcompiler_write_included_filename - Writes an included file as bytecodes
  • bcpow - Effettua l'elevamento a potenza
  • bcpowmod - Effettua l'elevamento a potenza, applicando quindi il modulo
  • bcscale - Imposta il valore di precisione di default per tutte le funzioni matematich BCMath
  • bcsqrt - Ottiene la radice quadrata di un numero a precisione arbitraria
  • bcsub - Sottrae un numero a precisione arbitraria da un altro
  • bin2hex - Converte i dati binari nella rappresentazione esadecimale
  • bindec - Da binario a decimale
  • bindtextdomain - Sets the path for a domain
  • bind_textdomain_codeset - Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the DOMAIN message catalog will be returned
  • boolval - Get the boolean value of a variable
  • bson_decode - Deserializes a BSON object into a PHP array
  • bson_encode - Serializes a PHP variable into a BSON string
  • bzclose - Chiude un puntatore a un file bzip2
  • bzcompress - Comprime una stringa nel formato bzip2
  • bzdecompress - Decomprime dati codificati con bzip2
  • bzerrno - Restituisce il codice d'errore bzip2
  • bzerror - Restituisce il codice d'errore bzip2 e la stringa corrispondente in un array
  • bzerrstr - restituisce la stringa di errore bzip2
  • bzflush - Forza la scrittura di tutti i dati nel buffer
  • bzopen - Apre un file compresso bzip2
  • bzread - Esegue la lettura binaria di un file bzip2
  • bzwrite - Esegue la scrittura binaria di un file bzip2
• c
  • CachingIterator::count - The number of elements in the iterator
  • CachingIterator::current - Return the current element
  • CachingIterator::getCache - The getCache purpose
  • CachingIterator::getFlags - Get flags used
  • CachingIterator::getInnerIterator - Returns the inner iterator
  • CachingIterator::hasNext - Check whether the inner iterator has a valid next element
  • CachingIterator::key - Return the key for the current element
  • CachingIterator::next - Move the iterator forward
  • CachingIterator::offsetExists - The offsetExists purpose
  • CachingIterator::offsetGet - The offsetGet purpose
  • CachingIterator::offsetSet - The offsetSet purpose
  • CachingIterator::offsetUnset - The offsetUnset purpose
  • CachingIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator
  • CachingIterator::setFlags - The setFlags purpose
  • CachingIterator::valid - Check whether the current element is valid
  • CachingIterator::__construct - Construct a new CachingIterator object for the iterator.
  • CachingIterator::__toString - Return the string representation of the current element
  • Cairo::availableFonts - Retrieves the availables font types
  • Cairo::availableSurfaces - Retrieves all available surfaces
  • Cairo::statusToString - Retrieves the current status as string
  • Cairo::version - Retrives cairo's library version
  • Cairo::versionString - Retrieves cairo version as string
  • CairoContext::appendPath - Appends a path to current path
  • CairoContext::arc - Adds a circular arc
  • CairoContext::arcNegative - Adds a negative arc
  • CairoContext::clip - Establishes a new clip region
  • CairoContext::clipExtents - Computes the area inside the current clip
  • CairoContext::clipPreserve - Establishes a new clip region from the current clip
  • CairoContext::clipRectangleList - Retrieves the current clip as a list of rectangles
  • CairoContext::closePath - Closes the current path
  • CairoContext::copyPage - Emits the current page
  • CairoContext::copyPath - Creates a copy of the current path
  • CairoContext::copyPathFlat - Gets a flattened copy of the current path
  • CairoContext::curveTo - Adds a curve
  • CairoContext::deviceToUser - Transform a coordinate
  • CairoContext::deviceToUserDistance - Transform a distance
  • CairoContext::fill - Fills the current path
  • CairoContext::fillExtents - Computes the filled area
  • CairoContext::fillPreserve - Fills and preserve the current path
  • CairoContext::fontExtents - Get the font extents
  • CairoContext::getAntialias - Retrives the current antialias mode
  • CairoContext::getCurrentPoint - The getCurrentPoint purpose
  • CairoContext::getDash - The getDash purpose
  • CairoContext::getDashCount - The getDashCount purpose
  • CairoContext::getFillRule - The getFillRule purpose
  • CairoContext::getFontFace - The getFontFace purpose
  • CairoContext::getFontMatrix - The getFontMatrix purpose
  • CairoContext::getFontOptions - The getFontOptions purpose
  • CairoContext::getGroupTarget - The getGroupTarget purpose
  • CairoContext::getLineCap - The getLineCap purpose
  • CairoContext::getLineJoin - The getLineJoin purpose
  • CairoContext::getLineWidth - The getLineWidth purpose
  • CairoContext::getMatrix - The getMatrix purpose
  • CairoContext::getMiterLimit - The getMiterLimit purpose
  • CairoContext::getOperator - The getOperator purpose
  • CairoContext::getScaledFont - The getScaledFont purpose
  • CairoContext::getSource - The getSource purpose
  • CairoContext::getTarget - The getTarget purpose
  • CairoContext::getTolerance - The getTolerance purpose
  • CairoContext::glyphPath - The glyphPath purpose
  • CairoContext::hasCurrentPoint - The hasCurrentPoint purpose
  • CairoContext::identityMatrix - The identityMatrix purpose
  • CairoContext::inFill - The inFill purpose
  • CairoContext::inStroke - The inStroke purpose
  • CairoContext::lineTo - The lineTo purpose
  • CairoContext::mask - The mask purpose
  • CairoContext::maskSurface - The maskSurface purpose
  • CairoContext::moveTo - The moveTo purpose
  • CairoContext::newPath - The newPath purpose
  • CairoContext::newSubPath - The newSubPath purpose
  • CairoContext::paint - The paint purpose
  • CairoContext::paintWithAlpha - The paintWithAlpha purpose
  • CairoContext::pathExtents - The pathExtents purpose
  • CairoContext::popGroup - The popGroup purpose
  • CairoContext::popGroupToSource - The popGroupToSource purpose
  • CairoContext::pushGroup - The pushGroup purpose
  • CairoContext::pushGroupWithContent - The pushGroupWithContent purpose
  • CairoContext::rectangle - The rectangle purpose
  • CairoContext::relCurveTo - The relCurveTo purpose
  • CairoContext::relLineTo - The relLineTo purpose
  • CairoContext::relMoveTo - The relMoveTo purpose
  • CairoContext::resetClip - The resetClip purpose
  • CairoContext::restore - The restore purpose
  • CairoContext::rotate - The rotate purpose
  • CairoContext::save - The save purpose
  • CairoContext::scale - The scale purpose
  • CairoContext::selectFontFace - The selectFontFace purpose
  • CairoContext::setAntialias - The setAntialias purpose
  • CairoContext::setDash - The setDash purpose
  • CairoContext::setFillRule - The setFillRule purpose
  • CairoContext::setFontFace - The setFontFace purpose
  • CairoContext::setFontMatrix - The setFontMatrix purpose
  • CairoContext::setFontOptions - The setFontOptions purpose
  • CairoContext::setFontSize - The setFontSize purpose
  • CairoContext::setLineCap - The setLineCap purpose
  • CairoContext::setLineJoin - The setLineJoin purpose
  • CairoContext::setLineWidth - The setLineWidth purpose
  • CairoContext::setMatrix - The setMatrix purpose
  • CairoContext::setMiterLimit - The setMiterLimit purpose
  • CairoContext::setOperator - The setOperator purpose
  • CairoContext::setScaledFont - The setScaledFont purpose
  • CairoContext::setSource - The setSource purpose
  • CairoContext::setSourceRGB - The setSourceRGB purpose
  • CairoContext::setSourceRGBA - The setSourceRGBA purpose
  • CairoContext::setSourceSurface - The setSourceSurface purpose
  • CairoContext::setTolerance - The setTolerance purpose
  • CairoContext::showPage - The showPage purpose
  • CairoContext::showText - The showText purpose
  • CairoContext::status - The status purpose
  • CairoContext::stroke - The stroke purpose
  • CairoContext::strokeExtents - The strokeExtents purpose
  • CairoContext::strokePreserve - The strokePreserve purpose
  • CairoContext::textExtents - The textExtents purpose
  • CairoContext::textPath - The textPath purpose
  • CairoContext::transform - The transform purpose
  • CairoContext::translate - The translate purpose
  • CairoContext::userToDevice - The userToDevice purpose
  • CairoContext::userToDeviceDistance - The userToDeviceDistance purpose
  • CairoContext::__construct - Creates a new CairoContext
  • CairoFontFace::getType - Retrieves the font face type
  • CairoFontFace::status - Check for CairoFontFace errors
  • CairoFontFace::__construct - Creates a new CairoFontFace object
  • CairoFontOptions::equal - The equal purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::getAntialias - The getAntialias purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::getHintMetrics - The getHintMetrics purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::getHintStyle - The getHintStyle purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::getSubpixelOrder - The getSubpixelOrder purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::hash - The hash purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::merge - The merge purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::setAntialias - The setAntialias purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::setHintMetrics - The setHintMetrics purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::setHintStyle - The setHintStyle purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::setSubpixelOrder - The setSubpixelOrder purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::status - The status purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoFormat::strideForWidth - Provides an appropiate stride to use
  • CairoGradientPattern::addColorStopRgb - The addColorStopRgb purpose
  • CairoGradientPattern::addColorStopRgba - The addColorStopRgba purpose
  • CairoGradientPattern::getColorStopCount - The getColorStopCount purpose
  • CairoGradientPattern::getColorStopRgba - The getColorStopRgba purpose
  • CairoGradientPattern::getExtend - The getExtend purpose
  • CairoGradientPattern::setExtend - The setExtend purpose
  • CairoImageSurface::createForData - The createForData purpose
  • CairoImageSurface::createFromPng - Creates a new CairoImageSurface form a png image file
  • CairoImageSurface::getData - Gets the image data as string
  • CairoImageSurface::getFormat - Get the image format
  • CairoImageSurface::getHeight - Retrieves the height of the CairoImageSurface
  • CairoImageSurface::getStride - The getStride purpose
  • CairoImageSurface::getWidth - Retrieves the width of the CairoImageSurface
  • CairoImageSurface::__construct - Creates a new CairoImageSurface
  • CairoLinearGradient::getPoints - The getPoints purpose
  • CairoLinearGradient::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoMatrix::initIdentity - Creates a new identity matrix
  • CairoMatrix::initRotate - Creates a new rotated matrix
  • CairoMatrix::initScale - Creates a new scaling matrix
  • CairoMatrix::initTranslate - Creates a new translation matrix
  • CairoMatrix::invert - The invert purpose
  • CairoMatrix::multiply - The multiply purpose
  • CairoMatrix::rotate - The rotate purpose
  • CairoMatrix::scale - Applies scaling to a matrix
  • CairoMatrix::transformDistance - The transformDistance purpose
  • CairoMatrix::transformPoint - The transformPoint purpose
  • CairoMatrix::translate - The translate purpose
  • CairoMatrix::__construct - Creates a new CairoMatrix object
  • CairoPattern::getMatrix - The getMatrix purpose
  • CairoPattern::getType - The getType purpose
  • CairoPattern::setMatrix - The setMatrix purpose
  • CairoPattern::status - The status purpose
  • CairoPattern::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoPdfSurface::setSize - The setSize purpose
  • CairoPdfSurface::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::dscBeginPageSetup - The dscBeginPageSetup purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::dscBeginSetup - The dscBeginSetup purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::dscComment - The dscComment purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::getEps - The getEps purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::getLevels - The getLevels purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::levelToString - The levelToString purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::restrictToLevel - The restrictToLevel purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::setEps - The setEps purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::setSize - The setSize purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoRadialGradient::getCircles - The getCircles purpose
  • CairoRadialGradient::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::extents - The extents purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::getCtm - The getCtm purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::getFontFace - The getFontFace purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::getFontMatrix - The getFontMatrix purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::getFontOptions - The getFontOptions purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::getScaleMatrix - The getScaleMatrix purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::getType - The getType purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::glyphExtents - The glyphExtents purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::status - The status purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::textExtents - The textExtents purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoSolidPattern::getRgba - The getRgba purpose
  • CairoSolidPattern::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoSurface::copyPage - The copyPage purpose
  • CairoSurface::createSimilar - The createSimilar purpose
  • CairoSurface::finish - The finish purpose
  • CairoSurface::flush - The flush purpose
  • CairoSurface::getContent - The getContent purpose
  • CairoSurface::getDeviceOffset - The getDeviceOffset purpose
  • CairoSurface::getFontOptions - The getFontOptions purpose
  • CairoSurface::getType - The getType purpose
  • CairoSurface::markDirty - The markDirty purpose
  • CairoSurface::markDirtyRectangle - The markDirtyRectangle purpose
  • CairoSurface::setDeviceOffset - The setDeviceOffset purpose
  • CairoSurface::setFallbackResolution - The setFallbackResolution purpose
  • CairoSurface::showPage - The showPage purpose
  • CairoSurface::status - The status purpose
  • CairoSurface::writeToPng - The writeToPng purpose
  • CairoSurface::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoSurfacePattern::getExtend - The getExtend purpose
  • CairoSurfacePattern::getFilter - The getFilter purpose
  • CairoSurfacePattern::getSurface - The getSurface purpose
  • CairoSurfacePattern::setExtend - The setExtend purpose
  • CairoSurfacePattern::setFilter - The setFilter purpose
  • CairoSurfacePattern::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoSvgSurface::getVersions - Used to retrieve a list of supported SVG versions
  • CairoSvgSurface::restrictToVersion - The restrictToVersion purpose
  • CairoSvgSurface::versionToString - The versionToString purpose
  • CairoSvgSurface::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • cairo_create - Returns a new CairoContext object on the requested surface.
  • cairo_font_face_get_type - Description
  • cairo_font_options_create - Description
  • cairo_font_options_equal - Description
  • cairo_font_options_get_antialias - Description
  • cairo_font_options_get_hint_metrics - Description
  • cairo_font_options_get_hint_style - Description
  • cairo_font_options_get_subpixel_order - Description
  • cairo_font_options_hash - Description
  • cairo_font_options_merge - Description
  • cairo_font_options_set_antialias - Description
  • cairo_font_options_set_hint_metrics - Description
  • cairo_font_options_set_hint_style - Description
  • cairo_font_options_set_subpixel_order - Description
  • cairo_font_options_status - Description
  • cairo_format_stride_for_width - Description
  • cairo_image_surface_create - Description
  • cairo_image_surface_create_for_data - Description
  • cairo_image_surface_create_from_png - Description
  • cairo_image_surface_get_data - Description
  • cairo_image_surface_get_format - Description
  • cairo_image_surface_get_height - Description
  • cairo_image_surface_get_stride - Description
  • cairo_image_surface_get_width - Description
  • cairo_matrix_create_translate - Alias di CairoMatrix::initTranslate
  • cairo_matrix_invert - Description
  • cairo_matrix_multiply - Description
  • cairo_matrix_rotate - Description
  • cairo_matrix_transform_distance - Description
  • cairo_matrix_transform_point - Description
  • cairo_matrix_translate - Description
  • cairo_pattern_add_color_stop_rgb - Description
  • cairo_pattern_add_color_stop_rgba - Description
  • cairo_pattern_create_for_surface - Description
  • cairo_pattern_create_linear - Description
  • cairo_pattern_create_radial - Description
  • cairo_pattern_create_rgb - Description
  • cairo_pattern_create_rgba - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_color_stop_count - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_color_stop_rgba - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_extend - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_filter - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_linear_points - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_matrix - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_radial_circles - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_rgba - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_surface - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_type - Description
  • cairo_pattern_set_extend - Description
  • cairo_pattern_set_filter - Description
  • cairo_pattern_set_matrix - Description
  • cairo_pattern_status - Description
  • cairo_pdf_surface_create - Description
  • cairo_pdf_surface_set_size - Description
  • cairo_ps_get_levels - Description
  • cairo_ps_level_to_string - Description
  • cairo_ps_surface_create - Description
  • cairo_ps_surface_dsc_begin_page_setup - Description
  • cairo_ps_surface_dsc_begin_setup - Description
  • cairo_ps_surface_dsc_comment - Description
  • cairo_ps_surface_get_eps - Description
  • cairo_ps_surface_restrict_to_level - Description
  • cairo_ps_surface_set_eps - Description
  • cairo_ps_surface_set_size - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_create - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_extents - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_get_ctm - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_get_font_face - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_get_font_matrix - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_get_font_options - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_get_scale_matrix - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_get_type - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_glyph_extents - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_status - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_text_extents - Description
  • cairo_surface_copy_page - Description
  • cairo_surface_create_similar - Description
  • cairo_surface_finish - Description
  • cairo_surface_flush - Description
  • cairo_surface_get_content - Description
  • cairo_surface_get_device_offset - Description
  • cairo_surface_get_font_options - Description
  • cairo_surface_get_type - Description
  • cairo_surface_mark_dirty - Description
  • cairo_surface_mark_dirty_rectangle - Description
  • cairo_surface_set_device_offset - Description
  • cairo_surface_set_fallback_resolution - Description
  • cairo_surface_show_page - Description
  • cairo_surface_status - Description
  • cairo_surface_write_to_png - Description
  • cairo_svg_surface_create - Description
  • cairo_svg_surface_restrict_to_version - Description
  • cairo_svg_version_to_string - Description
  • calculhmac - Obtain a hmac key (needs 2 arguments)
  • calcul_hmac - Obtain a hmac key (needs 8 arguments)
  • CallbackFilterIterator::accept - Calls the callback with the current value, the current key and the inner iterator as arguments
  • CallbackFilterIterator::__construct - Create a filtered iterator from another iterator
  • call_user_func - Call the callback given by the first parameter
  • call_user_func_array - Call a callback with an array of parameters
  • call_user_method - Chiama un metodo dell'oggetto indicato [deprecated]
  • call_user_method_array - Richiama il metodo dato con un array di parametri [deprecated]
  • cal_days_in_month - Restituisce il numero di giorni di un mese per un dato anno e calendario
  • cal_from_jd - Converte dal Giorno Giuliano ad un calendario
  • cal_info - Restituisce informazioni su un particolare calendario
  • cal_to_jd - Converte da un calendario a un Giorno Giuliano
  • ceil - arrotonda le frazioni all'intero superiore
  • chdb::get - Gets the value associated with a key
  • chdb::__construct - Creates a chdb instance
  • chdb_create - Creates a chdb file
  • chdir - cambia directory
  • checkdate - Verifica una data/orario gragoriana/o
  • checkdnsrr - Controlla i record DNS relativi ad un host Internet o indirizzo IP
  • chgrp - Cambia il gruppo del file
  • chmod - Cambia le impostazioni del file
  • chop - Alias di di rtrim
  • chown - Cambia il proprietario del file
  • chr - Restituisce un carattere specifico
  • chroot - Cambia la direcory di root
  • chunk_split - Divide una stringa in segmento più piccoli
  • classkit_import - Import new class method definitions from a file
  • classkit_method_add - Dynamically adds a new method to a given class
  • classkit_method_copy - Copies a method from class to another
  • classkit_method_redefine - Dynamically changes the code of the given method
  • classkit_method_remove - Dynamically removes the given method
  • classkit_method_rename - Dynamically changes the name of the given method
  • class_alias - Creates an alias for a class
  • class_exists - Verifica se una classe è stata definita
  • class_implements - Return the interfaces which are implemented by the given class
  • class_parents - Return the parent classes of the given class
  • class_uses - Return the traits used by the given class
  • clearstatcache - Libera la cache dello stato di un file
  • closedir - Chiude l'handle della directory
  • closelog - Chiude la connessione al logger di sistema
  • Closure::bind - Duplicates a closure with a specific bound object and class scope
  • Closure::bindTo - Duplica la closure con una nuova associazione all'oggetto e alla visibilità della classe
  • Closure::__construct - Costruttore che disabilita l'istanziazione
  • Collator::asort - Sort array maintaining index association
  • Collator::compare - Compare two Unicode strings
  • Collator::create - Create a collator
  • Collator::getAttribute - Get collation attribute value
  • Collator::getErrorCode - Get collator's last error code
  • Collator::getErrorMessage - Get text for collator's last error code
  • Collator::getLocale - Get the locale name of the collator
  • Collator::getSortKey - Get sorting key for a string
  • Collator::getStrength - Get current collation strength
  • Collator::setAttribute - Set collation attribute
  • Collator::setStrength - Set collation strength
  • Collator::sort - Sort array using specified collator
  • Collator::sortWithSortKeys - Sort array using specified collator and sort keys
  • Collator::__construct - Create a collator
  • compact - Crea un array contenente variabili e il loro valore
  • com_addref - Incrementa il contatore di referenze.
  • com_create_guid - Generate a globally unique identifier (GUID)
  • com_event_sink - Connect events from a COM object to a PHP object
  • com_get - Ricava il valore di una proprietà di un componente COM
  • com_get_active_object - Returns a handle to an already running instance of a COM object
  • com_invoke - Chiama un metodo di un componente COM.
  • com_isenum - Recupera un IEnumVariant
  • com_load - Crea un nuovo riferimento a un componente COM
  • com_load_typelib - Carica una Typelib
  • com_message_pump - Process COM messages, sleeping for up to timeoutms milliseconds
  • com_print_typeinfo - Print out a PHP class definition for a dispatchable interface
  • com_propget - Alias di com_get
  • com_propput - Alias di com_set
  • com_propset - Alias di com_set
  • com_release - Decrementa il contaotre di referenze.
  • com_set - Assegna un valore a una proprietà di un oggetto COM
  • Cond::broadcast - Broadcast a Condition
  • Cond::create - Create a Condition
  • Cond::destroy - Destroy a Condition
  • Cond::signal - Signal a Condition
  • Cond::wait - Wait for Condition
  • connection_aborted - Check whether client disconnected
  • connection_status - Returns connection status bitfield
  • connection_timeout - Check if the script timed out
  • constant - Returns the value of a constant
  • Constants for PDO_4D - Constants for PDO_4D
  • convert_cyr_string - Converte da un set di caratteri Cirillico ad un'altro
  • convert_uudecode - Decodifica una stringa codificata con uuencode
  • convert_uuencode - Codifica uuencode di una stringa
  • copy - Copia un file
  • cos - Coseno
  • cosh - Coseno iperbolico
  • count - Conta gli elementi in una variabile, o le proprietà in un oggetto
  • Countable::count - Count elements of an object
  • Counter::bumpValue - Change the current value of a counter.
  • Counter::getMeta - Return a piece of metainformation about a counter.
  • Counter::getNamed - Retrieve an existing named counter.
  • Counter::getValue - Get the current value of a counter.
  • Counter::resetValue - Reset the current value of a counter.
  • Counter::setCounterClass - Set the class returned by Counter::getNamed.
  • Counter::__construct - Creates an instance of a Counter which maintains a single numeric value.
  • counter_bump - Update the current value of the basic counter.
  • counter_bump_value - Change the current value of a counter resource.
  • counter_create - Creates a counter which maintains a single numeric value.
  • counter_get - Get the current value of the basic counter.
  • counter_get_meta - Return a piece of metainformation about a counter resource.
  • counter_get_named - Retrieve an existing named counter as a resource.
  • counter_get_value - Get the current value of a counter resource.
  • counter_reset - Reset the current value of the basic counter.
  • counter_reset_value - Reset the current value of a counter resource.
  • count_chars - Restituisce informazioni sui caratteri usati in una stringa
  • crack_check - Effettua un controllo nascosto con la password data
  • crack_closedict - Chiude un dizionario di CrackLib aperto
  • crack_getlastmessage - Restituisce il messaggio dell'ultimo controllo nascosto
  • crack_opendict - Apre un nuovo dizionario di CrackLib
  • crc32 - Calcola il crc32 polinomiale di una stringa
  • create_function - Create an anonymous (lambda-style) function
  • crypt - Criptazione di una stringa a senso unico (hashing)
  • ctype_alnum - Controlla i caratteri alfanumerici
  • ctype_alpha - Controlla i caratteri alfabetici
  • ctype_cntrl - Controlla i caratteri di controllo
  • ctype_digit - Controlla i caratteri numerici
  • ctype_graph - Controlla ogni carattere stampabile tranne lo spazio
  • ctype_lower - Controlla i caratteri minuscoli
  • ctype_print - Controlla i caratteri stampabili
  • ctype_punct - Controlla ogni carattere stampabile che non è uno spazio o un carattere alfanumerico
  • ctype_space - Controlla gli spazi
  • ctype_upper - Controlla i caratteri maiuscoli
  • ctype_xdigit - Controlla i caratteri che rappresentano una cifra esadecimale
  • cubrid_affected_rows - Return the number of rows affected by the last SQL statement
  • cubrid_bind - Bind variables to a prepared statement as parameters
  • cubrid_client_encoding - Return the current CUBRID connection charset
  • cubrid_close - Close CUBRID connection
  • cubrid_close_prepare - Close the request handle
  • cubrid_close_request - Close the request handle
  • cubrid_column_names - Get the column names in result
  • cubrid_column_types - Get column types in result
  • cubrid_col_get - Get contents of collection type column using OID
  • cubrid_col_size - Get the number of elements in collection type column using OID
  • cubrid_commit - Commit a transaction
  • cubrid_connect - Open a connection to a CUBRID Server
  • cubrid_connect_with_url - Establish the environment for connecting to CUBRID server
  • cubrid_current_oid - Get OID of the current cursor location
  • cubrid_data_seek - Move the internal row pointer of the CUBRID result
  • cubrid_db_name - Get db name from results of cubrid_list_dbs
  • cubrid_disconnect - Close a database connection
  • cubrid_drop - Delete an instance using OID
  • cubrid_errno - Return the numerical value of the error message from previous CUBRID operation
  • cubrid_error - Get the error message
  • cubrid_error_code - Get error code for the most recent function call
  • cubrid_error_code_facility - Get the facility code of error
  • cubrid_error_msg - Get last error message for the most recent function call
  • cubrid_execute - Execute a prepared SQL statement
  • cubrid_fetch - Fetch the next row from a result set
  • cubrid_fetch_array - Fetch a result row as an associative array, a numeric array, or both
  • cubrid_fetch_assoc - Return the associative array that corresponds to the fetched row
  • cubrid_fetch_field - Get column information from a result and return as an object
  • cubrid_fetch_lengths - Return an array with the lengths of the values of each field from the current row
  • cubrid_fetch_object - Fetche the next row and returns it as an object
  • cubrid_fetch_row - Return a numerical array with the values of the current row
  • cubrid_field_flags - Return a string with the flags of the given field offset
  • cubrid_field_len - Get the maximum length of the specified field
  • cubrid_field_name - Return the name of the specified field index
  • cubrid_field_seek - Move the result set cursor to the specified field offset
  • cubrid_field_table - Return the name of the table of the specified field
  • cubrid_field_type - Return the type of the column corresponding to the given field offset
  • cubrid_free_result - Free the memory occupied by the result data
  • cubrid_get - Get a column using OID
  • cubrid_get_autocommit - Get auto-commit mode of the connection
  • cubrid_get_charset - Return the current CUBRID connection charset
  • cubrid_get_class_name - Get the class name using OID
  • cubrid_get_client_info - Return the client library version
  • cubrid_get_db_parameter - Returns the CUBRID database parameters
  • cubrid_get_query_timeout - Get the query timeout value of the request
  • cubrid_get_server_info - Return the CUBRID server version
  • cubrid_insert_id - Return the ID generated for the last updated AUTO_INCREMENT column
  • cubrid_is_instance - Check whether the instance pointed by OID exists
  • cubrid_list_dbs - Return an array with the list of all existing CUBRID databases
  • cubrid_load_from_glo - Read data from a GLO instance and save it in a file
  • cubrid_lob2_bind - Bind a lob object or a string as a lob object to a prepared statement as parameters.
  • cubrid_lob2_close - Close LOB object.
  • cubrid_lob2_export - Export the lob object to a file.
  • cubrid_lob2_import - Import BLOB/CLOB data from a file.
  • cubrid_lob2_new - Create a lob object.
  • cubrid_lob2_read - Read from BLOB/CLOB data.
  • cubrid_lob2_seek - Move the cursor of a lob object.
  • cubrid_lob2_seek64 - Move the cursor of a lob object.
  • cubrid_lob2_size - Get a lob object's size.
  • cubrid_lob2_size64 - Get a lob object's size.
  • cubrid_lob2_tell - Tell the cursor position of the LOB object.
  • cubrid_lob2_tell64 - Tell the cursor position of the LOB object.
  • cubrid_lob2_write - Write to a lob object.
  • cubrid_lob_close - Close BLOB/CLOB data
  • cubrid_lob_export - Export BLOB/CLOB data to file
  • cubrid_lob_get - Get BLOB/CLOB data
  • cubrid_lob_send - Read BLOB/CLOB data and send straight to browser
  • cubrid_lob_size - Get BLOB/CLOB data size
  • cubrid_lock_read - Set a read lock on the given OID
  • cubrid_lock_write - Set a write lock on the given OID
  • cubrid_move_cursor - Move the cursor in the result
  • cubrid_new_glo - Create a glo instance
  • cubrid_next_result - Get result of next query when executing multiple SQL statements
  • cubrid_num_cols - Return the number of columns in the result set
  • cubrid_num_fields - Return the number of columns in the result set
  • cubrid_num_rows - Get the number of rows in the result set
  • cubrid_pconnect - Open a persistent connection to a CUBRID server
  • cubrid_pconnect_with_url - Open a persistent connection to CUBRID server
  • cubrid_ping - Ping a server connection or reconnect if there is no connection
  • cubrid_prepare - Prepare an SQL statement for execution
  • cubrid_put - Update a column using OID
  • cubrid_query - Send a CUBRID query
  • cubrid_real_escape_string - Escape special characters in a string for use in an SQL statement
  • cubrid_result - Return the value of a specific field in a specific row
  • cubrid_rollback - Roll back a transaction
  • cubrid_save_to_glo - Save requested file in a GLO instance
  • cubrid_schema - Get the requested schema information
  • cubrid_send_glo - Read data from glo and send it to std output
  • cubrid_seq_drop - Delete an element from sequence type column using OID
  • cubrid_seq_insert - Insert an element to a sequence type column using OID
  • cubrid_seq_put - Update the element value of sequence type column using OID
  • cubrid_set_add - Insert a single element to set type column using OID
  • cubrid_set_autocommit - Set autocommit mode of the connection
  • cubrid_set_db_parameter - Sets the CUBRID database parameters
  • cubrid_set_drop - Delete an element from set type column using OID
  • cubrid_set_query_timeout - Set the timeout time of query execution
  • cubrid_unbuffered_query - Perform a query without fetching the results into memory
  • cubrid_version - Get the CUBRID PHP module's version
  • CURL context options - CURL context option listing
  • curl_close - Chiude una sessione CURL
  • curl_copy_handle - Copy a cURL handle along with all of its preferences
  • curl_errno - Restituisce il numero dell'ultimo errore
  • curl_error - Restituisce una stringa contenente l'ultimo errore relativo alla sessione corrente
  • curl_exec - Esegue una sessione CURL
  • curl_getinfo - Ottiene informazioni relative a un determinato trasferimento
  • curl_init - Inizializza una sessione CURL
  • curl_multi_add_handle - Aggiunge un handle cURL ad un multi handle cURL
  • curl_multi_close - Chiude un set di handle cURL
  • curl_multi_exec - Esegue la sotto-connessione dell'handle cURL corrente
  • curl_multi_getcontent - Restituisce il contenuto di un handle cURL se è impostato CURLOPT_RETURNTRANSFER
  • curl_multi_info_read - Ottiene informazioni sui trasferimenti correnti
  • curl_multi_init - Restituisce un nuovo multi handle cURL
  • curl_multi_remove_handle - Rimuove un multi handle da un set di handle cURL
  • curl_multi_select - Restituisce tutti i socket associati alla estensione cURL che possono essere "selected"
  • curl_setopt - Imposta una opzione per un trasferimento CURL
  • curl_setopt_array - Set multiple options for a cURL transfer
  • curl_version - Restituisce la versione di CURL in uso
  • current - Restituisce l'elemento corrente di un array
  • cyrus_authenticate - Autentifica attraverso un server Cyrus IMAP
  • cyrus_bind - Bind callbacks ad una connessione Cyrus IMAP
  • cyrus_close - Chiude la connessione con un server Cyrus IMAP
  • cyrus_connect - Apre una connessione con un server Cyrus IMAP
  • cyrus_query - Invia una query ad un server Cyrus IMAP
  • cyrus_unbind - Unbind ...
• d
  • data:// - Data (RFC 2397)
  • date - Formatta una data o orario locale
  • DateInterval::createFromDateString - Sets up a DateInterval from the relative parts of the string
  • DateInterval::format - Formats the interval
  • DateInterval::__construct - Creates a new DateInterval object
  • DatePeriod::__construct - Creates a new DatePeriod object
  • DateTime::add - Adds an amount of days, months, years, hours, minutes and seconds to a DateTime object
  • DateTime::createFromFormat - Returns new DateTime object formatted according to the specified format
  • DateTime::diff - Returns the difference between two DateTime objects
  • DateTime::format - Returns date formatted according to given format
  • DateTime::getLastErrors - Returns the warnings and errors
  • DateTime::getOffset - Returns the timezone offset
  • DateTime::getTimestamp - Gets the Unix timestamp
  • DateTime::getTimezone - Return time zone relative to given DateTime
  • DateTime::modify - Alters the timestamp
  • DateTime::setDate - Sets the date
  • DateTime::setISODate - Sets the ISO date
  • DateTime::setTime - Sets the time
  • DateTime::setTimestamp - Sets the date and time based on an Unix timestamp
  • DateTime::setTimezone - Sets the time zone for the DateTime object
  • DateTime::sub - Subtracts an amount of days, months, years, hours, minutes and seconds from a DateTime object
  • DateTime::__construct - Returns new DateTime object
  • DateTime::__set_state - The __set_state handler
  • DateTime::__wakeup - The __wakeup handler
  • DateTimeZone::getLocation - Returns location information for a timezone
  • DateTimeZone::getName - Returns the name of the timezone
  • DateTimeZone::getOffset - Returns the timezone offset from GMT
  • DateTimeZone::getTransitions - Returns all transitions for the timezone
  • DateTimeZone::listAbbreviations - Returns associative array containing dst, offset and the timezone name
  • DateTimeZone::listIdentifiers - Returns numerically index array with all timezone identifiers
  • DateTimeZone::__construct - Creates new DateTimeZone object
  • date_add - Alias di DateTime::add
  • date_create - Alias di DateTime::__construct
  • date_create_from_format - Alias di DateTime::createFromFormat
  • date_date_set - Alias di DateTime::setDate
  • date_default_timezone_get - Gets the default timezone used by all date/time functions in a script
  • date_default_timezone_set - Sets the default timezone used by all date/time functions in a script
  • date_diff - Alias di DateTime::diff
  • date_format - Alias di DateTime::format
  • date_get_last_errors - Alias di DateTime::getLastErrors
  • date_interval_create_from_date_string - Alias di DateInterval::createFromDateString
  • date_interval_format - Alias di DateInterval::format
  • date_isodate_set - Alias di DateTime::setISODate
  • date_modify - Alias di DateTime::modify
  • date_offset_get - Alias di DateTime::getOffset
  • date_parse - Returns associative array with detailed info about given date
  • date_parse_from_format - Get info about given date formatted according to the specified format
  • date_sub - Alias di DateTime::sub
  • date_sunrise - Returns time of sunrise for a given day and location
  • date_sunset - Returns time of sunset for a given day and location
  • date_sun_info - Returns an array with information about sunset/sunrise and twilight begin/end
  • date_timestamp_get - Alias di DateTime::getTimestamp
  • date_timestamp_set - Alias di DateTime::setTimestamp
  • date_timezone_get - Alias di DateTime::getTimezone
  • date_timezone_set - Alias di DateTime::setTimezone
  • date_time_set - Alias di DateTime::setTime
  • db2_autocommit - Returns or sets the AUTOCOMMIT state for a database connection
  • db2_bind_param - Binds a PHP variable to an SQL statement parameter
  • db2_client_info - Returns an object with properties that describe the DB2 database client
  • db2_close - Closes a database connection
  • db2_columns - Returns a result set listing the columns and associated metadata for a table
  • db2_column_privileges - Returns a result set listing the columns and associated privileges for a table
  • db2_commit - Commits a transaction
  • db2_connect - Returns a connection to a database
  • db2_conn_error - Returns a string containing the SQLSTATE returned by the last connection attempt
  • db2_conn_errormsg - Returns the last connection error message and SQLCODE value
  • db2_cursor_type - Returns the cursor type used by a statement resource
  • db2_escape_string - Used to escape certain characters
  • db2_exec - Executes an SQL statement directly
  • db2_execute - Executes a prepared SQL statement
  • db2_fetch_array - Returns an array, indexed by column position, representing a row in a result set
  • db2_fetch_assoc - Returns an array, indexed by column name, representing a row in a result set
  • db2_fetch_both - Returns an array, indexed by both column name and position, representing a row in a result set
  • db2_fetch_object - Returns an object with properties representing columns in the fetched row
  • db2_fetch_row - Sets the result set pointer to the next row or requested row
  • db2_field_display_size - Returns the maximum number of bytes required to display a column
  • db2_field_name - Returns the name of the column in the result set
  • db2_field_num - Returns the position of the named column in a result set
  • db2_field_precision - Returns the precision of the indicated column in a result set
  • db2_field_scale - Returns the scale of the indicated column in a result set
  • db2_field_type - Returns the data type of the indicated column in a result set
  • db2_field_width - Returns the width of the current value of the indicated column in a result set
  • db2_foreign_keys - Returns a result set listing the foreign keys for a table
  • db2_free_result - Frees resources associated with a result set
  • db2_free_stmt - Frees resources associated with the indicated statement resource
  • db2_get_option - Retrieves an option value for a statement resource or a connection resource
  • db2_last_insert_id - Returns the auto generated ID of the last insert query that successfully executed on this connection
  • db2_lob_read - Gets a user defined size of LOB files with each invocation
  • db2_next_result - Requests the next result set from a stored procedure
  • db2_num_fields - Returns the number of fields contained in a result set
  • db2_num_rows - Returns the number of rows affected by an SQL statement
  • db2_pclose - Closes a persistent database connection
  • db2_pconnect - Returns a persistent connection to a database
  • db2_prepare - Prepares an SQL statement to be executed
  • db2_primary_keys - Returns a result set listing primary keys for a table
  • db2_procedures - Returns a result set listing the stored procedures registered in a database
  • db2_procedure_columns - Returns a result set listing stored procedure parameters
  • db2_result - Returns a single column from a row in the result set
  • db2_rollback - Rolls back a transaction
  • db2_server_info - Returns an object with properties that describe the DB2 database server
  • db2_set_option - Set options for connection or statement resources
  • db2_special_columns - Returns a result set listing the unique row identifier columns for a table
  • db2_statistics - Returns a result set listing the index and statistics for a table
  • db2_stmt_error - Returns a string containing the SQLSTATE returned by an SQL statement
  • db2_stmt_errormsg - Returns a string containing the last SQL statement error message
  • db2_tables - Returns a result set listing the tables and associated metadata in a database
  • db2_table_privileges - Returns a result set listing the tables and associated privileges in a database
  • dbase_add_record - Aggiunge un record ad un database dBase
  • dbase_close - Chiude un database dBase
  • dbase_create - Crea un database dBase
  • dbase_delete_record - Cancella un record da un database dBase
  • dbase_get_header_info - Ottenere le informazioni di intestazione di un database dBase
  • dbase_get_record - Estrae un record da un database dBase
  • dbase_get_record_with_names - Estrae un record da un database dBase come un array associativo
  • dbase_numfields - Restituisce il numero di campi in un database dBase.
  • dbase_numrecords - Restituisce il numero di records in un database dBase.
  • dbase_open - Apre un database dBase
  • dbase_pack - Stabilizza un database dBase
  • dbase_replace_record - Sostituisce un record in un database dBase
  • dba_close - Close a DBA database
  • dba_delete - Delete DBA entry specified by key
  • dba_exists - Check whether key exists
  • dba_fetch - Fetch data specified by key
  • dba_firstkey - Fetch first key
  • dba_handlers - List all the handlers available
  • dba_insert - Insert entry
  • dba_key_split - Splits a key in string representation into array representation
  • dba_list - List all open database files
  • dba_nextkey - Fetch next key
  • dba_open - Open database
  • dba_optimize - Optimize database
  • dba_popen - Open database persistently
  • dba_replace - Replace or insert entry
  • dba_sync - Synchronize database
  • dbplus_add - Add a tuple to a relation
  • dbplus_aql - Perform AQL query
  • dbplus_chdir - Get/Set database virtual current directory
  • dbplus_close - Close a relation
  • dbplus_curr - Get current tuple from relation
  • dbplus_errcode - Get error string for given errorcode or last error
  • dbplus_errno - Get error code for last operation
  • dbplus_find - Set a constraint on a relation
  • dbplus_first - Get first tuple from relation
  • dbplus_flush - Flush all changes made on a relation
  • dbplus_freealllocks - Free all locks held by this client
  • dbplus_freelock - Release write lock on tuple
  • dbplus_freerlocks - Free all tuple locks on given relation
  • dbplus_getlock - Get a write lock on a tuple
  • dbplus_getunique - Get an id number unique to a relation
  • dbplus_info - Get information about a relation
  • dbplus_last - Get last tuple from relation
  • dbplus_lockrel - Request write lock on relation
  • dbplus_next - Get next tuple from relation
  • dbplus_open - Open relation file
  • dbplus_prev - Get previous tuple from relation
  • dbplus_rchperm - Change relation permissions
  • dbplus_rcreate - Creates a new DB++ relation
  • dbplus_rcrtexact - Creates an exact but empty copy of a relation including indices
  • dbplus_rcrtlike - Creates an empty copy of a relation with default indices
  • dbplus_resolve - Resolve host information for relation
  • dbplus_restorepos - Restore position
  • dbplus_rkeys - Specify new primary key for a relation
  • dbplus_ropen - Open relation file local
  • dbplus_rquery - Perform local (raw) AQL query
  • dbplus_rrename - Rename a relation
  • dbplus_rsecindex - Create a new secondary index for a relation
  • dbplus_runlink - Remove relation from filesystem
  • dbplus_rzap - Remove all tuples from relation
  • dbplus_savepos - Save position
  • dbplus_setindex - Set index
  • dbplus_setindexbynumber - Set index by number
  • dbplus_sql - Perform SQL query
  • dbplus_tcl - Execute TCL code on server side
  • dbplus_tremove - Remove tuple and return new current tuple
  • dbplus_undo - Undo
  • dbplus_undoprepare - Prepare undo
  • dbplus_unlockrel - Give up write lock on relation
  • dbplus_unselect - Remove a constraint from relation
  • dbplus_update - Update specified tuple in relation
  • dbplus_xlockrel - Request exclusive lock on relation
  • dbplus_xunlockrel - Free exclusive lock on relation
  • dbx_close - Close an open connection/database
  • dbx_compare - Compare two rows for sorting purposes
  • dbx_connect - Open a connection/database
  • dbx_error - Report the error message of the latest function call in the module
  • dbx_escape_string - Escape a string so it can safely be used in an sql-statement
  • dbx_fetch_row - Fetches rows from a query-result that had the DBX_RESULT_UNBUFFERED flag set
  • dbx_query - Send a query and fetch all results (if any)
  • dbx_sort - Sort a result from a dbx_query by a custom sort function
  • dcgettext - Overrides the domain for a single lookup
  • dcngettext - Plural version of dcgettext
  • deaggregate - Removes the aggregated methods and properties from an object
  • debug_backtrace - Genera un backtrace
  • debug_print_backtrace - Stampa una backtrace
  • debug_zval_dump - Dumps a string representation of an internal zend value to output
  • decbin - Da decimale a binario
  • dechex - Da decimale a esadecimale
  • decoct - Da decimale a ottale
  • define - Defines a named constant
  • defined - Checks whether a given named constant exists
  • define_syslog_variables - Inizializza tutte le costanti collegate al syslog
  • deg2rad - Converte il numero dato in gradi nell'equivalente espresso in radianti
  • delete - Vedere unlink oppure unset
  • dgettext - Override the current domain
  • die - Equivalent to exit
  • dio_close - Chiude il descrittore di file passato
  • dio_fcntl - Esegue la funzione C fcntl su un descrittore di file
  • dio_open - Apre un nuovo file nella modalità specificata da flags e i permessi indicati in mode
  • dio_read - Legge n bytes da un descrittore di file
  • dio_seek - Si posiziona al byte pos del file indicato da fd
  • dio_stat - Restituisce le informazioni relative al file indicato da fd
  • dio_tcsetattr - Imposta gli attributi terminale e la velocità per una porta seriale
  • dio_truncate - Tronca il file indicato da fd ad un numero di byte specificato
  • dio_write - Scrive dati sul file indicato da fd con la possibilità di troncarne la lunghezza
  • dir - Return an instance of the Directory class
  • Directory::close - Close directory handle
  • Directory::read - Read entry from directory handle
  • Directory::rewind - Rewind directory handle
  • DirectoryIterator::current - Return the current DirectoryIterator item.
  • DirectoryIterator::getATime - Get last access time of the current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getBasename - Get base name of current DirectoryIterator item.
  • DirectoryIterator::getCTime - Get inode change time of the current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getExtension - Gets the file extension
  • DirectoryIterator::getFilename - Return file name of current DirectoryIterator item.
  • DirectoryIterator::getGroup - Get group for the current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getInode - Get inode for the current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getMTime - Get last modification time of current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getOwner - Get owner of current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getPath - Get path of current Iterator item without filename
  • DirectoryIterator::getPathname - Return path and file name of current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getPerms - Get the permissions of current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getSize - Get size of current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getType - Determine the type of the current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::isDir - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is a directory
  • DirectoryIterator::isDot - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is '.' or '..'
  • DirectoryIterator::isExecutable - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is executable
  • DirectoryIterator::isFile - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is a regular file
  • DirectoryIterator::isLink - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is a symbolic link
  • DirectoryIterator::isReadable - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item can be read
  • DirectoryIterator::isWritable - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item can be written to
  • DirectoryIterator::key - Return the key for the current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::next - Move forward to next DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::rewind - Rewind the DirectoryIterator back to the start
  • DirectoryIterator::seek - Seek to a DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::valid - Check whether current DirectoryIterator position is a valid file
  • DirectoryIterator::__construct - Constructs a new directory iterator from a path
  • DirectoryIterator::__toString - Get file name as a string
  • dirname - Restituisce il nome della directory dal percorso indicato
  • diskfreespace - Alias di disk_free_space
  • disk_free_space - Restituisce lo spazio disponibile nella directory
  • disk_total_space - Restituisce lo spazio totale di una directory
  • dl - Carica i moduli del PHP a runtime
  • dngettext - Plural version of dgettext
  • dns_check_record - Alias di checkdnsrr
  • dns_get_mx - Alias di getmxrr
  • dns_get_record - Fetch DNS Resource Records associated with a hostname
  • DOMAttr::isId - Checks if attribute is a defined ID
  • DOMAttr::__construct - Creates a new DOMAttr object
  • DOMCdataSection::__construct - Constructs a new DOMCdataSection object
  • DOMCharacterData::appendData - Append the string to the end of the character data of the node
  • DOMCharacterData::deleteData - Remove a range of characters from the node
  • DOMCharacterData::insertData - Insert a string at the specified 16-bit unit offset
  • DOMCharacterData::replaceData - Replace a substring within the DOMCharacterData node
  • DOMCharacterData::substringData - Extracts a range of data from the node
  • DOMComment::__construct - Creates a new DOMComment object
  • DOMDocument::createAttribute - Create new attribute
  • DOMDocument::createAttributeNS - Create new attribute node with an associated namespace
  • DOMDocument::createCDATASection - Create new cdata node
  • DOMDocument::createComment - Create new comment node
  • DOMDocument::createDocumentFragment - Create new document fragment
  • DOMDocument::createElement - Create new element node
  • DOMDocument::createElementNS - Create new element node with an associated namespace
  • DOMDocument::createEntityReference - Create new entity reference node
  • DOMDocument::createProcessingInstruction - Creates new PI node
  • DOMDocument::createTextNode - Create new text node
  • DOMDocument::getElementById - Searches for an element with a certain id
  • DOMDocument::getElementsByTagName - Searches for all elements with given local tag name
  • DOMDocument::getElementsByTagNameNS - Searches for all elements with given tag name in specified namespace
  • DOMDocument::importNode - Import node into current document
  • DOMDocument::load - Load XML from a file
  • DOMDocument::loadHTML - Load HTML from a string
  • DOMDocument::loadHTMLFile - Load HTML from a file
  • DOMDocument::loadXML - Load XML from a string
  • DOMDocument::normalizeDocument - Normalizes the document
  • DOMDocument::registerNodeClass - Register extended class used to create base node type
  • DOMDocument::relaxNGValidate - Performs relaxNG validation on the document
  • DOMDocument::relaxNGValidateSource - Performs relaxNG validation on the document
  • DOMDocument::save - Dumps the internal XML tree back into a file
  • DOMDocument::saveHTML - Dumps the internal document into a string using HTML formatting
  • DOMDocument::saveHTMLFile - Dumps the internal document into a file using HTML formatting
  • DOMDocument::saveXML - Dumps the internal XML tree back into a string
  • DOMDocument::schemaValidate - Validates a document based on a schema
  • DOMDocument::schemaValidateSource - Validates a document based on a schema
  • DOMDocument::validate - Validates the document based on its DTD
  • DOMDocument::xinclude - Substitutes XIncludes in a DOMDocument Object
  • DOMDocument::__construct - Creates a new DOMDocument object
  • DOMDocumentFragment::appendXML - Append raw XML data
  • DOMElement::getAttribute - Returns value of attribute
  • DOMElement::getAttributeNode - Returns attribute node
  • DOMElement::getAttributeNodeNS - Returns attribute node
  • DOMElement::getAttributeNS - Returns value of attribute
  • DOMElement::getElementsByTagName - Gets elements by tagname
  • DOMElement::getElementsByTagNameNS - Get elements by namespaceURI and localName
  • DOMElement::hasAttribute - Checks to see if attribute exists
  • DOMElement::hasAttributeNS - Checks to see if attribute exists
  • DOMElement::removeAttribute - Removes attribute
  • DOMElement::removeAttributeNode - Removes attribute
  • DOMElement::removeAttributeNS - Removes attribute
  • DOMElement::setAttribute - Adds new attribute
  • DOMElement::setAttributeNode - Adds new attribute node to element
  • DOMElement::setAttributeNodeNS - Adds new attribute node to element
  • DOMElement::setAttributeNS - Adds new attribute
  • DOMElement::setIdAttribute - Declares the attribute specified by name to be of type ID
  • DOMElement::setIdAttributeNode - Declares the attribute specified by node to be of type ID
  • DOMElement::setIdAttributeNS - Declares the attribute specified by local name and namespace URI to be of type ID
  • DOMElement::__construct - Creates a new DOMElement object
  • DOMEntityReference::__construct - Creates a new DOMEntityReference object
  • DOMImplementation::createDocument - Creates a DOMDocument object of the specified type with its document element
  • DOMImplementation::createDocumentType - Creates an empty DOMDocumentType object
  • DOMImplementation::hasFeature - Test if the DOM implementation implements a specific feature
  • DOMImplementation::__construct - Creates a new DOMImplementation object
  • DOMNamedNodeMap::getNamedItem - Retrieves a node specified by name
  • DOMNamedNodeMap::getNamedItemNS - Retrieves a node specified by local name and namespace URI
  • DOMNamedNodeMap::item - Retrieves a node specified by index
  • DOMNode::appendChild - Adds new child at the end of the children
  • DOMNode::C14N - Canonicalize nodes to a string
  • DOMNode::C14NFile - Canonicalize nodes to a file
  • DOMNode::cloneNode - Clones a node
  • DOMNode::getLineNo - Get line number for a node
  • DOMNode::getNodePath - Get an XPath for a node
  • DOMNode::hasAttributes - Checks if node has attributes
  • DOMNode::hasChildNodes - Checks if node has children
  • DOMNode::insertBefore - Adds a new child before a reference node
  • DOMNode::isDefaultNamespace - Checks if the specified namespaceURI is the default namespace or not
  • DOMNode::isSameNode - Indicates if two nodes are the same node
  • DOMNode::isSupported - Checks if feature is supported for specified version
  • DOMNode::lookupNamespaceURI - Gets the namespace URI of the node based on the prefix
  • DOMNode::lookupPrefix - Gets the namespace prefix of the node based on the namespace URI
  • DOMNode::normalize - Normalizes the node
  • DOMNode::removeChild - Removes child from list of children
  • DOMNode::replaceChild - Replaces a child
  • DOMNodelist::item - Retrieves a node specified by index
  • DOMProcessingInstruction::__construct - Creates a new DOMProcessingInstruction object
  • DOMText::isWhitespaceInElementContent - Indicates whether this text node contains whitespace
  • DOMText::splitText - Breaks this node into two nodes at the specified offset
  • DOMText::__construct - Creates a new DOMText object
  • DOMXPath::evaluate - Evaluates the given XPath expression and returns a typed result if possible
  • DOMXPath::query - Evaluates the given XPath expression
  • DOMXPath::registerNamespace - Registers the namespace with the DOMXPath object
  • DOMXPath::registerPhpFunctions - Register PHP functions as XPath functions
  • DOMXPath::__construct - Creates a new DOMXPath object
  • dom_import_simplexml - Ottiene un'oggetto DOMElement da un'oggetto SimpleXMLElement
  • dotnet_load - Carica un modulo DOTNET
  • doubleval - Alias di floatval
• e
  • each - Restituisce la corrente coppia chiave/valore di un array e incrementa il puntatore dell'array
  • easter_date - Restituisce un timestamp Unix della mezzanotte del giorno di Pasqua di un dato anno
  • easter_days - Restituisce il numero di giorni tra il 21 Marzo e Pasqua, dato un anno
  • echo - Visualizza una o più stringhe
  • eio_busy - Artificially increase load. Could be useful in tests, benchmarking.
  • eio_cancel - Cancels a request
  • eio_chmod - Change file/direcrory permissions.
  • eio_chown - Change file/direcrory permissions.
  • eio_close - Close file
  • eio_custom - Execute custom request like any other eio_* call.
  • eio_dup2 - Duplicate a file descriptor
  • eio_event_loop - Polls libeio until all requests proceeded
  • eio_fallocate - Allows the caller to directly manipulate the allocated disk space for a file
  • eio_fchmod - Change file permissions.
  • eio_fchown - Change file ownership
  • eio_fdatasync - Synchronize a file's in-core state with storage device.
  • eio_fstat - Get file status
  • eio_fstatvfs - Get file system statistics
  • eio_fsync - Synchronize a file's in-core state with storage device
  • eio_ftruncate - Truncate a file
  • eio_futime - Change file last access and modification times
  • eio_get_event_stream - Get stream representing a variable used in internal communications with libeio.
  • eio_get_last_error - Returns string describing the last error associated with a request resource
  • eio_grp - Createsa request group.
  • eio_grp_add - Adds a request to the request group.
  • eio_grp_cancel - Cancels a request group
  • eio_grp_limit - Set group limit
  • eio_init - (Re-)initialize Eio
  • eio_link - Create a hardlink for file
  • eio_lstat - Get file status
  • eio_mkdir - Create directory
  • eio_mknod - Create a special or ordinary file.
  • eio_nop - Does nothing, except go through the whole request cycle.
  • eio_npending - Returns number of finished, but unhandled requests
  • eio_nready - Returns number of not-yet handled requests
  • eio_nreqs - Returns number of requests to be processed
  • eio_nthreads - Returns number of threads currently in use
  • eio_open - Opens a file
  • eio_poll - Can be to be called whenever there are pending requests that need finishing.
  • eio_read - Read from a file descriptor at given offset.
  • eio_readahead - Perform file readahead into page cache
  • eio_readdir - Reads through a whole directory
  • eio_readlink - Read value of a symbolic link.
  • eio_realpath - Get the canonicalized absolute pathname.
  • eio_rename - Change the name or location of a file.
  • eio_rmdir - Remove a directory
  • eio_seek - Repositions the offset of the open file associated with the fd argument to the argument offset according to the directive whence
  • eio_sendfile - Transfer data between file descriptors
  • eio_set_max_idle - Set maximum number of idle threads.
  • eio_set_max_parallel - Set maximum parallel threads
  • eio_set_max_poll_reqs - Set maximum number of requests processed in a poll.
  • eio_set_max_poll_time - Set maximum poll time
  • eio_set_min_parallel - Set minimum parallel thread number
  • eio_stat - Get file status
  • eio_statvfs - Get file system statistics
  • eio_symlink - Create a symbolic link
  • eio_sync - Commit buffer cache to disk
  • eio_syncfs - Calls Linux' syncfs syscall, if available
  • eio_sync_file_range - Sync a file segment with disk
  • eio_truncate - Truncate a file
  • eio_unlink - Delete a name and possibly the file it refers to
  • eio_utime - Change file last access and modification times.
  • eio_write - Write to file
  • empty - Determina se una variabile è valorizzata
  • EmptyIterator::current - The current() method
  • EmptyIterator::key - The key() method
  • EmptyIterator::next - The next() method
  • EmptyIterator::rewind - The rewind() method
  • EmptyIterator::valid - The valid() method
  • enchant_broker_describe - Enumerates the Enchant providers
  • enchant_broker_dict_exists - Whether a dictionary exists or not. Using non-empty tag
  • enchant_broker_free - Free the broker resource and its dictionnaries
  • enchant_broker_free_dict - Free a dictionary resource
  • enchant_broker_get_error - Returns the last error of the broker
  • enchant_broker_init - create a new broker object capable of requesting
  • enchant_broker_list_dicts - Returns a list of available dictionaries
  • enchant_broker_request_dict - create a new dictionary using a tag
  • enchant_broker_request_pwl_dict - creates a dictionary using a PWL file
  • enchant_broker_set_ordering - Declares a preference of dictionaries to use for the language
  • enchant_dict_add_to_personal - add a word to personal word list
  • enchant_dict_add_to_session - add 'word' to this spell-checking session
  • enchant_dict_check - Check whether a word is correctly spelled or not
  • enchant_dict_describe - Describes an individual dictionary
  • enchant_dict_get_error - Returns the last error of the current spelling-session
  • enchant_dict_is_in_session - whether or not 'word' exists in this spelling-session
  • enchant_dict_quick_check - Check the word is correctly spelled and provide suggestions
  • enchant_dict_store_replacement - Add a correction for a word
  • enchant_dict_suggest - Will return a list of values if any of those pre-conditions are not met
  • end - Sposta il puntatore interno dell'array all'ultimo elemento
  • ereg - Riconoscimento di espressione regolare
  • eregi - Riconoscimento di espressioni regolari senza distinzione tra maiuscole e minuscole
  • eregi_replace - Sostituzioni con espressioni regolari senza distinzione tra maiuscole e minuscole
  • ereg_replace - Sostituzioni con espressioni regolari
  • ErrorException::getSeverity - Gets the exception severity
  • ErrorException::__construct - Constructs the exception
  • error_get_last - Get the last occurred error
  • error_log - invia un messaggio di errore
  • error_reporting - definisce quali errori di PHP vengono restituiti
  • escapeshellarg - estrae una stringa da usare come un argomento della shell
  • escapeshellcmd - Elude i metacaratteri della shell
  • Ev::backend - Returns an integer describing the backend used by libev.
  • Ev::depth - Returns recursion depth
  • Ev::embeddableBackends - Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops.
  • Ev::feedSignal - Feed a signal event info Ev
  • Ev::feedSignalEvent - Feed signal event into the default loop
  • Ev::iteration - Return the number of times the default event loop has polled for new events.
  • Ev::now - Returns the time when the last iteration of the default event loop has started.
  • Ev::nowUpdate - Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time returned by Ev::now in the progress.
  • Ev::recommendedBackends - Returns a bit mask of recommended backends for current platform.
  • Ev::resume - Resume previously suspended default event loop
  • Ev::run - Begin checking for events and calling callbacks for the default loop
  • Ev::sleep - Block the process for the given number of seconds.
  • Ev::stop - Stops the default event loop
  • Ev::supportedBackends - Returns the set of backends supported by current libev configuration.
  • Ev::suspend - Suspend the default event loop
  • Ev::time - Returns the current time in fractional seconds since the epoch.
  • Ev::verify - Performs internal consistency checks(for debugging)
  • eval - Evaluate a string as PHP code
  • EvCheck::createStopped - Create instance of a stopped EvCheck watcher
  • EvCheck::__construct - Constructs the EvCheck watcher object
  • EvChild::createStopped - Create instance of a stopped EvCheck watcher
  • EvChild::set - Configures the watcher
  • EvChild::__construct - Constructs the EvChild watcher object
  • EvEmbed::createStopped - Create stopped EvEmbed watcher object
  • EvEmbed::set - Configures the watcher
  • EvEmbed::sweep - Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop.
  • EvEmbed::__construct - Constructs the EvEmbed object
  • event_add - Add an event to the set of monitored events
  • event_base_free - Destroy event base
  • event_base_loop - Handle events
  • event_base_loopbreak - Abort event loop
  • event_base_loopexit - Exit loop after a time
  • event_base_new - Create and initialize new event base
  • event_base_priority_init - Set the number of event priority levels
  • event_base_set - Associate event base with an event
  • event_buffer_base_set - Associate buffered event with an event base
  • event_buffer_disable - Disable a buffered event
  • event_buffer_enable - Enable a buffered event
  • event_buffer_fd_set - Change a buffered event file descriptor
  • event_buffer_free - Destroy buffered event
  • event_buffer_new - Create new buffered event
  • event_buffer_priority_set - Assign a priority to a buffered event
  • event_buffer_read - Read data from a buffered event
  • event_buffer_set_callback - Set or reset callbacks for a buffered event
  • event_buffer_timeout_set - Set read and write timeouts for a buffered event
  • event_buffer_watermark_set - Set the watermarks for read and write events
  • event_buffer_write - Write data to a buffered event
  • event_del - Remove an event from the set of monitored events
  • event_free - Free event resource
  • event_new - Create new event
  • event_set - Prepare an event
  • EvFork::createStopped - Creates a stopped instance of EvFork watcher class
  • EvFork::__construct - Constructs the EvFork watcher object
  • EvIdle::createStopped - Creates instance of a stopped EvIdle watcher object
  • EvIdle::__construct - Constructs the EvIdle watcher object
  • EvIo::createStopped - Create stopped EvIo watcher object
  • EvIo::set - Configures the watcher
  • EvIo::__construct - Constructs EvIo watcher object
  • EvLoop::backend - Returns an integer describing the backend used by libev.
  • EvLoop::check - Creates EvCheck object associated with the current event loop instance
  • EvLoop::child - Creates EvChild object associated with the current event loop
  • EvLoop::defaultLoop - Returns or creates the default event loop.
  • EvLoop::embed - Creates an instance of EvEmbed watcher associated with the current EvLoop object.
  • EvLoop::fork - Creates EvFork watcher object associated with the current event loop instance
  • EvLoop::idle - Creates EvIdle watcher object associated with the current event loop instance
  • EvLoop::invokePending - Invoke all pending watchers while resetting their pending state
  • EvLoop::io - Create EvIo watcher object associated with the current event loop instance
  • EvLoop::loopFork - Must be called after a fork
  • EvLoop::now - Returns the current "event loop time"
  • EvLoop::nowUpdate - Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time returned by EvLoop::now in the progress.
  • EvLoop::periodic - Creates EvPeriodic watcher object associated with the current event loop instance
  • EvLoop::prepare - Creates EvPrepare watcher object associated with the current event loop instance
  • EvLoop::resume - Resume previously suspended default event loop
  • EvLoop::run - Begin checking for events and calling callbacks for the loop
  • EvLoop::signal - Creates EvSignal watcher object associated with the current event loop instance
  • EvLoop::stat - Creates EvStat watcher object associated with the current event loop instance
  • EvLoop::stop - Stops the event loop
  • EvLoop::suspend - Suspend the loop
  • EvLoop::timer - Creates EvTimer watcher object associated with the current event loop instance
  • EvLoop::verify - Performs internal consistency checks(for debugging)
  • EvLoop::__construct - Constructs the event loop object
  • EvPeriodic::again - Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again.
  • EvPeriodic::at - Returns the absolute time that this watcher is supposed to trigger next
  • EvPeriodic::createStopped - Create a stopped EvPeriodic watcher
  • EvPeriodic::set - Configures the watcher
  • EvPeriodic::__construct - Constructs EvPeriodic watcher object
  • EvPrepare::createStopped - Creates a stopped instance of EvPrepare watcher
  • EvPrepare::__construct - Constructs EvPrepare watcher object
  • EvSignal::createStopped - Create stopped EvSignal watcher object
  • EvSignal::set - Configures the watcher
  • EvSignal::__construct - Constructs EvPeriodic watcher object
  • EvStat::attr - Returns the values most recently detected by Ev
  • EvStat::createStopped - Create a stopped EvStat watcher object
  • EvStat::prev - Returns the previous set of values returned by EvStat::attr
  • EvStat::set - Configures the watcher
  • EvStat::stat - Initiates the stat call
  • EvStat::__construct - Constructs EvStat watcher object
  • EvTimer::again - Restarts the timer watcher
  • EvTimer::createStopped - Creates EvTimer stopped watcher object
  • EvTimer::set - Configures the watcher
  • EvTimer::__construct - Constructs an EvTimer watcher object
  • EvWatcher::clear - Clear watcher pending status
  • EvWatcher::feed - Feeds the given revents set into the event loop
  • EvWatcher::getLoop - Returns the loop responsible for the watcher
  • EvWatcher::invoke - Invokes the watcher callback with the given received events bit mask
  • EvWatcher::keepalive - Configures whether to keep the loop from returning
  • EvWatcher::setCallback - Sets new callback for the watcher
  • EvWatcher::start - Starts the watcher
  • EvWatcher::stop - Stops the watcher
  • EvWatcher::__construct - Abstract constructor of a watcher object
  • Examples with PDO_4D - Examples PDO_4D
  • Exception::getCode - Gets the Exception code
  • Exception::getFile - Gets the file in which the exception occurred
  • Exception::getLine - Gets the line in which the exception occurred
  • Exception::getMessage - Gets the Exception message
  • Exception::getPrevious - Returns previous Exception
  • Exception::getTrace - Gets the stack trace
  • Exception::getTraceAsString - Gets the stack trace as a string
  • Exception::__clone - Clone the exception
  • Exception::__construct - Construct the exception
  • Exception::__toString - String representation of the exception
  • exec - Esegue un programma esterno
  • exif_imagetype - Determine the type of an image
  • exif_read_data - Reads the EXIF headers from JPEG or TIFF
  • exif_tagname - Get the header name for an index
  • exif_thumbnail - Retrieve the embedded thumbnail of a TIFF or JPEG image
  • exit - Output a message and terminate the current script
  • exp - Calcola l'esponente di e (la base logaritmica naturale o di Nepero)
  • expect:// - Process Interaction Streams
  • expect_expectl - Waits until the output from a process matches one of the patterns, a specified time period has passed, or an EOF is seen
  • expect_popen - Execute command via Bourne shell, and open the PTY stream to the process
  • explode - Suddivide una stringa
  • expm1 - Restituisce exp(numero) - 1, computato in maniera tale da essere accurato anche se il valore del numero è vicino a zero
  • extension_loaded - Verifica se un modulo è già stato caricato
  • extract - Importa le variabili nella tabella dei simboli
  • ezmlm_hash - Calcola il valore hash che occorre a EZMLM
• f
  • fam_cancel_monitor - Terminate monitoring
  • fam_close - Close FAM connection
  • fam_monitor_collection - Monitor a collection of files in a directory for changes
  • fam_monitor_directory - Monitor a directory for changes
  • fam_monitor_file - Monitor a regular file for changes
  • fam_next_event - Get next pending FAM event
  • fam_open - Open connection to FAM daemon
  • fam_pending - Check for pending FAM events
  • fam_resume_monitor - Resume suspended monitoring
  • fam_suspend_monitor - Temporarily suspend monitoring
  • fbsql_affected_rows - Restituisce il numero di righe (tuple) interessate nella precedente operazione di FrontBase
  • fbsql_autocommit - Abilita o disabilita autocommit
  • fbsql_blob_size - Get the size of a BLOB
  • fbsql_change_user - Cambia l'identità dell'utente connesso con una connessione attiva
  • fbsql_clob_size - Get the size of a CLOB
  • fbsql_close - Chiude la connessione a FrontBase
  • fbsql_commit - Compie una transazione
  • fbsql_connect - Apre una connessione al Server FrontBase
  • fbsql_create_blob - Crea un BLOB
  • fbsql_create_clob - Crea un CLOB
  • fbsql_create_db - Crea un database
  • fbsql_database - Imposta oppure ottiene il nome del database usato per la connessione
  • fbsql_database_password - Imposta o ricerca la password di un database FrontBase.
  • fbsql_data_seek - Sposta il puntatore del risultato interno
  • fbsql_db_query - Manda una query FrontBase
  • fbsql_db_status - Restituisce lo stato di un dato database.
  • fbsql_drop_db - Cancella un database FrontBase
  • fbsql_errno - Ritorna il valore numerico del messaggio di errore emesso dalla precedente operazione FrontBase.
  • fbsql_error - Ritorna il testo del messaggio di errore emesso dalla precedente operazione FrontBase.
  • fbsql_fetch_array - Restituisce una riga (tupla) di risultato in forma di Array associativo, Array enumerato o entrambi
  • fbsql_fetch_assoc - Restituisce una riga (tupla) di risultato in forma di Array associativo.
  • fbsql_fetch_field - Ottiene informazioni su una colonna da un set di risultati come oggetto
  • fbsql_fetch_lengths - Ottiene la lunghezza di ciascun output in un set di risultati
  • fbsql_fetch_object - Resituisce un riga da un set di risultati come oggetto
  • fbsql_fetch_row - Ottiene una riga come matrice numerata
  • fbsql_field_flags - Ottiene i flag associati al campo specificato
  • fbsql_field_len - Restituisce la lunghezza di un campo
  • fbsql_field_name - Restituisce il nome del campo specificato
  • fbsql_field_seek - Imposta il puntatore del set di risultati ad un specifico indice di campo
  • fbsql_field_table - Ottiene il nome della tabella in cui si trova il campo
  • fbsql_field_type - Ottiene il tipo del campo specificato
  • fbsql_free_result - Libera la memoria da un set di risultati
  • fbsql_get_autostart_info - Nessuna descrizione fornita, per ora
  • fbsql_hostname - Ottiene o imposta il nome del server per la connessione
  • fbsql_insert_id - restituisce l'id generato dalla precedente operazione di INSERT
  • fbsql_list_dbs - Elenca i database presenti su un server FrontBase
  • fbsql_list_fields - Elenca i campi di un set di risultati
  • fbsql_list_tables - Elenxa le tabelle presenti in un database FrontBase
  • fbsql_next_result - Muove il puntatore interno al risultato successivo
  • fbsql_num_fields - Ottiene il numero dei campi presenti in un set di risultati
  • fbsql_num_rows - Restituisce il numero di righe presenti in un set di risultati
  • fbsql_password - Ottiene o imposta la password per la connessione
  • fbsql_pconnect - Apre una connessione persistente ad un server FrontBase
  • fbsql_query - Invia una query a FrontBase
  • fbsql_read_blob - Legge un BLOB dal database
  • fbsql_read_clob - Legge un CLOB dal database
  • fbsql_result - Restituisce i dati di una query
  • fbsql_rollback - Esegue il rollback della transazione
  • fbsql_rows_fetched - Get the number of rows affected by the last statement
  • fbsql_select_db - Seleziona un database FrontBase
  • fbsql_set_characterset - Change input/output character set
  • fbsql_set_lob_mode - Imposta la modalità LOB in un set di risultati FrontBase
  • fbsql_set_password - Change the password for a given user
  • fbsql_set_transaction - Imposta i lock e l'isolamento delle transazioni
  • fbsql_start_db - Attiva un database locale o remoto
  • fbsql_stop_db - Ferma un database locale o remoto
  • fbsql_tablename - Restituisce il nome della tabella dei campi
  • fbsql_table_name - Get table name of field
  • fbsql_username - Ottiene o imposta l'utente per la connessione
  • fbsql_warnings - Abilita o disabilita i warnings FrontBase
  • fclose - Chiude un puntatore a file aperto
  • fdf_add_doc_javascript - Aggiunge codice Javascript ad un documento FDF
  • fdf_add_template - Aggiunge un template in un documento FDF
  • fdf_close - Chiude un documento FDF
  • fdf_create - Crea un nuovo documento FDF
  • fdf_enum_values - Richiama una funzione definita dall'utente per ciascun valore del documento
  • fdf_errno - Restituisce il codice di errore per l'ultima operazione FDF
  • fdf_error - Restituisce la descrizione di un codice di errore FDF
  • fdf_get_ap - Ottiene l'aspetto di un campo
  • fdf_get_attachment - Estrae un file caricato racchiuso nel FDF
  • fdf_get_encoding - Restituisce il valore della chiave /Encoding
  • fdf_get_file - Ottiene il valore della chiave /F
  • fdf_get_flags - Ottiene i flag di un campo
  • fdf_get_opt - Ottiene un valore dalla matrice delle opzioni di un campo
  • fdf_get_status - Restituisce il valore per la chiave /STATUS
  • fdf_get_value - Ottiene il valore di un campo
  • fdf_get_version - Restituisce il numero di versione per le API FDF o un file
  • fdf_header - Imposta gli header specifici per FDF
  • fdf_next_field_name - Restituisce il nome del campo successivo
  • fdf_open - Apre un documento FDF
  • fdf_open_string - Legge un documento FDF da una stringa
  • fdf_remove_item - Imposta il frame di destinazione per un form
  • fdf_save - Salva un documento FDF
  • fdf_save_string - Restituisce un documento FDF come una stringa
  • fdf_set_ap - Imposta l'apparire di un campo
  • fdf_set_encoding - Imposta la codifica dei caratteri per FDF
  • fdf_set_file - Imposta un documento PDF per visualizzare i dati FDF presenti
  • fdf_set_flags - Imposta i flag di un campo
  • fdf_set_javascript_action - Imposta un'azione javascript per un campo
  • fdf_set_on_import_javascript - Adds javascript code to be executed when Acrobat opens the FDF
  • fdf_set_opt - Imposta le opzioni per un campo
  • fdf_set_status - Imposta il valore per la chiave /STATUS
  • fdf_set_submit_form_action - Imposta un'azione per un campo nell'invio di un form
  • fdf_set_target_frame - Imposta il frame in cui visualizzare il form
  • fdf_set_value - Imposta il valore di un campo
  • fdf_set_version - Imposta il numero di versione per un file FDF
  • feof - Verifica se è stata raggiunta la fine del file su un puntatore a file
  • fflush - Invia l'output in un file
  • fgetc - Prende un carattere da un puntatore a file
  • fgetcsv - Prende una riga da un puntatore a file e l'analizza in cerca di campi CSV
  • fgets - Prende una riga da un puntatore a file
  • fgetss - Prende una riga da un puntatore a file ed elimina i tag HTML
  • file - Legge l'intero file in un vettore
  • file:// - Accessing local filesystem
  • fileatime - Prende l'ora dell'ultimo accesso al file
  • filectime - Prende l'ora in cui l'inode del file è stato modificato
  • filegroup - Restituisce il gruppo di un file
  • fileinode - Restituisce il numero di inode del file
  • filemtime - Restituisce l'ora delle modifiche al file
  • fileowner - Restituisce il proprietario del file
  • fileperms - Restituisce i permessi sui file
  • filepro - Legge e verifica la mappa del file
  • filepro_fieldcount - Conta quanti campi sono presenti in un database filePro
  • filepro_fieldname - Restituisce il nome di un campo
  • filepro_fieldtype - Restituisce il tipo del campo
  • filepro_fieldwidth - Restituisce la dimensione di un campo
  • filepro_retrieve - Preleva i dati da un database filePro
  • filepro_rowcount - Conta quante righe sono presenti in un database filePro
  • filesize - Restituisce la dimensione del file
  • FilesystemIterator::current - The current file
  • FilesystemIterator::getFlags - Get the handling flags
  • FilesystemIterator::key - Retrieve the key for the current file
  • FilesystemIterator::next - Move to the next file
  • FilesystemIterator::rewind - Rewinds back to the beginning
  • FilesystemIterator::setFlags - Sets handling flags
  • FilesystemIterator::__construct - Constructs a new filesystem iterator
  • filetype - Restituisce il tipo di file
  • file_exists - Controlla se un file o directory esiste
  • file_get_contents - Legge un file all'interno di una stringa
  • file_put_contents - Write a string to a file
  • FilterIterator::accept - Check whether the current element of the iterator is acceptable
  • FilterIterator::current - Get the current element value
  • FilterIterator::getInnerIterator - Get the inner iterator
  • FilterIterator::key - Get the current key
  • FilterIterator::next - Move the iterator forward
  • FilterIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator
  • FilterIterator::valid - Check whether the current element is valid
  • FilterIterator::__construct - Construct a filterIterator
  • filter_has_var - Checks if variable of specified type exists
  • filter_id - Returns the filter ID belonging to a named filter
  • filter_input - Gets a specific external variable by name and optionally filters it
  • filter_input_array - Gets external variables and optionally filters them
  • filter_list - Returns a list of all supported filters
  • filter_var - Filters a variable with a specified filter
  • filter_var_array - Gets multiple variables and optionally filters them
  • finfo_buffer - Return information about a string buffer
  • finfo_close - Close fileinfo resource
  • finfo_file - Return information about a file
  • finfo_open - Create a new fileinfo resource
  • finfo_set_flags - Set libmagic configuration options
  • floatval - Restituisce il valore di una variabile di tipo float
  • flock - Sistema di bloccaggio file
  • floor - Arrotonda le frazioni all'intero inferiore
  • flush - Flush the output buffer
  • fmod - Returns the floating point remainder (modulo) of the division of the arguments
  • fnmatch - Match filename against a pattern
  • fopen - Apre un file o un URL
  • forward_static_call - Call a static method
  • forward_static_call_array - Call a static method and pass the arguments as array
  • fpassthru - Invia tutti i dati rimanenti su un puntartore a file
  • fprintf - Scrive una stringa formattata in uno stream
  • fputcsv - Format line as CSV and write to file pointer
  • fputs - Alias di fwrite
  • fread - Legge un file salvaguardando la corrispondenza binaria
  • FrenchToJD - Converte una data del Calendario Repubblicano Francese in un Giorno Giuliano
  • fribidi_log2vis - Converte una stringa logica in una visuale
  • fscanf - Analizza l'input da un file secondo un determinato formato
  • fseek - Sposta un puntatore sul file
  • fsockopen - Apre una connessione a un socket appartenente a un dominio Internet o Unix
  • fstat - Restituisce le informazioni riguardanti un file attraverso un puntatore al file aperto
  • ftell - Comunica la posizione di lettura/scrittura del puntatore al file
  • ftok - Converte il percorso e un identificatore di progetto in un chiave IPC di System V
  • ftp:// - Accessing FTP(s) URLs
  • FTP context options - FTP context option listing
  • ftp_alloc - Allocates space for a file to be uploaded
  • ftp_cdup - Passa alla directory superiore
  • ftp_chdir - Cambia le directory su un server FTP
  • ftp_chmod - Set permissions on a file via FTP
  • ftp_close - Chiude una connessione FTP
  • ftp_connect - Apre una connessione FTP
  • ftp_delete - Cancella un file sul server FTP
  • ftp_exec - Richiede l'esecuzione di un programma sul server FTP
  • ftp_fget - Scarica un file dal server FTP e lo salva su un file aperto
  • ftp_fput - Carica un file aperto sul server FTP
  • ftp_get - Scarica un file dal server FTP
  • ftp_get_option - Recupera diversi comportamenti dello stream FTP durante l'esecuzione
  • ftp_login - Esegue il log ad una connessione FTP
  • ftp_mdtm - Restituisce l'orario dell'ultima modifica al file corrente
  • ftp_mkdir - Crea una directory
  • ftp_nb_continue - Continua a ricevere/trasmettere un file in modalita' non bloccante
  • ftp_nb_fget - Recupera un file dal server FTP e lo scrive su un file aperto, in modalita' non bloccante
  • ftp_nb_fput - Salva il contenuto di un file aperto sul server FTP in modalita' non bloccante
  • ftp_nb_get - Recupera un file dal server FTP e lo scrive su un file locale in modalita' non bloccante
  • ftp_nb_put - Salva un file sul server FTP in modalita' non bloccante
  • ftp_nlist - Restituisce la lista dei file nella directory prescelta
  • ftp_pasv - Attivaa o disattiva il modo passivo
  • ftp_put - Trasferisce un file al server FTP
  • ftp_pwd - Restituisce il nome della directory corrente
  • ftp_quit - Alias di ftp_close
  • ftp_raw - Invia un comando di qualsiasi tipo ad un server FTP
  • ftp_rawlist - Restituisce un elenco dettagliato dei files nella directory in esame
  • ftp_rename - Rinomina un file sul server FTP
  • ftp_rmdir - Elimina una directory
  • ftp_set_option - Imposta varie opzioni per l'esecuzione di FTP
  • ftp_site - Invia al server un comando SITE
  • ftp_size - Restituisce le dimensioni del file specificato
  • ftp_ssl_connect - Apre una connessione SSL-FTP connessione
  • ftp_systype - Restituisce l'identificatore di tipo del server FTP remoto
  • ftruncate - Tronca un file alla lunghezza data
  • function_exists - Return TRUE if the given function has been defined
  • func_get_arg - Return an item from the argument list
  • func_get_args - Returns an array comprising a function's argument list
  • func_num_args - Returns the number of arguments passed to the function
  • fwrite - Scrive un file salvaguardando la corrispondenza binaria
• g
  • gc_collect_cycles - Forces collection of any existing garbage cycles
  • gc_disable - Deactivates the circular reference collector
  • gc_enable - Activates the circular reference collector
  • gc_enabled - Returns status of the circular reference collector
  • gd_info - Retrieve information about the currently installed GD library
  • GearmanClient::addOptions - Add client options
  • GearmanClient::addServer - Add a job server to the client
  • GearmanClient::addServers - Add a list of job servers to the client
  • GearmanClient::addTask - Add a task to be run in parallel
  • GearmanClient::addTaskBackground - Add a background task to be run in parallel
  • GearmanClient::addTaskHigh - Add a high priority task to run in parallel
  • GearmanClient::addTaskHighBackground - Add a high priority background task to be run in parallel
  • GearmanClient::addTaskLow - Add a low priority task to run in parallel
  • GearmanClient::addTaskLowBackground - Add a low priority background task to be run in parallel
  • GearmanClient::addTaskStatus - Add a task to get status
  • GearmanClient::clearCallbacks - Clear all task callback functions
  • GearmanClient::clone - Create a copy of a GearmanClient object
  • GearmanClient::context - Get the application context
  • GearmanClient::data - Get the application data (deprecated)
  • GearmanClient::do - Run a single task and return a result [deprecated]
  • GearmanClient::doBackground - Run a task in the background
  • GearmanClient::doHigh - Run a single high priority task
  • GearmanClient::doHighBackground - Run a high priority task in the background
  • GearmanClient::doJobHandle - Get the job handle for the running task
  • GearmanClient::doLow - Run a single low priority task
  • GearmanClient::doLowBackground - Run a low priority task in the background
  • GearmanClient::doNormal - Run a single task and return a result
  • GearmanClient::doStatus - Get the status for the running task
  • GearmanClient::echo - Send data to all job servers to see if they echo it back [deprecated]
  • GearmanClient::error - Returns an error string for the last error encountered.
  • GearmanClient::getErrno - Get an errno value
  • GearmanClient::jobStatus - Get the status of a background job
  • GearmanClient::ping - Send data to all job servers to see if they echo it back
  • GearmanClient::removeOptions - Remove client options
  • GearmanClient::returnCode - Get the last Gearman return code
  • GearmanClient::runTasks - Run a list of tasks in parallel
  • GearmanClient::setClientCallback - Callback function when there is a data packet for a task (deprecated)
  • GearmanClient::setCompleteCallback - Set a function to be called on task completion
  • GearmanClient::setContext - Set application context
  • GearmanClient::setCreatedCallback - Set a callback for when a task is queued
  • GearmanClient::setData - Set application data (deprecated)
  • GearmanClient::setDataCallback - Callback function when there is a data packet for a task
  • GearmanClient::setExceptionCallback - Set a callback for worker exceptions
  • GearmanClient::setFailCallback - Set callback for job failure
  • GearmanClient::setOptions - Set client options
  • GearmanClient::setStatusCallback - Set a callback for collecting task status
  • GearmanClient::setTimeout - Set socket I/O activity timeout
  • GearmanClient::setWarningCallback - Set a callback for worker warnings
  • GearmanClient::setWorkloadCallback - Set a callback for accepting incremental data updates
  • GearmanClient::timeout - Get current socket I/O activity timeout value
  • GearmanClient::__construct - Create a GearmanClient instance
  • GearmanJob::complete - Send the result and complete status (deprecated)
  • GearmanJob::data - Send data for a running job (deprecated)
  • GearmanJob::exception - Send exception for running job (deprecated)
  • GearmanJob::fail - Send fail status (deprecated)
  • GearmanJob::functionName - Get function name
  • GearmanJob::handle - Get the job handle
  • GearmanJob::returnCode - Get last return code
  • GearmanJob::sendComplete - Send the result and complete status
  • GearmanJob::sendData - Send data for a running job
  • GearmanJob::sendException - Send exception for running job (exception)
  • GearmanJob::sendFail - Send fail status
  • GearmanJob::sendStatus - Send status
  • GearmanJob::sendWarning - Send a warning
  • GearmanJob::setReturn - Set a return value
  • GearmanJob::status - Send status (deprecated)
  • GearmanJob::unique - Get the unique identifier
  • GearmanJob::warning - Send a warning (deprecated)
  • GearmanJob::workload - Get workload
  • GearmanJob::workloadSize - Get size of work load
  • GearmanJob::__construct - Create a GearmanJob instance
  • GearmanTask::create - Create a task (deprecated)
  • GearmanTask::data - Get data returned for a task
  • GearmanTask::dataSize - Get the size of returned data
  • GearmanTask::function - Get associated function name (deprecated)
  • GearmanTask::functionName - Get associated function name
  • GearmanTask::isKnown - Determine if task is known
  • GearmanTask::isRunning - Test whether the task is currently running
  • GearmanTask::jobHandle - Get the job handle
  • GearmanTask::recvData - Read work or result data into a buffer for a task
  • GearmanTask::returnCode - Get the last return code
  • GearmanTask::sendData - Send data for a task (deprecated)
  • GearmanTask::sendWorkload - Send data for a task
  • GearmanTask::taskDenominator - Get completion percentage denominator
  • GearmanTask::taskNumerator - Get completion percentage numerator
  • GearmanTask::unique - Get the unique identifier for a task
  • GearmanTask::uuid - Get the unique identifier for a task (deprecated)
  • GearmanTask::__construct - Create a GearmanTask instance
  • GearmanWorker::addFunction - Register and add callback function
  • GearmanWorker::addOptions - Add worker options
  • GearmanWorker::addServer - Add a job server
  • GearmanWorker::addServers - Add job servers
  • GearmanWorker::clone - Create a copy of the worker
  • GearmanWorker::echo - Test job server response
  • GearmanWorker::error - Get the last error encountered
  • GearmanWorker::getErrno - Get errno
  • GearmanWorker::options - Get worker options
  • GearmanWorker::register - Register a function with the job server
  • GearmanWorker::removeOptions - Remove worker options
  • GearmanWorker::returnCode - Get last Gearman return code
  • GearmanWorker::setId - Give the worker an identifier so it can be tracked when asking gearmand for the list of available workers.
  • GearmanWorker::setOptions - Set worker options
  • GearmanWorker::setTimeout - Set socket I/O activity timeout
  • GearmanWorker::timeout - Get socket I/O activity timeout
  • GearmanWorker::unregister - Unregister a function name with the job servers
  • GearmanWorker::unregisterAll - Unregister all function names with the job servers
  • GearmanWorker::wait - Wait for activity from one of the job servers
  • GearmanWorker::work - Wait for and perform jobs
  • GearmanWorker::__construct - Create a GearmanWorker instance
  • Gender\Gender::connect - Connect to an external name dictionary.
  • Gender\Gender::country - Get textual country representation
  • Gender\Gender::get - Get gender of a name.
  • Gender\Gender::__construct - Construct the Gender object.
  • geoip_continent_code_by_name - Get the two letter continent code
  • geoip_country_code3_by_name - Get the three letter country code
  • geoip_country_code_by_name - Get the two letter country code
  • geoip_country_name_by_name - Get the full country name
  • geoip_database_info - Get GeoIP Database information
  • geoip_db_avail - Determine if GeoIP Database is available
  • geoip_db_filename - Returns the filename of the corresponding GeoIP Database
  • geoip_db_get_all_info - Returns detailed information about all GeoIP database types
  • geoip_id_by_name - Get the Internet connection type
  • geoip_isp_by_name - Get the Internet Service Provider (ISP) name
  • geoip_org_by_name - Get the organization name
  • geoip_record_by_name - Returns the detailed City information found in the GeoIP Database
  • geoip_region_by_name - Get the country code and region
  • geoip_region_name_by_code - Returns the region name for some country and region code combo
  • geoip_time_zone_by_country_and_region - Returns the time zone for some country and region code combo
  • getallheaders - Estrae tutti gli header della richiesta HTTP
  • getcwd - Restituisce la directory di lavoro in uso
  • getdate - Riceve informazioni su data/orario
  • getenv - Restituisce il valore di una variabile d'ambiente
  • gethostbyaddr - Ottiene l'host Internet corrispondente a un dato indirizzo IP
  • gethostbyname - Ottiene l'indirizzo IP corrispondente a un dato hostname Internet
  • gethostbynamel - Ottiene la lista degli indirizzi IP corrispondenti a un dato hostname Internet
  • gethostname - Gets the host name
  • getimagesize - Get the size of an image
  • getimagesizefromstring - Get the size of an image from a string
  • getlastmod - Restituisce la data dell'ultima modifica alla pagina
  • getmxrr - Ottiene i record MX corrispondenti a un dato nome di host Internet
  • getmygid - Restituisce il GID del proprietario dello script PHP
  • getmyinode - Restituisce l'inode dello script
  • getmypid - Restituisce l'ID del processo PHP
  • getmyuid - Restituisce l'UID del proprietario dello script PHP
  • getopt - Ottiene le opzioni dagli argomenti della linea di comando
  • getprotobyname - Ottiene il numero del protocollo associato al nome del protocollo
  • getprotobynumber - Ottiene il nome del protocollo associato al numero del protocollo
  • getrandmax - Mostra il più grande numero casuale disponibile
  • getrusage - Restituisce lo stato dell'utilizzo delle risorse
  • getservbyname - Ottiene il numero di porta associato ad un servizio Internet e ad un protocollo
  • getservbyport - Ottiene il servizio Internet corrispondente ad una porta e ad un protocollo
  • gettext - Lookup a message in the current domain
  • gettimeofday - Riceve l'orario attuale
  • gettype - Resituisce il tipo di una variabile
  • get_browser - Tells what the user's browser is capable of
  • get_called_class - the "Late Static Binding" class name
  • get_cfg_var - Restituisce il valore di un'opzione di configurazione del PHP
  • get_class - Restituisce il nome della classe di un oggetto
  • get_class_methods - Restituisce un array con i nomi dei metodi della classe
  • get_class_vars - Restituisce un array con le proprietà di default della classe
  • get_current_user - Restituisce il nome del proprietario dello script PHP
  • get_declared_classes - Restituisce un array con il nome delle classi definite
  • get_declared_interfaces - Returns an array of all declared interfaces
  • get_declared_traits - Returns an array of all declared traits
  • get_defined_constants - Restituisve un array associativo con i nomi di tutte le costanti ed i loro valori
  • get_defined_functions - Returns an array of all defined functions
  • get_defined_vars - Restituisce un'array contenente tutte le variabili definite
  • get_extension_funcs - Restituisce una matrice con i nomi delle funzioni di un modulo
  • get_headers - Fetches all the headers sent by the server in response to a HTTP request
  • get_html_translation_table - Restituisce la tabella di decodifica utilizzata da htmlspecialchars e htmlentities
  • get_included_files - Restituisce una matrice con i nomi dei file inclusi o richiesti
  • get_include_path - Restituisce il valore del parametro di configurazione include_path
  • get_loaded_extensions - Restituisce una matrice con il nome di tutti i moduli compilati e caricati
  • get_magic_quotes_gpc - Restituisce l'attuale configurazione di magic quotes gpc
  • get_magic_quotes_runtime - Restituisce l'impostazione corrente della direttiva magic_quotes_runtime
  • get_meta_tags - Extracts all meta tag content attributes from a file and returns an array
  • get_object_vars - Restituisce un array associativo con le proprietà dell'oggetto
  • get_parent_class - Restituisce il nome della classe genitrice di un oggetto o di una classe
  • get_required_files - Alias di get_included_files
  • get_resource_type - Restituisce il tipo di risorsa
  • glob - Find pathnames matching a pattern
  • glob:// - Find pathnames matching pattern
  • GlobIterator::count - Get the number of directories and files
  • GlobIterator::__construct - Construct a directory using glob
  • Gmagick::addimage - Adds new image to Gmagick object image list
  • Gmagick::addnoiseimage - Adds random noise to the image
  • Gmagick::annotateimage - Annotates an image with text
  • Gmagick::blurimage - Adds blur filter to image
  • Gmagick::borderimage - Surrounds the image with a border
  • Gmagick::charcoalimage - Simulates a charcoal drawing
  • Gmagick::chopimage - Removes a region of an image and trims
  • Gmagick::clear - Clears all resources associated to Gmagick object
  • Gmagick::commentimage - Adds a comment to your image
  • Gmagick::compositeimage - Composite one image onto another
  • Gmagick::cropimage - Extracts a region of the image
  • Gmagick::cropthumbnailimage - Creates a crop thumbnail
  • Gmagick::current - The current purpose
  • Gmagick::cyclecolormapimage - Displaces an image's colormap
  • Gmagick::deconstructimages - Returns certain pixel differences between images
  • Gmagick::despeckleimage - The despeckleimage purpose
  • Gmagick::destroy - The destroy purpose
  • Gmagick::drawimage - Renders the GmagickDraw object on the current image
  • Gmagick::edgeimage - Enhance edges within the image
  • Gmagick::embossimage - Returns a grayscale image with a three-dimensional effect
  • Gmagick::enhanceimage - Improves the quality of a noisy image
  • Gmagick::equalizeimage - Equalizes the image histogram
  • Gmagick::flipimage - Creates a vertical mirror image
  • Gmagick::flopimage - The flopimage purpose
  • Gmagick::frameimage - Adds a simulated three-dimensional border
  • Gmagick::gammaimage - Gamma-corrects an image
  • Gmagick::getcopyright - Returns the GraphicsMagick API copyright as a string
  • Gmagick::getfilename - The filename associated with an image sequence
  • Gmagick::getimagebackgroundcolor - Returns the image background color
  • Gmagick::getimageblueprimary - Returns the chromaticy blue primary point
  • Gmagick::getimagebordercolor - Returns the image border color
  • Gmagick::getimagechanneldepth - Gets the depth for a particular image channel
  • Gmagick::getimagecolors - Returns the color of the specified colormap index
  • Gmagick::getimagecolorspace - Gets the image colorspace
  • Gmagick::getimagecompose - Returns the composite operator associated with the image
  • Gmagick::getimagedelay - Gets the image delay
  • Gmagick::getimagedepth - Gets the depth of the image
  • Gmagick::getimagedispose - Gets the image disposal method
  • Gmagick::getimageextrema - Gets the extrema for the image
  • Gmagick::getimagefilename - Returns the filename of a particular image in a sequence
  • Gmagick::getimageformat - Returns the format of a particular image in a sequence
  • Gmagick::getimagegamma - Gets the image gamma
  • Gmagick::getimagegreenprimary - Returns the chromaticy green primary point
  • Gmagick::getimageheight - Returns the image height
  • Gmagick::getimagehistogram - Gets the image histogram
  • Gmagick::getimageindex - Gets the index of the current active image
  • Gmagick::getimageinterlacescheme - Gets the image interlace scheme
  • Gmagick::getimageiterations - Gets the image iterations
  • Gmagick::getimagematte - Return if the image has a matte channel
  • Gmagick::getimagemattecolor - Returns the image matte color
  • Gmagick::getimageprofile - Returns the named image profile.
  • Gmagick::getimageredprimary - Returns the chromaticity red primary point
  • Gmagick::getimagerenderingintent - Gets the image rendering intent
  • Gmagick::getimageresolution - Gets the image X and Y resolution
  • Gmagick::getimagescene - Gets the image scene
  • Gmagick::getimagesignature - Generates an SHA-256 message digest
  • Gmagick::getimagetype - Gets the potential image type.
  • Gmagick::getimageunits - Gets the image units of resolution
  • Gmagick::getimagewhitepoint - Returns the chromaticity white point
  • Gmagick::getimagewidth - Returns the width of the image
  • Gmagick::getpackagename - Returns the GraphicsMagick package name.
  • Gmagick::getquantumdepth - Returns the Gmagick quantum depth as a string.
  • Gmagick::getreleasedate - Returns the GraphicsMagick release date as a string.
  • Gmagick::getsamplingfactors - Gets the horizontal and vertical sampling factor.
  • Gmagick::getsize - Returns the size associated with the Gmagick object
  • Gmagick::getversion - Returns the GraphicsMagick API version
  • Gmagick::hasnextimage - Checks if the object has more images
  • Gmagick::haspreviousimage - Checks if the object has a previous image
  • Gmagick::implodeimage - Creates a new image as a copy
  • Gmagick::labelimage - Adds a label to an image.
  • Gmagick::levelimage - Adjusts the levels of an image
  • Gmagick::magnifyimage - Scales an image proportionally 2x
  • Gmagick::mapimage - Replaces the colors of an image with the closest color from a reference image.
  • Gmagick::medianfilterimage - Applies a digital filter
  • Gmagick::minifyimage - Scales an image proportionally to half its size
  • Gmagick::modulateimage - Control the brightness, saturation, and hue
  • Gmagick::motionblurimage - Simulates motion blur
  • Gmagick::newimage - Creates a new image
  • Gmagick::nextimage - Moves to the next image
  • Gmagick::normalizeimage - Enhances the contrast of a color image
  • Gmagick::oilpaintimage - Simulates an oil painting
  • Gmagick::previousimage - Move to the previous image in the object
  • Gmagick::profileimage - Adds or removes a profile from an image
  • Gmagick::quantizeimage - Analyzes the colors within a reference image
  • Gmagick::quantizeimages - The quantizeimages purpose
  • Gmagick::queryfontmetrics - Returns an array representing the font metrics
  • Gmagick::queryfonts - Returns the configured fonts
  • Gmagick::queryformats - Returns formats supported by Gmagick.
  • Gmagick::radialblurimage - Radial blurs an image
  • Gmagick::raiseimage - Creates a simulated 3d button-like effect
  • Gmagick::read - Reads image from filename
  • Gmagick::readimage - Reads image from filename
  • Gmagick::readimageblob - Reads image from a binary string
  • Gmagick::readimagefile - The readimagefile purpose
  • Gmagick::reducenoiseimage - Smooths the contours of an image
  • Gmagick::removeimage - Removes an image from the image list
  • Gmagick::removeimageprofile - Removes the named image profile and returns it
  • Gmagick::resampleimage - Resample image to desired resolution
  • Gmagick::resizeimage - Scales an image
  • Gmagick::rollimage - Offsets an image
  • Gmagick::rotateimage - Rotates an image
  • Gmagick::scaleimage - Scales the size of an image
  • Gmagick::separateimagechannel - Separates a channel from the image
  • Gmagick::setfilename - Sets the filename before you read or write the image
  • Gmagick::setimagebackgroundcolor - Sets the image background color.
  • Gmagick::setimageblueprimary - Sets the image chromaticity blue primary point.
  • Gmagick::setimagebordercolor - Sets the image border color.
  • Gmagick::setimagechanneldepth - Sets the depth of a particular image channel
  • Gmagick::setimagecolorspace - Sets the image colorspace
  • Gmagick::setimagecompose - Sets the image composite operator
  • Gmagick::setimagedelay - Sets the image delay
  • Gmagick::setimagedepth - Sets the image depth
  • Gmagick::setimagedispose - Sets the image disposal method
  • Gmagick::setimagefilename - Sets the filename of a particular image in a sequence
  • Gmagick::setimageformat - Sets the format of a particular image
  • Gmagick::setimagegamma - Sets the image gamma
  • Gmagick::setimagegreenprimary - TSets the image chromaticity green primary point.
  • Gmagick::setimageindex - Set the iterator to the position in the image list specified with the index parameter
  • Gmagick::setimageinterlacescheme - Sets the interlace scheme of the image.
  • Gmagick::setimageiterations - Sets the image iterations.
  • Gmagick::setimageprofile - Adds a named profile to the Gmagick object
  • Gmagick::setimageredprimary - Sets the image chromaticity red primary point.
  • Gmagick::setimagerenderingintent - Sets the image rendering intent
  • Gmagick::setimageresolution - Sets the image resolution
  • Gmagick::setimagescene - Sets the image scene
  • Gmagick::setimagetype - Sets the image type
  • Gmagick::setimageunits - Sets the image units of resolution.
  • Gmagick::setimagewhitepoint - Sets the image chromaticity white point.
  • Gmagick::setsamplingfactors - Sets the image sampling factors.
  • Gmagick::setsize - Sets the size of the Gmagick object
  • Gmagick::shearimage - Creating a parallelogram
  • Gmagick::solarizeimage - Applies a solarizing effect to the image
  • Gmagick::spreadimage - Randomly displaces each pixel in a block
  • Gmagick::stripimage - Strips an image of all profiles and comments
  • Gmagick::swirlimage - Swirls the pixels about the center of the image
  • Gmagick::thumbnailimage - Changes the size of an image
  • Gmagick::trimimage - Remove edges from the image
  • Gmagick::write - Writes an image to the specified filename
  • Gmagick::writeimage - Writes an image to the specified filename
  • Gmagick::__construct - The Gmagick constructor
  • GmagickDraw::annotate - Draws text on the image
  • GmagickDraw::arc - Draws an arc
  • GmagickDraw::bezier - Draws a bezier curve
  • GmagickDraw::ellipse - Draws an ellipse on the image
  • GmagickDraw::getfillcolor - Returns the fill color
  • GmagickDraw::getfillopacity - Returns the opacity used when drawing
  • GmagickDraw::getfont - Returns the font
  • GmagickDraw::getfontsize - Returns the font pointsize
  • GmagickDraw::getfontstyle - Returns the font style
  • GmagickDraw::getfontweight - Returns the font weight
  • GmagickDraw::getstrokecolor - Returns the color used for stroking object outlines
  • GmagickDraw::getstrokeopacity - Returns the opacity of stroked object outlines
  • GmagickDraw::getstrokewidth - Returns the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines
  • GmagickDraw::gettextdecoration - Returns the text decoration
  • GmagickDraw::gettextencoding - Returns the code set used for text annotations
  • GmagickDraw::line - The line purpose
  • GmagickDraw::point - Draws a point
  • GmagickDraw::polygon - Draws a polygon
  • GmagickDraw::polyline - Draws a polyline
  • GmagickDraw::rectangle - Draws a rectangle
  • GmagickDraw::rotate - Applies the specified rotation to the current coordinate space
  • GmagickDraw::roundrectangle - Draws a rounded rectangle
  • GmagickDraw::scale - Adjusts the scaling factor
  • GmagickDraw::setfillcolor - Sets the fill color to be used for drawing filled objects.
  • GmagickDraw::setfillopacity - The setfillopacity purpose
  • GmagickDraw::setfont - Sets the fully-specified font to use when annotating with text.
  • GmagickDraw::setfontsize - Sets the font pointsize to use when annotating with text.
  • GmagickDraw::setfontstyle - Sets the font style to use when annotating with text
  • GmagickDraw::setfontweight - Sets the font weight
  • GmagickDraw::setstrokecolor - Sets the color used for stroking object outlines.
  • GmagickDraw::setstrokeopacity - Specifies the opacity of stroked object outlines.
  • GmagickDraw::setstrokewidth - Sets the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines.
  • GmagickDraw::settextdecoration - Specifies a decoration
  • GmagickDraw::settextencoding - Specifies specifies the text code set
  • GmagickPixel::getcolor - Returns the color
  • GmagickPixel::getcolorcount - Returns the color count associated with this color
  • GmagickPixel::getcolorvalue - Gets the normalized value of the provided color channel
  • GmagickPixel::setcolor - Sets the color
  • GmagickPixel::setcolorvalue - Sets the normalized value of one of the channels
  • GmagickPixel::__construct - The GmagickPixel constructor
  • gmdate - Formatta una data/ora GMT/UTC
  • gmmktime - Riceve l'UNIX timestamp per una data GMT
  • gmp_abs - Valore assoluto
  • gmp_add - Somma di numeri
  • gmp_and - AND logico
  • gmp_clrbit - Pulisce bit
  • gmp_cmp - Confronto di numeri
  • gmp_com - Calcola il complemento a uno di 'a'
  • gmp_div - Divisione di numberi
  • gmp_divexact - Divisione intera di numeri
  • gmp_div_q - Divide due numberi
  • gmp_div_qr - Divide due numeri e restituisce quoziente e resto
  • gmp_div_r - Resto di una divisione
  • gmp_fact - Fattoriale
  • gmp_gcd - Calcola il MCD
  • gmp_gcdext - Calcola il MCD e moltiplicatori
  • gmp_hamdist - Distanza dell'hamming
  • gmp_init - Crea un numero GMP
  • gmp_intval - Converte un numero GMP in un intero
  • gmp_invert - Inversione di modulo
  • gmp_jacobi - Simbolo di Jacobi
  • gmp_legendre - Simbolo di Legendre
  • gmp_mod - Modulo
  • gmp_mul - Prodotto di numeri
  • gmp_neg - Rende un numero negativo
  • gmp_nextprime - Find next prime number
  • gmp_or - OR logico
  • gmp_perfect_square - Controllo quadrato perfetto
  • gmp_popcount - Conteggio della popolazione
  • gmp_pow - Eleva un numero a potenza
  • gmp_powm - Modulo di un elevamento a potenza.
  • gmp_prob_prime - Controlla se il numero è "probabilmente primo"
  • gmp_random - Generatore di numeri casuali
  • gmp_scan0 - Ricerca per 0
  • gmp_scan1 - Ricerca per 1
  • gmp_setbit - Imposta bit
  • gmp_sign - Segno di un numero
  • gmp_sqrt - Radice quadrata
  • gmp_sqrtrem - Radice quadrata con resto
  • gmp_strval - Converte un numero GMP in una stringa
  • gmp_sub - Sottrazione di numeri
  • gmp_testbit - Tests if a bit is set
  • gmp_xor - XOR logico
  • gmstrftime - Formatta una data/ora GMT/UTC secondo i parametri locali
  • gnupg_adddecryptkey - Add a key for decryption
  • gnupg_addencryptkey - Add a key for encryption
  • gnupg_addsignkey - Add a key for signing
  • gnupg_cleardecryptkeys - Removes all keys which were set for decryption before
  • gnupg_clearencryptkeys - Removes all keys which were set for encryption before
  • gnupg_clearsignkeys - Removes all keys which were set for signing before
  • gnupg_decrypt - Decrypts a given text
  • gnupg_decryptverify - Decrypts and verifies a given text
  • gnupg_encrypt - Encrypts a given text
  • gnupg_encryptsign - Encrypts and signs a given text
  • gnupg_export - Exports a key
  • gnupg_geterror - Returns the errortext, if a function fails
  • gnupg_getprotocol - Returns the currently active protocol for all operations
  • gnupg_import - Imports a key
  • gnupg_init - Initialize a connection
  • gnupg_keyinfo - Returns an array with information about all keys that matches the given pattern
  • gnupg_setarmor - Toggle armored output
  • gnupg_seterrormode - Sets the mode for error_reporting
  • gnupg_setsignmode - Sets the mode for signing
  • gnupg_sign - Signs a given text
  • gnupg_verify - Verifies a signed text
  • gopher_parsedir - Translate a gopher formatted directory entry into an associative array.
  • grapheme_extract - Function to extract a sequence of default grapheme clusters from a text buffer, which must be encoded in UTF-8.
  • grapheme_stripos - Find position (in grapheme units) of first occurrence of a case-insensitive string
  • grapheme_stristr - Returns part of haystack string from the first occurrence of case-insensitive needle to the end of haystack.
  • grapheme_strlen - Get string length in grapheme units
  • grapheme_strpos - Find position (in grapheme units) of first occurrence of a string
  • grapheme_strripos - Find position (in grapheme units) of last occurrence of a case-insensitive string
  • grapheme_strrpos - Find position (in grapheme units) of last occurrence of a string
  • grapheme_strstr - Returns part of haystack string from the first occurrence of needle to the end of haystack.
  • grapheme_substr - Return part of a string
  • GregorianToJD - Converte una data Gregoriana in un Giorno Giuliano
  • gupnp_context_get_host_ip - Get the IP address
  • gupnp_context_get_port - Get the port
  • gupnp_context_get_subscription_timeout - Get the event subscription timeout
  • gupnp_context_host_path - Start hosting
  • gupnp_context_new - Create a new context
  • gupnp_context_set_subscription_timeout - Sets the event subscription timeout
  • gupnp_context_timeout_add - Sets a function to be called at regular intervals
  • gupnp_context_unhost_path - Stop hosting
  • gupnp_control_point_browse_start - Start browsing
  • gupnp_control_point_browse_stop - Stop browsing
  • gupnp_control_point_callback_set - Set control point callback
  • gupnp_control_point_new - Create a new control point
  • gupnp_device_action_callback_set - Set device callback function
  • gupnp_device_info_get - Get info of root device
  • gupnp_device_info_get_service - Get the service with type
  • gupnp_root_device_get_available - Check whether root device is available
  • gupnp_root_device_get_relative_location - Get the relative location of root device.
  • gupnp_root_device_new - Create a new root device
  • gupnp_root_device_set_available - Set whether or not root_device is available
  • gupnp_root_device_start - Start main loop
  • gupnp_root_device_stop - Stop main loop
  • gupnp_service_action_get - Retrieves the specified action arguments
  • gupnp_service_action_return - Return successfully
  • gupnp_service_action_return_error - Return error code
  • gupnp_service_action_set - Sets the specified action return values
  • gupnp_service_freeze_notify - Freeze new notifications
  • gupnp_service_info_get - Get full info of service
  • gupnp_service_info_get_introspection - Get resource introspection of service
  • gupnp_service_introspection_get_state_variable - Returns the state variable data
  • gupnp_service_notify - Notifies listening clients
  • gupnp_service_proxy_action_get - Send action to the service and get value
  • gupnp_service_proxy_action_set - Send action to the service and set value
  • gupnp_service_proxy_add_notify - Sets up callback for variable change notification
  • gupnp_service_proxy_callback_set - Set service proxy callback for signal
  • gupnp_service_proxy_get_subscribed - Check whether subscription is valid to the service
  • gupnp_service_proxy_remove_notify - Cancels the variable change notification
  • gupnp_service_proxy_send_action - Send action with multiple parameters synchronously
  • gupnp_service_proxy_set_subscribed - (Un)subscribes to the service.
  • gupnp_service_thaw_notify - Sends out any pending notifications and stops queuing of new ones.
  • gzclose - Chiude un puntatore a file gz
  • gzcompress - Comprime una stringa
  • gzdecode - Decodes a gzip compressed string
  • gzdeflate - Comprime una stringa con il metodo DEFLATE
  • gzencode - Crea una stringa compressa con gzip
  • gzeof - Test for EOF on a gz-file pointer
  • gzfile - Read entire gz-file into an array
  • gzgetc - Get character from gz-file pointer
  • gzgets - Get line from file pointer
  • gzgetss - Get line from gz-file pointer and strip HTML tags
  • gzinflate - Inflate a deflated string
  • gzopen - Open gz-file
  • gzpassthru - Output all remaining data on a gz-file pointer
  • gzputs - Alias di gzwrite
  • gzread - Binary-safe gz-file read
  • gzrewind - Rewind the position of a gz-file pointer
  • gzseek - Seek on a gz-file pointer
  • gztell - Tell gz-file pointer read/write position
  • gzuncompress - Uncompress a compressed string
  • gzwrite - Binary-safe gz-file write
• h
  • HaruAnnotation::setBorderStyle - Set the border style of the annotation
  • HaruAnnotation::setHighlightMode - Set the highlighting mode of the annotation
  • HaruAnnotation::setIcon - Set the icon style of the annotation
  • HaruAnnotation::setOpened - Set the initial state of the annotation
  • HaruDestination::setFit - Set the appearance of the page to fit the window
  • HaruDestination::setFitB - Set the appearance of the page to fit the bounding box of the page within the window
  • HaruDestination::setFitBH - Set the appearance of the page to fit the width of the bounding box
  • HaruDestination::setFitBV - Set the appearance of the page to fit the height of the boudning box
  • HaruDestination::setFitH - Set the appearance of the page to fit the window width
  • HaruDestination::setFitR - Set the appearance of the page to fit the specified rectangle
  • HaruDestination::setFitV - Set the appearance of the page to fit the window height
  • HaruDestination::setXYZ - Set the appearance of the page
  • HaruDoc::addPage - Add new page to the document
  • HaruDoc::addPageLabel - Set the numbering style for the specified range of pages
  • HaruDoc::createOutline - Create a HaruOutline instance
  • HaruDoc::getCurrentEncoder - Get HaruEncoder currently used in the document
  • HaruDoc::getCurrentPage - Return current page of the document
  • HaruDoc::getEncoder - Get HaruEncoder instance for the specified encoding
  • HaruDoc::getFont - Get HaruFont instance
  • HaruDoc::getInfoAttr - Get current value of the specified document attribute
  • HaruDoc::getPageLayout - Get current page layout
  • HaruDoc::getPageMode - Get current page mode
  • HaruDoc::getStreamSize - Get the size of the temporary stream
  • HaruDoc::insertPage - Insert new page just before the specified page
  • HaruDoc::loadJPEG - Load a JPEG image
  • HaruDoc::loadPNG - Load PNG image and return HaruImage instance
  • HaruDoc::loadRaw - Load a RAW image
  • HaruDoc::loadTTC - Load the font with the specified index from TTC file
  • HaruDoc::loadTTF - Load TTF font file
  • HaruDoc::loadType1 - Load Type1 font
  • HaruDoc::output - Write the document data to the output buffer
  • HaruDoc::readFromStream - Read data from the temporary stream
  • HaruDoc::resetError - Reset error state of the document handle
  • HaruDoc::resetStream - Rewind the temporary stream
  • HaruDoc::save - Save the document into the specified file
  • HaruDoc::saveToStream - Save the document into a temporary stream
  • HaruDoc::setCompressionMode - Set compression mode for the document
  • HaruDoc::setCurrentEncoder - Set the current encoder for the document
  • HaruDoc::setEncryptionMode - Set encryption mode for the document
  • HaruDoc::setInfoAttr - Set the info attribute of the document
  • HaruDoc::setInfoDateAttr - Set the datetime info attributes of the document
  • HaruDoc::setOpenAction - Define which page is shown when the document is opened
  • HaruDoc::setPageLayout - Set how pages should be displayed
  • HaruDoc::setPageMode - Set how the document should be displayed
  • HaruDoc::setPagesConfiguration - Set the number of pages per set of pages
  • HaruDoc::setPassword - Set owner and user passwords for the document
  • HaruDoc::setPermission - Set permissions for the document
  • HaruDoc::useCNSEncodings - Enable Chinese simplified encodings
  • HaruDoc::useCNSFonts - Enable builtin Chinese simplified fonts
  • HaruDoc::useCNTEncodings - Enable Chinese traditional encodings
  • HaruDoc::useCNTFonts - Enable builtin Chinese traditional fonts
  • HaruDoc::useJPEncodings - Enable Japanese encodings
  • HaruDoc::useJPFonts - Enable builtin Japanese fonts
  • HaruDoc::useKREncodings - Enable Korean encodings
  • HaruDoc::useKRFonts - Enable builtin Korean fonts
  • HaruDoc::__construct - Construct new HaruDoc instance
  • HaruEncoder::getByteType - Get the type of the byte in the text
  • HaruEncoder::getType - Get the type of the encoder
  • HaruEncoder::getUnicode - Convert the specified character to unicode
  • HaruEncoder::getWritingMode - Get the writing mode of the encoder
  • HaruFont::getAscent - Get the vertical ascent of the font
  • HaruFont::getCapHeight - Get the distance from the baseline of uppercase letters
  • HaruFont::getDescent - Get the vertical descent of the font
  • HaruFont::getEncodingName - Get the name of the encoding
  • HaruFont::getFontName - Get the name of the font
  • HaruFont::getTextWidth - Get the total width of the text, number of characters, number of words and number of spaces
  • HaruFont::getUnicodeWidth - Get the width of the character in the font
  • HaruFont::getXHeight - Get the distance from the baseline of lowercase letters
  • HaruFont::measureText - Calculate the number of characters which can be included within the specified width
  • HaruImage::getBitsPerComponent - Get the number of bits used to describe each color component of the image
  • HaruImage::getColorSpace - Get the name of the color space
  • HaruImage::getHeight - Get the height of the image
  • HaruImage::getSize - Get size of the image
  • HaruImage::getWidth - Get the width of the image
  • HaruImage::setColorMask - Set the color mask of the image
  • HaruImage::setMaskImage - Set the image mask
  • HaruOutline::setDestination - Set the destination for the outline
  • HaruOutline::setOpened - Set the initial state of the outline
  • HaruPage::arc - Append an arc to the current path
  • HaruPage::beginText - Begin a text object and set the current text position to (0,0)
  • HaruPage::circle - Append a circle to the current path
  • HaruPage::closePath - Append a straight line from the current point to the start point of the path
  • HaruPage::concat - Concatenate current transformation matrix of the page and the specified matrix
  • HaruPage::createDestination - Create new HaruDestination instance
  • HaruPage::createLinkAnnotation - Create new HaruAnnotation instance
  • HaruPage::createTextAnnotation - Create new HaruAnnotation instance
  • HaruPage::createURLAnnotation - Create and return new HaruAnnotation instance
  • HaruPage::curveTo - Append a Bezier curve to the current path
  • HaruPage::curveTo2 - Append a Bezier curve to the current path
  • HaruPage::curveTo3 - Append a Bezier curve to the current path
  • HaruPage::drawImage - Show image at the page
  • HaruPage::ellipse - Append an ellipse to the current path
  • HaruPage::endPath - End current path object without filling and painting operations
  • HaruPage::endText - End current text object
  • HaruPage::eofill - Fill current path using even-odd rule
  • HaruPage::eoFillStroke - Fill current path using even-odd rule, then paint the path
  • HaruPage::fill - Fill current path using nonzero winding number rule
  • HaruPage::fillStroke - Fill current path using nonzero winding number rule, then paint the path
  • HaruPage::getCharSpace - Get the current value of character spacing
  • HaruPage::getCMYKFill - Get the current filling color
  • HaruPage::getCMYKStroke - Get the current stroking color
  • HaruPage::getCurrentFont - Get the currently used font
  • HaruPage::getCurrentFontSize - Get the current font size
  • HaruPage::getCurrentPos - Get the current position for path painting
  • HaruPage::getCurrentTextPos - Get the current position for text printing
  • HaruPage::getDash - Get the current dash pattern
  • HaruPage::getFillingColorSpace - Get the current filling color space
  • HaruPage::getFlatness - Get the flatness of the page
  • HaruPage::getGMode - Get the current graphics mode
  • HaruPage::getGrayFill - Get the current filling color
  • HaruPage::getGrayStroke - Get the current stroking color
  • HaruPage::getHeight - Get the height of the page
  • HaruPage::getHorizontalScaling - Get the current value of horizontal scaling
  • HaruPage::getLineCap - Get the current line cap style
  • HaruPage::getLineJoin - Get the current line join style
  • HaruPage::getLineWidth - Get the current line width
  • HaruPage::getMiterLimit - Get the value of miter limit
  • HaruPage::getRGBFill - Get the current filling color
  • HaruPage::getRGBStroke - Get the current stroking color
  • HaruPage::getStrokingColorSpace - Get the current stroking color space
  • HaruPage::getTextLeading - Get the current value of line spacing
  • HaruPage::getTextMatrix - Get the current text transformation matrix of the page
  • HaruPage::getTextRenderingMode - Get the current text rendering mode
  • HaruPage::getTextRise - Get the current value of text rising
  • HaruPage::getTextWidth - Get the width of the text using current fontsize, character spacing and word spacing
  • HaruPage::getTransMatrix - Get the current transformation matrix of the page
  • HaruPage::getWidth - Get the width of the page
  • HaruPage::getWordSpace - Get the current value of word spacing
  • HaruPage::lineTo - Draw a line from the current point to the specified point
  • HaruPage::measureText - Calculate the number of characters which can be included within the specified width
  • HaruPage::moveTextPos - Move text position to the specified offset
  • HaruPage::moveTo - Set starting point for new drawing path
  • HaruPage::moveToNextLine - Move text position to the start of the next line
  • HaruPage::rectangle - Append a rectangle to the current path
  • HaruPage::setCharSpace - Set character spacing for the page
  • HaruPage::setCMYKFill - Set filling color for the page
  • HaruPage::setCMYKStroke - Set stroking color for the page
  • HaruPage::setDash - Set the dash pattern for the page
  • HaruPage::setFlatness - Set flatness for the page
  • HaruPage::setFontAndSize - Set font and fontsize for the page
  • HaruPage::setGrayFill - Set filling color for the page
  • HaruPage::setGrayStroke - Sets stroking color for the page
  • HaruPage::setHeight - Set height of the page
  • HaruPage::setHorizontalScaling - Set horizontal scaling for the page
  • HaruPage::setLineCap - Set the shape to be used at the ends of lines
  • HaruPage::setLineJoin - Set line join style for the page
  • HaruPage::setLineWidth - Set line width for the page
  • HaruPage::setMiterLimit - Set the current value of the miter limit of the page
  • HaruPage::setRGBFill - Set filling color for the page
  • HaruPage::setRGBStroke - Set stroking color for the page
  • HaruPage::setRotate - Set rotation angle of the page
  • HaruPage::setSize - Set size and direction of the page
  • HaruPage::setSlideShow - Set transition style for the page
  • HaruPage::setTextLeading - Set text leading (line spacing) for the page
  • HaruPage::setTextMatrix - Set the current text transformation matrix of the page
  • HaruPage::setTextRenderingMode - Set text rendering mode for the page
  • HaruPage::setTextRise - Set the current value of text rising
  • HaruPage::setWidth - Set width of the page
  • HaruPage::setWordSpace - Set word spacing for the page
  • HaruPage::showText - Print text at the current position of the page
  • HaruPage::showTextNextLine - Move the current position to the start of the next line and print the text
  • HaruPage::stroke - Paint current path
  • HaruPage::textOut - Print the text on the specified position
  • HaruPage::textRect - Print the text inside the specified region
  • hash - Generate a hash value (message digest)
  • hash_algos - Return a list of registered hashing algorithms
  • hash_copy - Copy hashing context
  • hash_file - Generate a hash value using the contents of a given file
  • hash_final - Finalize an incremental hash and return resulting digest
  • hash_hmac - Generate a keyed hash value using the HMAC method
  • hash_hmac_file - Generate a keyed hash value using the HMAC method and the contents of a given file
  • hash_init - Initialize an incremental hashing context
  • hash_pbkdf2 - Generate a PBKDF2 key derivation of a supplied password
  • hash_update - Pump data into an active hashing context
  • hash_update_file - Pump data into an active hashing context from a file
  • hash_update_stream - Pump data into an active hashing context from an open stream
  • header - Send a raw HTTP header
  • headers_list - Returns a list of response headers sent (or ready to send)
  • headers_sent - Checks if or where headers have been sent
  • header_register_callback - Call a header function
  • header_remove - Remove previously set headers
  • hebrev - Converte il testo logico Ebraico in testo visuale
  • hebrevc - Converte il testo logico Ebraico in testo visuale con conversione del carattere di 'a capo'
  • hex2bin - Decodes a hexadecimally encoded binary string
  • hexdec - Da esadecimale a decimale
  • highlight_file - Syntax highlighting of a file
  • highlight_string - Syntax highlighting of a string
  • htmlentities - Converte tutti i possibili caratteri in entità HTML
  • htmlspecialchars - Converte i caratteri speciali in entità HTML
  • htmlspecialchars_decode - Convert special HTML entities back to characters
  • html_entity_decode - Converte le entità HTML nei corrispondenti caratteri
  • http:// - Accessing HTTP(s) URLs
  • HTTP context options - HTTP context option listing
  • HttpDeflateStream::factory - HttpDeflateStream class factory
  • HttpDeflateStream::finish - Finalize deflate stream
  • HttpDeflateStream::flush - Flush deflate stream
  • HttpDeflateStream::update - Update deflate stream
  • HttpDeflateStream::__construct - HttpDeflateStream class constructor
  • HttpInflateStream::factory - HttpInflateStream class factory
  • HttpInflateStream::finish - Finalize inflate stream
  • HttpInflateStream::flush - Flush inflate stream
  • HttpInflateStream::update - Update inflate stream
  • HttpInflateStream::__construct - HttpInflateStream class constructor
  • HttpMessage::addHeaders - Add headers
  • HttpMessage::detach - Detach HttpMessage
  • HttpMessage::factory - Create HttpMessage from string
  • HttpMessage::fromEnv - Create HttpMessage from environment
  • HttpMessage::fromString - Create HttpMessage from string
  • HttpMessage::getBody - Get message body
  • HttpMessage::getHeader - Get header
  • HttpMessage::getHeaders - Get message headers
  • HttpMessage::getHttpVersion - Get HTTP version
  • HttpMessage::getParentMessage - Get parent message
  • HttpMessage::getRequestMethod - Get request method
  • HttpMessage::getRequestUrl - Get request URL
  • HttpMessage::getResponseCode - Get response code
  • HttpMessage::getResponseStatus - Get response status
  • HttpMessage::getType - Get message type
  • HttpMessage::guessContentType - Guess content type
  • HttpMessage::prepend - Prepend message(s)
  • HttpMessage::reverse - Reverse message chain
  • HttpMessage::send - Send message
  • HttpMessage::setBody - Set message body
  • HttpMessage::setHeaders - Set headers
  • HttpMessage::setHttpVersion - Set HTTP version
  • HttpMessage::setRequestMethod - Set request method
  • HttpMessage::setRequestUrl - Set request URL
  • HttpMessage::setResponseCode - Set response code
  • HttpMessage::setResponseStatus - Set response status
  • HttpMessage::setType - Set message type
  • HttpMessage::toMessageTypeObject - Create HTTP object regarding message type
  • HttpMessage::toString - Get string representation
  • HttpMessage::__construct - HttpMessage constructor
  • HttpQueryString::get - Get (part of) query string
  • HttpQueryString::mod - Modifiy query string copy
  • HttpQueryString::set - Set query string params
  • HttpQueryString::singleton - HttpQueryString singleton
  • HttpQueryString::toArray - Get query string as array
  • HttpQueryString::toString - Get query string
  • HttpQueryString::xlate - Change query strings charset
  • HttpQueryString::__construct - HttpQueryString constructor
  • HttpRequest::addCookies - Add cookies
  • HttpRequest::addHeaders - Add headers
  • HttpRequest::addPostFields - Add post fields
  • HttpRequest::addPostFile - Add post file
  • HttpRequest::addPutData - Add put data
  • HttpRequest::addQueryData - Add query data
  • HttpRequest::addRawPostData - Add raw post data
  • HttpRequest::addSslOptions - Add ssl options
  • HttpRequest::clearHistory - Clear history
  • HttpRequest::enableCookies - Enable cookies
  • HttpRequest::getContentType - Get content type
  • HttpRequest::getCookies - Get cookies
  • HttpRequest::getHeaders - Get headers
  • HttpRequest::getHistory - Get history
  • HttpRequest::getMethod - Get method
  • HttpRequest::getOptions - Get options
  • HttpRequest::getPostFields - Get post fields
  • HttpRequest::getPostFiles - Get post files
  • HttpRequest::getPutData - Get put data
  • HttpRequest::getPutFile - Get put file
  • HttpRequest::getQueryData - Get query data
  • HttpRequest::getRawPostData - Get raw post data
  • HttpRequest::getRawRequestMessage - Get raw request message
  • HttpRequest::getRawResponseMessage - Get raw response message
  • HttpRequest::getRequestMessage - Get request message
  • HttpRequest::getResponseBody - Get response body
  • HttpRequest::getResponseCode - Get response code
  • HttpRequest::getResponseCookies - Get response cookie(s)
  • HttpRequest::getResponseData - Get response data
  • HttpRequest::getResponseHeader - Get response header(s)
  • HttpRequest::getResponseInfo - Get response info
  • HttpRequest::getResponseMessage - Get response message
  • HttpRequest::getResponseStatus - Get response status
  • HttpRequest::getSslOptions - Get ssl options
  • HttpRequest::getUrl - Get url
  • HttpRequest::resetCookies - Reset cookies
  • HttpRequest::send - Send request
  • HttpRequest::setBody - Set request body to send, overwriting previously set request body.
  • HttpRequest::setContentType - Set content type
  • HttpRequest::setCookies - Set cookies
  • HttpRequest::setHeaders - Set headers
  • HttpRequest::setMethod - Set method
  • HttpRequest::setOptions - Set options
  • HttpRequest::setPostFields - Set post fields
  • HttpRequest::setPostFiles - Set post files
  • HttpRequest::setPutData - Set put data
  • HttpRequest::setPutFile - Set put file
  • HttpRequest::setQueryData - Set query data
  • HttpRequest::setRawPostData - Set raw post data
  • HttpRequest::setSslOptions - Set ssl options
  • HttpRequest::setUrl - Set URL
  • HttpRequest::__construct - HttpRequest constructor
  • HttpRequestPool::attach - Attach HttpRequest
  • HttpRequestPool::detach - Detach HttpRequest
  • HttpRequestPool::getAttachedRequests - Get attached requests
  • HttpRequestPool::getFinishedRequests - Get finished requests
  • HttpRequestPool::reset - Reset request pool
  • HttpRequestPool::send - Send all requests
  • HttpRequestPool::socketPerform - Perform socket actions
  • HttpRequestPool::socketSelect - Perform socket select
  • HttpRequestPool::__construct - HttpRequestPool constructor
  • HttpRequestPool::__destruct - HttpRequestPool destructor
  • HttpResponse::capture - Capture script output
  • HttpResponse::getBufferSize - Get buffer size
  • HttpResponse::getCache - Get cache
  • HttpResponse::getCacheControl - Get cache control
  • HttpResponse::getContentDisposition - Get content disposition
  • HttpResponse::getContentType - Get content type
  • HttpResponse::getData - Get data
  • HttpResponse::getETag - Get ETag
  • HttpResponse::getFile - Get file
  • HttpResponse::getGzip - Get gzip
  • HttpResponse::getHeader - Get header
  • HttpResponse::getLastModified - Get last modified
  • HttpResponse::getRequestBody - Get request body
  • HttpResponse::getRequestBodyStream - Get request body stream
  • HttpResponse::getRequestHeaders - Get request headers
  • HttpResponse::getStream - Get Stream
  • HttpResponse::getThrottleDelay - Get throttle delay
  • HttpResponse::guessContentType - Guess content type
  • HttpResponse::redirect - Redirect
  • HttpResponse::send - Send response
  • HttpResponse::setBufferSize - Set buffer size
  • HttpResponse::setCache - Set cache
  • HttpResponse::setCacheControl - Set cache control
  • HttpResponse::setContentDisposition - Set content disposition
  • HttpResponse::setContentType - Set content type
  • HttpResponse::setData - Set data
  • HttpResponse::setETag - Set ETag
  • HttpResponse::setFile - Set file
  • HttpResponse::setGzip - Set gzip
  • HttpResponse::setHeader - Set header
  • HttpResponse::setLastModified - Set last modified
  • HttpResponse::setStream - Set stream
  • HttpResponse::setThrottleDelay - Set throttle delay
  • HttpResponse::status - Send HTTP response status
  • http_build_cookie - Build cookie string
  • http_build_query - Generate URL-encoded query string
  • http_build_str - Build query string
  • http_build_url - Build a URL
  • http_cache_etag - Caching by ETag
  • http_cache_last_modified - Caching by last modification
  • http_chunked_decode - Decode chunked-encoded data
  • http_date - Compose HTTP RFC compliant date
  • http_deflate - Deflate data
  • http_get - Perform GET request
  • http_get_request_body - Get request body as string
  • http_get_request_body_stream - Get request body as stream
  • http_get_request_headers - Get request headers as array
  • http_head - Perform HEAD request
  • http_inflate - Inflate data
  • http_match_etag - Match ETag
  • http_match_modified - Match last modification
  • http_match_request_header - Match any header
  • http_negotiate_charset - Negotiate client's preferred character set
  • http_negotiate_content_type - Negotiate client's preferred content type
  • http_negotiate_language - Negotiate client's preferred language
  • http_parse_cookie - Parse HTTP cookie
  • http_parse_headers - Parse HTTP headers
  • http_parse_message - Parse HTTP messages
  • http_parse_params - Parse parameter list
  • http_persistent_handles_clean - Clean up persistent handles
  • http_persistent_handles_count - Stat persistent handles
  • http_persistent_handles_ident - Get/set ident of persistent handles
  • http_post_data - Perform POST request with pre-encoded data
  • http_post_fields - Perform POST request with data to be encoded
  • http_put_data - Perform PUT request with data
  • http_put_file - Perform PUT request with file
  • http_put_stream - Perform PUT request with stream
  • http_redirect - Issue HTTP redirect
  • http_request - Perform custom request
  • http_request_body_encode - Encode request body
  • http_request_method_exists - Check whether request method exists
  • http_request_method_name - Get request method name
  • http_request_method_register - Register request method
  • http_request_method_unregister - Unregister request method
  • http_response_code - Get or Set the HTTP response code
  • http_send_content_disposition - Send Content-Disposition
  • http_send_content_type - Send Content-Type
  • http_send_data - Send arbitrary data
  • http_send_file - Send file
  • http_send_last_modified - Send Last-Modified
  • http_send_status - Send HTTP response status
  • http_send_stream - Send stream
  • http_support - Check built-in HTTP support
  • http_throttle - HTTP throttling
  • hwapi_attribute_new - Creates instance of class hw_api_attribute
  • hwapi_content_new - Create new instance of class hw_api_content
  • hwapi_hgcsp - Returns object of class hw_api
  • hwapi_object_new - Creates a new instance of class hwapi_object_new
  • hw_api::checkin - Checks in an object
  • hw_api::checkout - Checks out an object
  • hw_api::children - Returns children of an object
  • hw_api::content - Returns content of an object
  • hw_api::copy - Copies physically
  • hw_api::dbstat - Returns statistics about database server
  • hw_api::dcstat - Returns statistics about document cache server
  • hw_api::dstanchors - Returns a list of all destination anchors
  • hw_api::dstofsrcanchor - Returns destination of a source anchor
  • hw_api::find - Search for objects
  • hw_api::ftstat - Returns statistics about fulltext server
  • hw_api::hwstat - Returns statistics about Hyperwave server
  • hw_api::identify - Log into Hyperwave Server
  • hw_api::info - Returns information about server configuration
  • hw_api::insert - Inserts a new object
  • hw_api::insertanchor - Inserts a new object of type anchor
  • hw_api::insertcollection - Inserts a new object of type collection
  • hw_api::insertdocument - Inserts a new object of type document
  • hw_api::link - Creates a link to an object
  • hw_api::lock - Locks an object
  • hw_api::move - Moves object between collections
  • hw_api::object - Retrieve attribute information
  • hw_api::objectbyanchor - Returns the object an anchor belongs to
  • hw_api::parents - Returns parents of an object
  • hw_api::remove - Delete an object
  • hw_api::replace - Replaces an object
  • hw_api::setcommittedversion - Commits version other than last version
  • hw_api::srcanchors - Returns a list of all source anchors
  • hw_api::srcsofdst - Returns source of a destination object
  • hw_api::unlock - Unlocks a locked object
  • hw_api::user - Returns the own user object
  • hw_api::userlist - Returns a list of all logged in users
  • hw_api_attribute::key - Returns key of the attribute
  • hw_api_attribute::langdepvalue - Returns value for a given language
  • hw_api_attribute::value - Returns value of the attribute
  • hw_api_attribute::values - Returns all values of the attribute
  • hw_api_content::mimetype - Returns mimetype
  • hw_api_content::read - Read content
  • hw_api_error::count - Returns number of reasons
  • hw_api_error::reason - Returns reason of error
  • hw_api_object::assign - Clones object
  • hw_api_object::attreditable - Checks whether an attribute is editable
  • hw_api_object::count - Returns number of attributes
  • hw_api_object::insert - Inserts new attribute
  • hw_api_object::remove - Removes attribute
  • hw_api_object::title - Returns the title attribute
  • hw_api_object::value - Returns value of attribute
  • hw_api_reason::description - Returns description of reason
  • hw_api_reason::type - Returns type of reason
  • hw_Array2Objrec - Convert attributes from object array to object record
  • hw_changeobject - Changes attributes of an object (obsolete)
  • hw_Children - Object ids of children
  • hw_ChildrenObj - Object records of children
  • hw_Close - Closes the Hyperwave connection
  • hw_Connect - Opens a connection
  • hw_connection_info - Prints information about the connection to Hyperwave server
  • hw_cp - Copies objects
  • hw_Deleteobject - Deletes object
  • hw_DocByAnchor - Object id object belonging to anchor
  • hw_DocByAnchorObj - Object record object belonging to anchor
  • hw_Document_Attributes - Object record of hw_document
  • hw_Document_BodyTag - Body tag of hw_document
  • hw_Document_Content - Returns content of hw_document
  • hw_Document_SetContent - Sets/replaces content of hw_document
  • hw_Document_Size - Size of hw_document
  • hw_dummy - Hyperwave dummy function
  • hw_EditText - Retrieve text document
  • hw_Error - Error number
  • hw_ErrorMsg - Returns error message
  • hw_Free_Document - Frees hw_document
  • hw_GetAnchors - Object ids of anchors of document
  • hw_GetAnchorsObj - Object records of anchors of document
  • hw_GetAndLock - Return object record and lock object
  • hw_GetChildColl - Object ids of child collections
  • hw_GetChildCollObj - Object records of child collections
  • hw_GetChildDocColl - Object ids of child documents of collection
  • hw_GetChildDocCollObj - Object records of child documents of collection
  • hw_GetObject - Object record
  • hw_GetObjectByQuery - Search object
  • hw_GetObjectByQueryColl - Search object in collection
  • hw_GetObjectByQueryCollObj - Search object in collection
  • hw_GetObjectByQueryObj - Search object
  • hw_GetParents - Object ids of parents
  • hw_GetParentsObj - Object records of parents
  • hw_getrellink - Get link from source to dest relative to rootid
  • hw_GetRemote - Gets a remote document
  • hw_getremotechildren - Gets children of remote document
  • hw_GetSrcByDestObj - Returns anchors pointing at object
  • hw_GetText - Retrieve text document
  • hw_getusername - Name of currently logged in user
  • hw_Identify - Identifies as user
  • hw_InCollections - Check if object ids in collections
  • hw_Info - Info about connection
  • hw_InsColl - Insert collection
  • hw_InsDoc - Insert document
  • hw_insertanchors - Inserts only anchors into text
  • hw_InsertDocument - Upload any document
  • hw_InsertObject - Inserts an object record
  • hw_mapid - Maps global id on virtual local id
  • hw_Modifyobject - Modifies object record
  • hw_mv - Moves objects
  • hw_New_Document - Create new document
  • hw_objrec2array - Convert attributes from object record to object array
  • hw_Output_Document - Prints hw_document
  • hw_pConnect - Make a persistent database connection
  • hw_PipeDocument - Retrieve any document
  • hw_Root - Root object id
  • hw_setlinkroot - Set the id to which links are calculated
  • hw_stat - Returns status string
  • hw_Unlock - Unlock object
  • hw_Who - List of currently logged in users
  • hypot - Restituisce sqrt(num1*num1 + num2*num2)
• i
  • ibase_add_user - Add a user to a security database
  • ibase_affected_rows - Return the number of rows that were affected by the previous query
  • ibase_backup - Initiates a backup task in the service manager and returns immediately
  • ibase_blob_add - Aggiunge dati in un nuovo blob creato
  • ibase_blob_cancel - Cancella la creazione di un blob
  • ibase_blob_close - Chiude un blob
  • ibase_blob_create - Crea un nuovo blob per aggiungerci dei dati
  • ibase_blob_echo - Visualizza il contenuto di un blob sul browser
  • ibase_blob_get - Ottiene len byte di dati dal blob aperto
  • ibase_blob_import - Create un blob, copy il file al suo interno e lo chiude
  • ibase_blob_info - Restituisce la lunghezza del blob e altre informazioni utlili
  • ibase_blob_open - Apre un blob per ricavare parte di dati
  • ibase_close - Chiude una connessione ad un database InterBase
  • ibase_commit - Esegue il commit di una transazione
  • ibase_commit_ret - Commit a transaction without closing it
  • ibase_connect - Apre una connessione con un database InterBase
  • ibase_db_info - Request statistics about a database
  • ibase_delete_user - Delete a user from a security database
  • ibase_drop_db - Drops a database
  • ibase_errcode - Return an error code
  • ibase_errmsg - Restituisce messaggi di errore
  • ibase_execute - Esegue una query preparata in precedenza
  • ibase_fetch_assoc - Fetch a result row from a query as an associative array
  • ibase_fetch_object - Ottiene un oggetto da un database InterBase
  • ibase_fetch_row - Elabora una riga da un database InterBase
  • ibase_field_info - Ottiene informazioni su un campo
  • ibase_free_event_handler - Cancels a registered event handler
  • ibase_free_query - Libera la memoria allocata da una query preparata
  • ibase_free_result - Libera la memoria allocata da un result set
  • ibase_gen_id - Increments the named generator and returns its new value
  • ibase_maintain_db - Execute a maintenance command on the database server
  • ibase_modify_user - Modify a user to a security database
  • ibase_name_result - Assigns a name to a result set
  • ibase_num_fields - Ottiene il numero di campi in un result set
  • ibase_num_params - Return the number of parameters in a prepared query
  • ibase_param_info - Return information about a parameter in a prepared query
  • ibase_pconnect - Crea una connessione persistente ad un database Interbase
  • ibase_prepare - Prepara una query per un successivo binding dei segnaposto dei parametri ed esecuzione
  • ibase_query - Esegue una query su di un database InterBase
  • ibase_restore - Initiates a restore task in the service manager and returns immediately
  • ibase_rollback - Esegue il roll back di una transazione
  • ibase_rollback_ret - Roll back a transaction without closing it
  • ibase_server_info - Request information about a database server
  • ibase_service_attach - Connect to the service manager
  • ibase_service_detach - Disconnect from the service manager
  • ibase_set_event_handler - Register a callback function to be called when events are posted
  • ibase_timefmt - Imposta il formato delle colonne timestamp, date e time restituite dalle query
  • ibase_trans - Inizia una transazione
  • ibase_wait_event - Wait for an event to be posted by the database
  • iconv - Converte una stringa nel set di caratteri richiesto
  • iconv_get_encoding - Visualizza l'attuale impostazione per la conversione dei caratteri codificati
  • iconv_mime_decode - Decodes a MIME header field
  • iconv_mime_decode_headers - Decodes multiple MIME header fields at once
  • iconv_mime_encode - Composes a MIME header field
  • iconv_set_encoding - Setta l'attuale impostazione per la conversione dei caratteri codificati
  • iconv_strlen - Returns the character count of string
  • iconv_strpos - Finds position of first occurrence of a needle within a haystack
  • iconv_strrpos - Finds the last occurrence of a needle within a haystack
  • iconv_substr - Cut out part of a string
  • id3_get_frame_long_name - Get the long name of an ID3v2 frame
  • id3_get_frame_short_name - Get the short name of an ID3v2 frame
  • id3_get_genre_id - Get the id for a genre
  • id3_get_genre_list - Get all possible genre values
  • id3_get_genre_name - Get the name for a genre id
  • id3_get_tag - Get all information stored in an ID3 tag
  • id3_get_version - Get version of an ID3 tag
  • id3_remove_tag - Remove an existing ID3 tag
  • id3_set_tag - Update information stored in an ID3 tag
  • idate - Format a local time/date as integer
  • idn_to_ascii - Convert domain name to IDNA ASCII form.
  • idn_to_unicode - Alias di idn_to_utf8
  • idn_to_utf8 - Convert domain name from IDNA ASCII to Unicode.
  • ifxus_close_slob - Deletes the slob object
  • ifxus_create_slob - Creates an slob object and opens it
  • ifxus_free_slob - Deletes the slob object
  • ifxus_open_slob - Opens an slob object
  • ifxus_read_slob - Reads nbytes of the slob object
  • ifxus_seek_slob - Sets the current file or seek position
  • ifxus_tell_slob - Returns the current file or seek position
  • ifxus_write_slob - Writes a string into the slob object
  • ifx_affected_rows - Get number of rows affected by a query
  • ifx_blobinfile_mode - Set the default blob mode for all select queries
  • ifx_byteasvarchar - Set the default byte mode
  • ifx_close - Close Informix connection
  • ifx_connect - Open Informix server connection
  • ifx_copy_blob - Duplicates the given blob object
  • ifx_create_blob - Creates an blob object
  • ifx_create_char - Creates an char object
  • ifx_do - Execute a previously prepared SQL-statement
  • ifx_error - Returns error code of last Informix call
  • ifx_errormsg - Returns error message of last Informix call
  • ifx_fetch_row - Get row as an associative array
  • ifx_fieldproperties - List of SQL fieldproperties
  • ifx_fieldtypes - List of Informix SQL fields
  • ifx_free_blob - Deletes the blob object
  • ifx_free_char - Deletes the char object
  • ifx_free_result - Releases resources for the query
  • ifx_getsqlca - Get the contents of sqlca.sqlerrd[0..5] after a query
  • ifx_get_blob - Return the content of a blob object
  • ifx_get_char - Return the content of the char object
  • ifx_htmltbl_result - Formats all rows of a query into a HTML table
  • ifx_nullformat - Sets the default return value on a fetch row
  • ifx_num_fields - Returns the number of columns in the query
  • ifx_num_rows - Count the rows already fetched from a query
  • ifx_pconnect - Open persistent Informix connection
  • ifx_prepare - Prepare an SQL-statement for execution
  • ifx_query - Send Informix query
  • ifx_textasvarchar - Set the default text mode
  • ifx_update_blob - Updates the content of the blob object
  • ifx_update_char - Updates the content of the char object
  • ignore_user_abort - Set whether a client disconnect should abort script execution
  • iis_add_server - Crea un nuovo web server virtuale
  • iis_get_dir_security - Riceve informazioni sulla sicurezza della cartella
  • iis_get_script_map - Riceve informazioni sul mapping dello script sulla cartella virtuale per una specifica estensioneo
  • iis_get_server_by_comment - Restituisce il numero d'istanza associato con il commento
  • iis_get_server_by_path - Restituisce il numero di istanza associato alla Path
  • iis_get_server_rights - Riceve informaizoni sui diritti del server
  • iis_get_service_state - Avvia il servizio definito da service_id
  • iis_remove_server - Rimuove il web server virtuale indicato da Server_instance
  • iis_set_app_settings - Crea application scope per una cartella virtuale
  • iis_set_dir_security - Imposta la sicurezza nella cartella
  • iis_set_script_map - Imposta il mapping dello script sulla cartella virtuale
  • iis_set_server_rights - Imposta i diritti del server
  • iis_start_server - Avvia il web server virtuale
  • iis_start_service - Avvia il servizio definito da service_id
  • iis_stop_server - Ferma il web server virtuale
  • iis_stop_service - Ferma il servizio definito da service_id
  • image2wbmp - Rende disponibile l'immagine per il browser o la salva in un file
  • imagealphablending - Set the blending mode for an image
  • imageantialias - Should antialias functions be used or not
  • imagearc - Draws an arc
  • imagechar - Draw a character horizontally
  • imagecharup - Draw a character vertically
  • imagecolorallocate - Allocate a color for an image
  • imagecolorallocatealpha - Allocate a color for an image
  • imagecolorat - Get the index of the color of a pixel
  • imagecolorclosest - Get the index of the closest color to the specified color
  • imagecolorclosestalpha - Get the index of the closest color to the specified color + alpha
  • imagecolorclosesthwb - Get the index of the color which has the hue, white and blackness
  • imagecolordeallocate - De-allocate a color for an image
  • imagecolorexact - Get the index of the specified color
  • imagecolorexactalpha - Get the index of the specified color + alpha
  • imagecolormatch - Makes the colors of the palette version of an image more closely match the true color version
  • imagecolorresolve - Get the index of the specified color or its closest possible alternative
  • imagecolorresolvealpha - Get the index of the specified color + alpha or its closest possible alternative
  • imagecolorset - Set the color for the specified palette index
  • imagecolorsforindex - Get the colors for an index
  • imagecolorstotal - Find out the number of colors in an image's palette
  • imagecolortransparent - Define a color as transparent
  • imageconvolution - Apply a 3x3 convolution matrix, using coefficient and offset
  • imagecopy - Copy part of an image
  • imagecopymerge - Copy and merge part of an image
  • imagecopymergegray - Copy and merge part of an image with gray scale
  • imagecopyresampled - Copy and resize part of an image with resampling
  • imagecopyresized - Copy and resize part of an image
  • imagecreate - Create a new palette based image
  • imagecreatefromgd - Create a new image from GD file or URL
  • imagecreatefromgd2 - Create a new image from GD2 file or URL
  • imagecreatefromgd2part - Create a new image from a given part of GD2 file or URL
  • imagecreatefromgif - Crea una nuova immagine da un file o una URL
  • imagecreatefromjpeg - Crea una nuova immagine da un file o una URL
  • imagecreatefrompng - Crea una nuova immagine da un file o una URL
  • imagecreatefromstring - Create a new image from the image stream in the string
  • imagecreatefromwbmp - Crea una nuova immagine da un file o una URL
  • imagecreatefromxbm - Crea una nuova immagine da un file o una URL
  • imagecreatefromxpm - Crea una nuova immagine da un file o una URL
  • imagecreatetruecolor - Create a new true color image
  • imagedashedline - Draw a dashed line
  • imagedestroy - Destroy an image
  • imageellipse - Draw an ellipse
  • imagefill - Flood fill
  • imagefilledarc - Draw a partial arc and fill it
  • imagefilledellipse - Draw a filled ellipse
  • imagefilledpolygon - Draw a filled polygon
  • imagefilledrectangle - Draw a filled rectangle
  • imagefilltoborder - Flood fill to specific color
  • imagefilter - Applies a filter to an image
  • imagefontheight - Get font height
  • imagefontwidth - Get font width
  • imageftbbox - Give the bounding box of a text using fonts via freetype2
  • imagefttext - Write text to the image using fonts using FreeType 2
  • imagegammacorrect - Apply a gamma correction to a GD image
  • imagegd - Output GD image to browser or file
  • imagegd2 - Output GD2 image to browser or file
  • imagegif - Invia l'immagine al browser o in un file
  • imagegrabscreen - Captures the whole screen
  • imagegrabwindow - Captures a window
  • imageinterlace - Enable or disable interlace
  • imageistruecolor - Finds whether an image is a truecolor image
  • imagejpeg - Invia l'immagine al browser o in un file
  • imagelayereffect - Set the alpha blending flag to use the bundled libgd layering effects
  • imageline - Draw a line
  • imageloadfont - Load a new font
  • imagepalettecopy - Copy the palette from one image to another
  • imagepng - Output a PNG image to either the browser or a file
  • imagepolygon - Draws a polygon
  • imagepsbbox - Give the bounding box of a text rectangle using PostScript Type1 fonts
  • imagepsencodefont - Change the character encoding vector of a font
  • imagepsextendfont - Extend or condense a font
  • imagepsfreefont - Free memory used by a PostScript Type 1 font
  • imagepsloadfont - Load a PostScript Type 1 font from file
  • imagepsslantfont - Slant a font
  • imagepstext - Draws a text over an image using PostScript Type1 fonts
  • imagerectangle - Draw a rectangle
  • imagerotate - Rotate an image with a given angle
  • imagesavealpha - Set the flag to save full alpha channel information (as opposed to single-color transparency) when saving PNG images
  • imagesetbrush - Set the brush image for line drawing
  • imagesetpixel - Set a single pixel
  • imagesetstyle - Set the style for line drawing
  • imagesetthickness - Set the thickness for line drawing
  • imagesettile - Set the tile image for filling
  • imagestring - Draw a string horizontally
  • imagestringup - Draw a string vertically
  • imagesx - Get image width
  • imagesy - Get image height
  • imagetruecolortopalette - Convert a true color image to a palette image
  • imagettfbbox - Give the bounding box of a text using TrueType fonts
  • imagettftext - Write text to the image using TrueType fonts
  • imagetypes - Return the image types supported by this PHP build
  • imagewbmp - Invia l'immagine al browser o in un file
  • imagexbm - Output XBM image to browser or file
  • image_type_to_extension - Get file extension for image type
  • image_type_to_mime_type - Get Mime-Type for image-type returned by getimagesize, exif_read_data, exif_thumbnail, exif_imagetype
  • Imagick::adaptiveBlurImage - Adds adaptive blur filter to image
  • Imagick::adaptiveResizeImage - Adaptively resize image with data dependent triangulation
  • Imagick::adaptiveSharpenImage - Adaptively sharpen the image
  • Imagick::adaptiveThresholdImage - Selects a threshold for each pixel based on a range of intensity
  • Imagick::addImage - Adds new image to Imagick object image list
  • Imagick::addNoiseImage - Adds random noise to the image
  • Imagick::affineTransformImage - Transforms an image
  • Imagick::animateImages - Animates an image or images
  • Imagick::annotateImage - Annotates an image with text
  • Imagick::appendImages - Append a set of images
  • Imagick::averageImages - Average a set of images
  • Imagick::blackThresholdImage - Forces all pixels below the threshold into black
  • Imagick::blurImage - Adds blur filter to image
  • Imagick::borderImage - Surrounds the image with a border
  • Imagick::charcoalImage - Simulates a charcoal drawing
  • Imagick::chopImage - Removes a region of an image and trims
  • Imagick::clear - Clears all resources associated to Imagick object
  • Imagick::clipImage - Clips along the first path from the 8BIM profile
  • Imagick::clipPathImage - Clips along the named paths from the 8BIM profile
  • Imagick::clone - Makes an exact copy of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::clutImage - Replaces colors in the image
  • Imagick::coalesceImages - Composites a set of images
  • Imagick::colorFloodfillImage - Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
  • Imagick::colorizeImage - Blends the fill color with the image
  • Imagick::combineImages - Combines one or more images into a single image
  • Imagick::commentImage - Adds a comment to your image
  • Imagick::compareImageChannels - Returns the difference in one or more images
  • Imagick::compareImageLayers - Returns the maximum bounding region between images
  • Imagick::compareImages - Compares an image to a reconstructed image
  • Imagick::compositeImage - Composite one image onto another
  • Imagick::contrastImage - Change the contrast of the image
  • Imagick::contrastStretchImage - Enhances the contrast of a color image
  • Imagick::convolveImage - Applies a custom convolution kernel to the image
  • Imagick::cropImage - Extracts a region of the image
  • Imagick::cropThumbnailImage - Creates a crop thumbnail
  • Imagick::current - Returns a reference to the current Imagick object
  • Imagick::cycleColormapImage - Displaces an image's colormap
  • Imagick::decipherImage - Deciphers an image
  • Imagick::deconstructImages - Returns certain pixel differences between images
  • Imagick::deleteImageArtifact - Delete image artifact
  • Imagick::deskewImage - Removes skew from the image
  • Imagick::despeckleImage - Reduces the speckle noise in an image
  • Imagick::destroy - Destroys the Imagick object
  • Imagick::displayImage - Displays an image
  • Imagick::displayImages - Displays an image or image sequence
  • Imagick::distortImage - Distorts an image using various distortion methods
  • Imagick::drawImage - Renders the ImagickDraw object on the current image
  • Imagick::edgeImage - Enhance edges within the image
  • Imagick::embossImage - Returns a grayscale image with a three-dimensional effect
  • Imagick::encipherImage - Enciphers an image
  • Imagick::enhanceImage - Improves the quality of a noisy image
  • Imagick::equalizeImage - Equalizes the image histogram
  • Imagick::evaluateImage - Applies an expression to an image
  • Imagick::exportImagePixels - Exports raw image pixels
  • Imagick::extentImage - Set image size
  • Imagick::flattenImages - Merges a sequence of images
  • Imagick::flipImage - Creates a vertical mirror image
  • Imagick::floodFillPaintImage - Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
  • Imagick::flopImage - Creates a horizontal mirror image
  • Imagick::frameImage - Adds a simulated three-dimensional border
  • Imagick::functionImage - Applies a function on the image
  • Imagick::fxImage - Evaluate expression for each pixel in the image
  • Imagick::gammaImage - Gamma-corrects an image
  • Imagick::gaussianBlurImage - Blurs an image
  • Imagick::getColorspace - Gets the colorspace
  • Imagick::getCompression - Gets the object compression type
  • Imagick::getCompressionQuality - Gets the object compression quality
  • Imagick::getCopyright - Returns the ImageMagick API copyright as a string
  • Imagick::getFilename - The filename associated with an image sequence
  • Imagick::getFont - Gets font
  • Imagick::getFormat - Returns the format of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::getGravity - Gets the gravity
  • Imagick::getHomeURL - Returns the ImageMagick home URL
  • Imagick::getImage - Returns a new Imagick object
  • Imagick::getImageAlphaChannel - Gets the image alpha channel
  • Imagick::getImageArtifact - Get image artifact
  • Imagick::getImageBackgroundColor - Returns the image background color
  • Imagick::getImageBlob - Returns the image sequence as a blob
  • Imagick::getImageBluePrimary - Returns the chromaticy blue primary point
  • Imagick::getImageBorderColor - Returns the image border color
  • Imagick::getImageChannelDepth - Gets the depth for a particular image channel
  • Imagick::getImageChannelDistortion - Compares image channels of an image to a reconstructed image
  • Imagick::getImageChannelDistortions - Gets channel distortions
  • Imagick::getImageChannelExtrema - Gets the extrema for one or more image channels
  • Imagick::getImageChannelKurtosis - The getImageChannelKurtosis purpose
  • Imagick::getImageChannelMean - Gets the mean and standard deviation
  • Imagick::getImageChannelRange - Gets channel range
  • Imagick::getImageChannelStatistics - Returns statistics for each channel in the image
  • Imagick::getImageClipMask - Gets image clip mask
  • Imagick::getImageColormapColor - Returns the color of the specified colormap index
  • Imagick::getImageColors - Gets the number of unique colors in the image
  • Imagick::getImageColorspace - Gets the image colorspace
  • Imagick::getImageCompose - Returns the composite operator associated with the image
  • Imagick::getImageCompression - Gets the current image's compression type
  • Imagick::getImageCompressionQuality - Gets the current image's compression quality
  • Imagick::getImageDelay - Gets the image delay
  • Imagick::getImageDepth - Gets the image depth
  • Imagick::getImageDispose - Gets the image disposal method
  • Imagick::getImageDistortion - Compares an image to a reconstructed image
  • Imagick::getImageExtrema - Gets the extrema for the image
  • Imagick::getImageFilename - Returns the filename of a particular image in a sequence
  • Imagick::getImageFormat - Returns the format of a particular image in a sequence
  • Imagick::getImageGamma - Gets the image gamma
  • Imagick::getImageGeometry - Gets the width and height as an associative array
  • Imagick::getImageGravity - Gets the image gravity
  • Imagick::getImageGreenPrimary - Returns the chromaticy green primary point
  • Imagick::getImageHeight - Returns the image height
  • Imagick::getImageHistogram - Gets the image histogram
  • Imagick::getImageIndex - Gets the index of the current active image
  • Imagick::getImageInterlaceScheme - Gets the image interlace scheme
  • Imagick::getImageInterpolateMethod - Returns the interpolation method
  • Imagick::getImageIterations - Gets the image iterations
  • Imagick::getImageLength - Returns the image length in bytes
  • Imagick::getImageMagickLicense - Returns a string containing the ImageMagick license
  • Imagick::getImageMatte - Return if the image has a matte channel
  • Imagick::getImageMatteColor - Returns the image matte color
  • Imagick::getImageOrientation - Gets the image orientation
  • Imagick::getImagePage - Returns the page geometry
  • Imagick::getImagePixelColor - Returns the color of the specified pixel
  • Imagick::getImageProfile - Returns the named image profile
  • Imagick::getImageProfiles - Returns the image profiles
  • Imagick::getImageProperties - Returns the image properties
  • Imagick::getImageProperty - Returns the named image property
  • Imagick::getImageRedPrimary - Returns the chromaticity red primary point
  • Imagick::getImageRegion - Extracts a region of the image
  • Imagick::getImageRenderingIntent - Gets the image rendering intent
  • Imagick::getImageResolution - Gets the image X and Y resolution
  • Imagick::getImagesBlob - Returns all image sequences as a blob
  • Imagick::getImageScene - Gets the image scene
  • Imagick::getImageSignature - Generates an SHA-256 message digest
  • Imagick::getImageSize - Returns the image length in bytes
  • Imagick::getImageTicksPerSecond - Gets the image ticks-per-second
  • Imagick::getImageTotalInkDensity - Gets the image total ink density
  • Imagick::getImageType - Gets the potential image type
  • Imagick::getImageUnits - Gets the image units of resolution
  • Imagick::getImageVirtualPixelMethod - Returns the virtual pixel method
  • Imagick::getImageWhitePoint - Returns the chromaticity white point
  • Imagick::getImageWidth - Returns the image width
  • Imagick::getInterlaceScheme - Gets the object interlace scheme
  • Imagick::getIteratorIndex - Gets the index of the current active image
  • Imagick::getNumberImages - Returns the number of images in the object
  • Imagick::getOption - Returns a value associated with the specified key
  • Imagick::getPackageName - Returns the ImageMagick package name
  • Imagick::getPage - Returns the page geometry
  • Imagick::getPixelIterator - Returns a MagickPixelIterator
  • Imagick::getPixelRegionIterator - Get an ImagickPixelIterator for an image section
  • Imagick::getPointSize - Gets point size
  • Imagick::getQuantumDepth - Gets the quantum depth
  • Imagick::getQuantumRange - Returns the Imagick quantum range
  • Imagick::getReleaseDate - Returns the ImageMagick release date
  • Imagick::getResource - Returns the specified resource's memory usage
  • Imagick::getResourceLimit - Returns the specified resource limit
  • Imagick::getSamplingFactors - Gets the horizontal and vertical sampling factor
  • Imagick::getSize - Returns the size associated with the Imagick object
  • Imagick::getSizeOffset - Returns the size offset
  • Imagick::getVersion - Returns the ImageMagick API version
  • Imagick::haldClutImage - Replaces colors in the image
  • Imagick::hasNextImage - Checks if the object has more images
  • Imagick::hasPreviousImage - Checks if the object has a previous image
  • Imagick::identifyImage - Identifies an image and fetches attributes
  • Imagick::implodeImage - Creates a new image as a copy
  • Imagick::importImagePixels - Imports image pixels
  • Imagick::labelImage - Adds a label to an image
  • Imagick::levelImage - Adjusts the levels of an image
  • Imagick::linearStretchImage - Stretches with saturation the image intensity
  • Imagick::liquidRescaleImage - Animates an image or images
  • Imagick::magnifyImage - Scales an image proportionally 2x
  • Imagick::mapImage - Replaces the colors of an image with the closest color from a reference image.
  • Imagick::matteFloodfillImage - Changes the transparency value of a color
  • Imagick::medianFilterImage - Applies a digital filter
  • Imagick::mergeImageLayers - Merges image layers
  • Imagick::minifyImage - Scales an image proportionally to half its size
  • Imagick::modulateImage - Control the brightness, saturation, and hue
  • Imagick::montageImage - Creates a composite image
  • Imagick::morphImages - Method morphs a set of images
  • Imagick::mosaicImages - Forms a mosaic from images
  • Imagick::motionBlurImage - Simulates motion blur
  • Imagick::negateImage - Negates the colors in the reference image
  • Imagick::newImage - Creates a new image
  • Imagick::newPseudoImage - Creates a new image
  • Imagick::nextImage - Moves to the next image
  • Imagick::normalizeImage - Enhances the contrast of a color image
  • Imagick::oilPaintImage - Simulates an oil painting
  • Imagick::opaquePaintImage - Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
  • Imagick::optimizeImageLayers - Removes repeated portions of images to optimize
  • Imagick::orderedPosterizeImage - Performs an ordered dither
  • Imagick::paintFloodfillImage - Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
  • Imagick::paintOpaqueImage - Change any pixel that matches color
  • Imagick::paintTransparentImage - Changes any pixel that matches color with the color defined by fill
  • Imagick::pingImage - Fetch basic attributes about the image
  • Imagick::pingImageBlob - Quickly fetch attributes
  • Imagick::pingImageFile - Get basic image attributes in a lightweight manner
  • Imagick::polaroidImage - Simulates a Polaroid picture
  • Imagick::posterizeImage - Reduces the image to a limited number of color level
  • Imagick::previewImages - Quickly pin-point appropriate parameters for image processing
  • Imagick::previousImage - Move to the previous image in the object
  • Imagick::profileImage - Adds or removes a profile from an image
  • Imagick::quantizeImage - Analyzes the colors within a reference image
  • Imagick::quantizeImages - Analyzes the colors within a sequence of images
  • Imagick::queryFontMetrics - Returns an array representing the font metrics
  • Imagick::queryFonts - Returns the configured fonts
  • Imagick::queryFormats - Returns formats supported by Imagick
  • Imagick::radialBlurImage - Radial blurs an image
  • Imagick::raiseImage - Creates a simulated 3d button-like effect
  • Imagick::randomThresholdImage - Creates a high-contrast, two-color image
  • Imagick::readImage - Reads image from filename
  • Imagick::readImageBlob - Reads image from a binary string
  • Imagick::readImageFile - Reads image from open filehandle
  • Imagick::recolorImage - Recolors image
  • Imagick::reduceNoiseImage - Smooths the contours of an image
  • Imagick::remapImage - Remaps image colors
  • Imagick::removeImage - Removes an image from the image list
  • Imagick::removeImageProfile - Removes the named image profile and returns it
  • Imagick::render - Renders all preceding drawing commands
  • Imagick::resampleImage - Resample image to desired resolution
  • Imagick::resetImagePage - Reset image page
  • Imagick::resizeImage - Scales an image
  • Imagick::rollImage - Offsets an image
  • Imagick::rotateImage - Rotates an image
  • Imagick::roundCorners - Rounds image corners
  • Imagick::sampleImage - Scales an image with pixel sampling
  • Imagick::scaleImage - Scales the size of an image
  • Imagick::segmentImage - Segments an image
  • Imagick::separateImageChannel - Separates a channel from the image
  • Imagick::sepiaToneImage - Sepia tones an image
  • Imagick::setBackgroundColor - Sets the object's default background color
  • Imagick::setColorspace - Set colorspace
  • Imagick::setCompression - Sets the object's default compression type
  • Imagick::setCompressionQuality - Sets the object's default compression quality
  • Imagick::setFilename - Sets the filename before you read or write the image
  • Imagick::setFirstIterator - Sets the Imagick iterator to the first image
  • Imagick::setFont - Sets font
  • Imagick::setFormat - Sets the format of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::setGravity - Sets the gravity
  • Imagick::setImage - Replaces image in the object
  • Imagick::setImageAlphaChannel - Sets image alpha channel
  • Imagick::setImageArtifact - Set image artifact
  • Imagick::setImageBackgroundColor - Sets the image background color
  • Imagick::setImageBias - Sets the image bias for any method that convolves an image
  • Imagick::setImageBluePrimary - Sets the image chromaticity blue primary point
  • Imagick::setImageBorderColor - Sets the image border color
  • Imagick::setImageChannelDepth - Sets the depth of a particular image channel
  • Imagick::setImageClipMask - Sets image clip mask
  • Imagick::setImageColormapColor - Sets the color of the specified colormap index
  • Imagick::setImageColorspace - Sets the image colorspace
  • Imagick::setImageCompose - Sets the image composite operator
  • Imagick::setImageCompression - Sets the image compression
  • Imagick::setImageCompressionQuality - Sets the image compression quality
  • Imagick::setImageDelay - Sets the image delay
  • Imagick::setImageDepth - Sets the image depth
  • Imagick::setImageDispose - Sets the image disposal method
  • Imagick::setImageExtent - Sets the image size
  • Imagick::setImageFilename - Sets the filename of a particular image
  • Imagick::setImageFormat - Sets the format of a particular image
  • Imagick::setImageGamma - Sets the image gamma
  • Imagick::setImageGravity - Sets the image gravity
  • Imagick::setImageGreenPrimary - Sets the image chromaticity green primary point
  • Imagick::setImageIndex - Set the iterator position
  • Imagick::setImageInterlaceScheme - Sets the image compression
  • Imagick::setImageInterpolateMethod - Sets the image interpolate pixel method
  • Imagick::setImageIterations - Sets the image iterations
  • Imagick::setImageMatte - Sets the image matte channel
  • Imagick::setImageMatteColor - Sets the image matte color
  • Imagick::setImageOpacity - Sets the image opacity level
  • Imagick::setImageOrientation - Sets the image orientation
  • Imagick::setImagePage - Sets the page geometry of the image
  • Imagick::setImageProfile - Adds a named profile to the Imagick object
  • Imagick::setImageProperty - Sets an image property
  • Imagick::setImageRedPrimary - Sets the image chromaticity red primary point
  • Imagick::setImageRenderingIntent - Sets the image rendering intent
  • Imagick::setImageResolution - Sets the image resolution
  • Imagick::setImageScene - Sets the image scene
  • Imagick::setImageTicksPerSecond - Sets the image ticks-per-second
  • Imagick::setImageType - Sets the image type
  • Imagick::setImageUnits - Sets the image units of resolution
  • Imagick::setImageVirtualPixelMethod - Sets the image virtual pixel method
  • Imagick::setImageWhitePoint - Sets the image chromaticity white point
  • Imagick::setInterlaceScheme - Sets the image compression
  • Imagick::setIteratorIndex - Set the iterator position
  • Imagick::setLastIterator - Sets the Imagick iterator to the last image
  • Imagick::setOption - Set an option
  • Imagick::setPage - Sets the page geometry of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::setPointSize - Sets point size
  • Imagick::setResolution - Sets the image resolution
  • Imagick::setResourceLimit - Sets the limit for a particular resource in megabytes
  • Imagick::setSamplingFactors - Sets the image sampling factors
  • Imagick::setSize - Sets the size of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::setSizeOffset - Sets the size and offset of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::setType - Sets the image type attribute
  • Imagick::shadeImage - Creates a 3D effect
  • Imagick::shadowImage - Simulates an image shadow
  • Imagick::sharpenImage - Sharpens an image
  • Imagick::shaveImage - Shaves pixels from the image edges
  • Imagick::shearImage - Creating a parallelogram
  • Imagick::sigmoidalContrastImage - Adjusts the contrast of an image
  • Imagick::sketchImage - Simulates a pencil sketch
  • Imagick::solarizeImage - Applies a solarizing effect to the image
  • Imagick::sparseColorImage - Interpolates colors
  • Imagick::spliceImage - Splices a solid color into the image
  • Imagick::spreadImage - Randomly displaces each pixel in a block
  • Imagick::steganoImage - Hides a digital watermark within the image
  • Imagick::stereoImage - Composites two images
  • Imagick::stripImage - Strips an image of all profiles and comments
  • Imagick::swirlImage - Swirls the pixels about the center of the image
  • Imagick::textureImage - Repeatedly tiles the texture image
  • Imagick::thresholdImage - Changes the value of individual pixels based on a threshold
  • Imagick::thumbnailImage - Changes the size of an image
  • Imagick::tintImage - Applies a color vector to each pixel in the image
  • Imagick::transformImage - Convenience method for setting crop size and the image geometry
  • Imagick::transparentPaintImage - Paints pixels transparent
  • Imagick::transposeImage - Creates a vertical mirror image
  • Imagick::transverseImage - Creates a horizontal mirror image
  • Imagick::trimImage - Remove edges from the image
  • Imagick::uniqueImageColors - Discards all but one of any pixel color
  • Imagick::unsharpMaskImage - Sharpens an image
  • Imagick::valid - Checks if the current item is valid
  • Imagick::vignetteImage - Adds vignette filter to the image
  • Imagick::waveImage - Applies wave filter to the image
  • Imagick::whiteThresholdImage - Force all pixels above the threshold into white
  • Imagick::writeImage - Writes an image to the specified filename
  • Imagick::writeImageFile - Writes an image to a filehandle
  • Imagick::writeImages - Writes an image or image sequence
  • Imagick::writeImagesFile - Writes frames to a filehandle
  • Imagick::__construct - The Imagick constructor
  • ImagickDraw::affine - Adjusts the current affine transformation matrix
  • ImagickDraw::annotation - Draws text on the image
  • ImagickDraw::arc - Draws an arc
  • ImagickDraw::bezier - Draws a bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::circle - Draws a circle
  • ImagickDraw::clear - Clears the ImagickDraw
  • ImagickDraw::clone - Makes an exact copy of the specified ImagickDraw object
  • ImagickDraw::color - Draws color on image
  • ImagickDraw::comment - Adds a comment
  • ImagickDraw::composite - Composites an image onto the current image
  • ImagickDraw::destroy - Frees all associated resources
  • ImagickDraw::ellipse - Draws an ellipse on the image
  • ImagickDraw::getClipPath - Obtains the current clipping path ID
  • ImagickDraw::getClipRule - Returns the current polygon fill rule
  • ImagickDraw::getClipUnits - Returns the interpretation of clip path units
  • ImagickDraw::getFillColor - Returns the fill color
  • ImagickDraw::getFillOpacity - Returns the opacity used when drawing
  • ImagickDraw::getFillRule - Returns the fill rule
  • ImagickDraw::getFont - Returns the font
  • ImagickDraw::getFontFamily - Returns the font family
  • ImagickDraw::getFontSize - Returns the font pointsize
  • ImagickDraw::getFontStyle - Returns the font style
  • ImagickDraw::getFontWeight - Returns the font weight
  • ImagickDraw::getGravity - Returns the text placement gravity
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeAntialias - Returns the current stroke antialias setting
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeColor - Returns the color used for stroking object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeDashArray - Returns an array representing the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeDashOffset - Returns the offset into the dash pattern to start the dash
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeLineCap - Returns the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeLineJoin - Returns the shape to be used at the corners of paths when they are stroked
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeMiterLimit - Returns the stroke miter limit
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeOpacity - Returns the opacity of stroked object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeWidth - Returns the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::getTextAlignment - Returns the text alignment
  • ImagickDraw::getTextAntialias - Returns the current text antialias setting
  • ImagickDraw::getTextDecoration - Returns the text decoration
  • ImagickDraw::getTextEncoding - Returns the code set used for text annotations
  • ImagickDraw::getTextUnderColor - Returns the text under color
  • ImagickDraw::getVectorGraphics - Returns a string containing vector graphics
  • ImagickDraw::line - Draws a line
  • ImagickDraw::matte - Paints on the image's opacity channel
  • ImagickDraw::pathClose - Adds a path element to the current path
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToAbsolute - Draws a cubic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierAbsolute - Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierRelative - Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothAbsolute - Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothRelative - Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToRelative - Draws a cubic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToSmoothAbsolute - Draws a cubic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToSmoothRelative - Draws a cubic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathEllipticArcAbsolute - Draws an elliptical arc
  • ImagickDraw::pathEllipticArcRelative - Draws an elliptical arc
  • ImagickDraw::pathFinish - Terminates the current path
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToAbsolute - Draws a line path
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToHorizontalAbsolute - Draws a horizontal line path
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToHorizontalRelative - Draws a horizontal line
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToRelative - Draws a line path
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToVerticalAbsolute - Draws a vertical line
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToVerticalRelative - Draws a vertical line path
  • ImagickDraw::pathMoveToAbsolute - Starts a new sub-path
  • ImagickDraw::pathMoveToRelative - Starts a new sub-path
  • ImagickDraw::pathStart - Declares the start of a path drawing list
  • ImagickDraw::point - Draws a point
  • ImagickDraw::polygon - Draws a polygon
  • ImagickDraw::polyline - Draws a polyline
  • ImagickDraw::pop - Destroys the current ImagickDraw in the stack, and returns to the previously pushed ImagickDraw
  • ImagickDraw::popClipPath - Terminates a clip path definition
  • ImagickDraw::popDefs - Terminates a definition list
  • ImagickDraw::popPattern - Terminates a pattern definition
  • ImagickDraw::push - Clones the current ImagickDraw and pushes it to the stack
  • ImagickDraw::pushClipPath - Starts a clip path definition
  • ImagickDraw::pushDefs - Indicates that following commands create named elements for early processing
  • ImagickDraw::pushPattern - Indicates that subsequent commands up to a ImagickDraw::opPattern() command comprise the definition of a named pattern
  • ImagickDraw::rectangle - Draws a rectangle
  • ImagickDraw::render - Renders all preceding drawing commands onto the image
  • ImagickDraw::rotate - Applies the specified rotation to the current coordinate space
  • ImagickDraw::roundRectangle - Draws a rounded rectangle
  • ImagickDraw::scale - Adjusts the scaling factor
  • ImagickDraw::setClipPath - Associates a named clipping path with the image
  • ImagickDraw::setClipRule - Set the polygon fill rule to be used by the clipping path
  • ImagickDraw::setClipUnits - Sets the interpretation of clip path units
  • ImagickDraw::setFillAlpha - Sets the opacity to use when drawing using the fill color or fill texture
  • ImagickDraw::setFillColor - Sets the fill color to be used for drawing filled objects
  • ImagickDraw::setFillOpacity - Sets the opacity to use when drawing using the fill color or fill texture
  • ImagickDraw::setFillPatternURL - Sets the URL to use as a fill pattern for filling objects
  • ImagickDraw::setFillRule - Sets the fill rule to use while drawing polygons
  • ImagickDraw::setFont - Sets the fully-specified font to use when annotating with text
  • ImagickDraw::setFontFamily - Sets the font family to use when annotating with text
  • ImagickDraw::setFontSize - Sets the font pointsize to use when annotating with text
  • ImagickDraw::setFontStretch - Sets the font stretch to use when annotating with text
  • ImagickDraw::setFontStyle - Sets the font style to use when annotating with text
  • ImagickDraw::setFontWeight - Sets the font weight
  • ImagickDraw::setGravity - Sets the text placement gravity
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeAlpha - Specifies the opacity of stroked object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeAntialias - Controls whether stroked outlines are antialiased
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeColor - Sets the color used for stroking object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeDashArray - Specifies the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeDashOffset - Specifies the offset into the dash pattern to start the dash
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeLineCap - Specifies the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeLineJoin - Specifies the shape to be used at the corners of paths when they are stroked
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeMiterLimit - Specifies the miter limit
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeOpacity - Specifies the opacity of stroked object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokePatternURL - Sets the pattern used for stroking object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeWidth - Sets the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::setTextAlignment - Specifies a text alignment
  • ImagickDraw::setTextAntialias - Controls whether text is antialiased
  • ImagickDraw::setTextDecoration - Specifies a decoration
  • ImagickDraw::setTextEncoding - Specifies specifies the text code set
  • ImagickDraw::setTextUnderColor - Specifies the color of a background rectangle
  • ImagickDraw::setVectorGraphics - Sets the vector graphics
  • ImagickDraw::setViewbox - Sets the overall canvas size
  • ImagickDraw::skewX - Skews the current coordinate system in the horizontal direction
  • ImagickDraw::skewY - Skews the current coordinate system in the vertical direction
  • ImagickDraw::translate - Applies a translation to the current coordinate system
  • ImagickDraw::__construct - The ImagickDraw constructor
  • ImagickPixel::clear - Clears resources associated with this object
  • ImagickPixel::destroy - Deallocates resources associated with this object
  • ImagickPixel::getColor - Returns the color
  • ImagickPixel::getColorAsString - Returns the color as a string
  • ImagickPixel::getColorCount - Returns the color count associated with this color
  • ImagickPixel::getColorValue - Gets the normalized value of the provided color channel
  • ImagickPixel::getHSL - Returns the normalized HSL color of the ImagickPixel object
  • ImagickPixel::isSimilar - Check the distance between this color and another
  • ImagickPixel::setColor - Sets the color
  • ImagickPixel::setColorValue - Sets the normalized value of one of the channels
  • ImagickPixel::setHSL - Sets the normalized HSL color
  • ImagickPixel::__construct - The ImagickPixel constructor
  • ImagickPixelIterator::clear - Clear resources associated with a PixelIterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::destroy - Deallocates resources associated with a PixelIterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::getCurrentIteratorRow - Returns the current row of ImagickPixel objects
  • ImagickPixelIterator::getIteratorRow - Returns the current pixel iterator row
  • ImagickPixelIterator::getNextIteratorRow - Returns the next row of the pixel iterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::getPreviousIteratorRow - Returns the previous row
  • ImagickPixelIterator::newPixelIterator - Returns a new pixel iterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::newPixelRegionIterator - Returns a new pixel iterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::resetIterator - Resets the pixel iterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::setIteratorFirstRow - Sets the pixel iterator to the first pixel row
  • ImagickPixelIterator::setIteratorLastRow - Sets the pixel iterator to the last pixel row
  • ImagickPixelIterator::setIteratorRow - Set the pixel iterator row
  • ImagickPixelIterator::syncIterator - Syncs the pixel iterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::__construct - The ImagickPixelIterator constructor
  • imap_8bit - Convert an 8bit string to a quoted-printable string
  • imap_alerts - Returns all IMAP alert messages that have occurred
  • imap_append - Append a string message to a specified mailbox
  • imap_base64 - Decode BASE64 encoded text
  • imap_binary - Convert an 8bit string to a base64 string
  • imap_body - Read the message body
  • imap_bodystruct - Read the structure of a specified body section of a specific message
  • imap_check - Check current mailbox
  • imap_clearflag_full - Clears flags on messages
  • imap_close - Close an IMAP stream
  • imap_create - Alias di imap_createmailbox
  • imap_createmailbox - Create a new mailbox
  • imap_delete - Mark a message for deletion from current mailbox
  • imap_deletemailbox - Delete a mailbox
  • imap_errors - Returns all of the IMAP errors that have occurred
  • imap_expunge - Delete all messages marked for deletion
  • imap_fetchbody - Fetch a particular section of the body of the message
  • imap_fetchheader - Returns header for a message
  • imap_fetchmime - Fetch MIME headers for a particular section of the message
  • imap_fetchstructure - Read the structure of a particular message
  • imap_fetchtext - Alias di imap_body
  • imap_fetch_overview - Read an overview of the information in the headers of the given message
  • imap_gc - Clears IMAP cache
  • imap_getacl - Gets the ACL for a given mailbox
  • imap_getmailboxes - Read the list of mailboxes, returning detailed information on each one
  • imap_getsubscribed - List all the subscribed mailboxes
  • imap_get_quota - Retrieve the quota level settings, and usage statics per mailbox
  • imap_get_quotaroot - Retrieve the quota settings per user
  • imap_header - Alias di imap_headerinfo
  • imap_headerinfo - Read the header of the message
  • imap_headers - Returns headers for all messages in a mailbox
  • imap_last_error - Gets the last IMAP error that occurred during this page request
  • imap_list - Read the list of mailboxes
  • imap_listmailbox - Alias di imap_list
  • imap_listscan - Returns the list of mailboxes that matches the given text
  • imap_listsubscribed - Alias di imap_lsub
  • imap_lsub - List all the subscribed mailboxes
  • imap_mail - Send an email message
  • imap_mailboxmsginfo - Get information about the current mailbox
  • imap_mail_compose - Create a MIME message based on given envelope and body sections
  • imap_mail_copy - Copy specified messages to a mailbox
  • imap_mail_move - Move specified messages to a mailbox
  • imap_mime_header_decode - Decode MIME header elements
  • imap_msgno - Gets the message sequence number for the given UID
  • imap_num_msg - Gets the number of messages in the current mailbox
  • imap_num_recent - Gets the number of recent messages in current mailbox
  • imap_open - Open an IMAP stream to a mailbox
  • imap_ping - Check if the IMAP stream is still active
  • imap_qprint - Convert a quoted-printable string to an 8 bit string
  • imap_rename - Alias di imap_renamemailbox
  • imap_renamemailbox - Rename an old mailbox to new mailbox
  • imap_reopen - Reopen IMAP stream to new mailbox
  • imap_rfc822_parse_adrlist - Parses an address string
  • imap_rfc822_parse_headers - Parse mail headers from a string
  • imap_rfc822_write_address - Returns a properly formatted email address given the mailbox, host, and personal info
  • imap_savebody - Save a specific body section to a file
  • imap_scan - Alias di imap_listscan
  • imap_scanmailbox - Alias di imap_listscan
  • imap_search - This function returns an array of messages matching the given search criteria
  • imap_setacl - Sets the ACL for a giving mailbox
  • imap_setflag_full - Sets flags on messages
  • imap_set_quota - Sets a quota for a given mailbox
  • imap_sort - Gets and sort messages
  • imap_status - Returns status information on a mailbox
  • imap_subscribe - Subscribe to a mailbox
  • imap_thread - Returns a tree of threaded message
  • imap_timeout - Set or fetch imap timeout
  • imap_uid - This function returns the UID for the given message sequence number
  • imap_undelete - Unmark the message which is marked deleted
  • imap_unsubscribe - Unsubscribe from a mailbox
  • imap_utf7_decode - Decodes a modified UTF-7 encoded string
  • imap_utf7_encode - Converts ISO-8859-1 string to modified UTF-7 text
  • imap_utf8 - Converts MIME-encoded text to UTF-8
  • implode - Unisce gli elementi di una matrice in una stringa
  • import_request_variables - Imposta la visibiltà a globale per le variabili GET/POST/Cookie
  • inclued_get_data - Get the inclued data
  • inet_ntop - Converts a packed internet address to a human readable representation
  • inet_pton - Converts a human readable IP address to its packed in_addr representation
  • InfiniteIterator::next - Moves the inner Iterator forward or rewinds it
  • InfiniteIterator::__construct - Constructs an InfiniteIterator
  • ingres_autocommit - Switch autocommit on or off
  • ingres_autocommit_state - Test if the connection is using autocommit
  • ingres_charset - Returns the installation character set
  • ingres_close - Close an Ingres database connection
  • ingres_commit - Commit a transaction
  • ingres_connect - Open a connection to an Ingres database
  • ingres_cursor - Get a cursor name for a given result resource
  • ingres_errno - Get the last Ingres error number generated
  • ingres_error - Get a meaningful error message for the last error generated
  • ingres_errsqlstate - Get the last SQLSTATE error code generated
  • ingres_escape_string - Escape special characters for use in a query
  • ingres_execute - Execute a prepared query
  • ingres_fetch_array - Fetch a row of result into an array
  • ingres_fetch_assoc - Fetch a row of result into an associative array
  • ingres_fetch_object - Fetch a row of result into an object
  • ingres_fetch_proc_return - Get the return value from a procedure call
  • ingres_fetch_row - Fetch a row of result into an enumerated array
  • ingres_field_length - Get the length of a field
  • ingres_field_name - Get the name of a field in a query result
  • ingres_field_nullable - Test if a field is nullable
  • ingres_field_precision - Get the precision of a field
  • ingres_field_scale - Get the scale of a field
  • ingres_field_type - Get the type of a field in a query result
  • ingres_free_result - Free the resources associated with a result identifier
  • ingres_next_error - Get the next Ingres error
  • ingres_num_fields - Get the number of fields returned by the last query
  • ingres_num_rows - Get the number of rows affected or returned by a query
  • ingres_pconnect - Open a persistent connection to an Ingres database
  • ingres_prepare - Prepare a query for later execution
  • ingres_query - Send an SQL query to Ingres
  • ingres_result_seek - Set the row position before fetching data
  • ingres_rollback - Roll back a transaction
  • ingres_set_environment - Set environment features controlling output options
  • ingres_unbuffered_query - Send an unbuffered SQL query to Ingres
  • ini_alter - Alias di ini_set
  • ini_get - Restituisce il valore delle opzioni di configurazione
  • ini_get_all - Restituisce tutte le opzioni di configurazione
  • ini_restore - Ripristina il valore di un'opzione di configurazione
  • ini_set - Imposta le opzioni di configurazione
  • inotify_add_watch - Add a watch to an initialized inotify instance
  • inotify_init - Initialize an inotify instance
  • inotify_queue_len - Return a number upper than zero if there are pending events
  • inotify_read - Read events from an inotify instance
  • inotify_rm_watch - Remove an existing watch from an inotify instance
  • interface_exists - Checks if the interface has been defined
  • IntlDateFormatter::create - Create a date formatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::format - Format the date/time value as a string
  • IntlDateFormatter::formatObject - Formats an object
  • IntlDateFormatter::getCalendar - Get the calendar used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::getCalendarObject - Get formatter calendar
  • IntlDateFormatter::getDateType - Get the datetype used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::getErrorCode - Get the error code from last operation
  • IntlDateFormatter::getErrorMessage - Get the error text from the last operation.
  • IntlDateFormatter::getLocale - Get the locale used by formatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::getPattern - Get the pattern used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::getTimeType - Get the timetype used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::getTimeZone - Get formatter timezone
  • IntlDateFormatter::getTimeZoneId - Get the timezone-id used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::isLenient - Get the lenient used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::localtime - Parse string to a field-based time value
  • IntlDateFormatter::parse - Parse string to a timestamp value
  • IntlDateFormatter::setCalendar - sets the calendar used to the appropriate calendar, which must be
  • IntlDateFormatter::setLenient - Set the leniency of the parser
  • IntlDateFormatter::setPattern - Set the pattern used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::setTimeZone - Sets formatter's timezone
  • IntlDateFormatter::setTimeZoneId - Sets the time zone to use
  • intl_error_name - Get symbolic name for a given error code
  • intl_get_error_code - Get the last error code
  • intl_get_error_message - Get description of the last error
  • intl_is_failure - Check whether the given error code indicates failure
  • intval - Estrae il valore intero da una variabile
  • in_array - Controlla se un valore è presente in un array
  • ip2long - Converts a string containing an (IPv4) Internet Protocol dotted address into a proper address. Converte una stringa contenente un indirizzo di rete del Protocollo Internet (IPv4) in un indirizzo espresso come tipo di dato int.
  • iptcembed - Embeds binary IPTC data into a JPEG image
  • iptcparse - Parse a binary IPTC block into single tags.
  • isset - Verifica se una variabile è definita
  • is_a - Restituisce TRUE se l'oggetto appartiene a questa classe o se ha questa classe tra i suoi genitori
  • is_array - Verifica se una variabile è un array
  • is_bool - Verifica se una variabile è di tipo boolean
  • is_callable - Verifica se il contenuto dell'argomento può essere eseguito come funzione
  • is_dir - Dice se la stringa corrisponde ad una directory
  • is_double - Alias di is_float
  • is_executable - Dice se il file indicato è eseguibile
  • is_file - Dice se il file è un file regolare
  • is_finite - Verifica se un numero dato è un numero finito
  • is_float - Verifica se una variabile è di tipo float (decimale a virgola mobile)
  • is_infinite - Verifica se un dato valore è infinito
  • is_int - Verifica se una variabile è di tipo integer
  • is_integer - Alias di is_int
  • is_link - Dice se il file è un link simbolico
  • is_long - Alias di is_int
  • is_nan - Verifica se un dato valore non sia un numero
  • is_null - Verifica se la variabile è di tipo NULL
  • is_numeric - Verifica se una variabile è un numero o una stringa numerica
  • is_object - Verifica se una variabile è di tipo object
  • is_readable - Dice se un file è leggibile
  • is_real - Alias di is_float
  • is_resource - Verifica se una variabile è una risorsa
  • is_scalar - Verifica se la variabile è di tipo scalare
  • is_soap_fault - Checks if a SOAP call has failed
  • is_string - Verifica se una variabile sia una stringa
  • is_subclass_of - Restituisce TRUE se l'oggetto ha questa classe come uno dei suoi genitori
  • is_tainted - Checks whether a string is tainted
  • is_uploaded_file - Dice se un file fù caricato via HTTP POST.
  • is_writable - Dice se un file è scrivibile
  • is_writeable - Alias di is_writable
  • Iterator::current - Return the current element
  • Iterator::key - Return the key of the current element
  • Iterator::next - Move forward to next element
  • Iterator::rewind - Rewind the Iterator to the first element
  • Iterator::valid - Checks if current position is valid
  • IteratorAggregate::getIterator - Retrieve an external iterator
  • IteratorIterator::current - Get the current value
  • IteratorIterator::getInnerIterator - Get the inner iterator
  • IteratorIterator::key - Get the key of the current element
  • IteratorIterator::next - Forward to the next element
  • IteratorIterator::rewind - Rewind to the first element
  • IteratorIterator::valid - Checks if the iterator is valid
  • IteratorIterator::__construct - Create an iterator from anything that is traversable
  • iterator_apply - Call a function for every element in an iterator
  • iterator_count - Count the elements in an iterator
  • iterator_to_array - Copy the iterator into an array
• j
  • java_last_exception_clear - Clear last Java exception
  • java_last_exception_get - Get last Java exception
  • JDDayOfWeek - Restituisce il giorno della settimana
  • JDMonthName - Restituisce il nome di un mese
  • JDToFrench - Converte un Giorno Giuliano in una data del Calendario Repubblicano Francese
  • JDToGregorian - Converte il Giorno Giuliano in data Gregoriana
  • jdtojewish - Converte un Giorno Giuliano nel Calendario Giudeo
  • JDToJulian - Converte un Giorno Giuliano in una data Giuliana
  • jdtounix - Converte un Giorno Giuliano in un timestamp Unix
  • JewishToJD - Converte una data del Calendario Giudeo in Giorno Giuliano
  • join - Alias di di implode
  • jpeg2wbmp - Convert JPEG image file to WBMP image file
  • JsonSerializable::jsonSerialize - Specify data which should be serialized to JSON
  • json_decode - Decodes a JSON string
  • json_encode - Returns the JSON representation of a value
  • json_last_error - Returns the last error occurred
  • Judy::byCount - Locate the Nth index present in the Judy array
  • Judy::count - Count the number of elements in the Judy array
  • Judy::first - Search for the first index in the Judy array
  • Judy::firstEmpty - Search for the first absent index in the Judy array
  • Judy::free - Free the entire Judy array
  • Judy::getType - Return the type of the current Judy array
  • Judy::last - Search for the last index in the Judy array
  • Judy::lastEmpty - Search for the last absent index in the Judy array
  • Judy::memoryUsage - Return the memory used by the Judy array
  • Judy::next - Search for the next index in the Judy array
  • Judy::nextEmpty - Search for the next absent index in the Judy array
  • Judy::offsetExists - Whether a offset exists
  • Judy::offsetGet - Offset to retrieve
  • Judy::offsetSet - Offset to set
  • Judy::offsetUnset - Offset to unset
  • Judy::prev - Search for the previous index in the Judy array
  • Judy::prevEmpty - Search for the previous absent index in the Judy array
  • Judy::size - Return the size of the current Judy array
  • Judy::__construct - Construct a new Judy object
  • Judy::__destruct - Destruct a Judy object
  • judy_type - Return the type of a Judy array
  • judy_version - Return or print the current PHP Judy version
  • JulianToJD - Converte una data Giuliana in un Giorno Giuliano
• k
  • kadm5_chpass_principal - Changes the principal's password
  • kadm5_create_principal - Creates a kerberos principal with the given parameters
  • kadm5_delete_principal - Deletes a kerberos principal
  • kadm5_destroy - Closes the connection to the admin server and releases all related resources
  • kadm5_flush - Flush all changes to the Kerberos database
  • kadm5_get_policies - Gets all policies from the Kerberos database
  • kadm5_get_principal - Gets the principal's entries from the Kerberos database
  • kadm5_get_principals - Gets all principals from the Kerberos database
  • kadm5_init_with_password - Opens a connection to the KADM5 library
  • kadm5_modify_principal - Modifies a kerberos principal with the given parameters
  • key - Estrae la chiave corrente da un array associativo
  • krsort - Ordina rispetto alle chiavi di un array in ordine inverso
  • ksort - Ordina rispetto alle chiavi di un array
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_AttachedPictureFrame::getDescription - Returns a description for the picture in a picture frame
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_AttachedPictureFrame::getMimeType - Returns the mime type of the picture
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_AttachedPictureFrame::getType - Returns the type of the image
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_AttachedPictureFrame::savePicture - Saves the picture to a file
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_AttachedPictureFrame::setMimeType - Set's the mime type of the picture
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_AttachedPictureFrame::setPicture - Sets the frame picture to the given image
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_AttachedPictureFrame::setType - Set the type of the image
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_Frame::getSize - Returns the size of the frame in bytes
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_Frame::__toString - Returns a string representation of the frame
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_Tag::addFrame - Add a frame to the ID3v2 tag
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_Tag::getFrameList - Returns an array of ID3v2 frames, associated with the ID3v2 tag
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::getBitrate - Returns the bitrate of the MPEG file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::getChannels - Returns the amount of channels of a MPEG file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::getLayer - Returns the layer of a MPEG file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::getLength - Returns the length of a MPEG file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::getSampleBitrate - Returns the sample bitrate of a MPEG file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::getVersion - Returns the version of a MPEG file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::isCopyrighted - Returns the copyright status of an MPEG file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::isOriginal - Returns if the file is marked as the original file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::isProtectionEnabled - Returns if protection mechanisms of an MPEG file are enabled
  • KTaglib_MPEG_File::getAudioProperties - Returns an object that provides access to the audio properties
  • KTaglib_MPEG_File::getID3v1Tag - Returns an object representing an ID3v1 tag
  • KTaglib_MPEG_File::getID3v2Tag - Returns a ID3v2 object
  • KTaglib_MPEG_File::__construct - Opens a new file
  • KTaglib_Tag::getAlbum - Returns the title string from a ID3 tag
  • KTaglib_Tag::getArtist - Returns the artist string from a ID3 tag
  • KTaglib_Tag::getComment - Returns the comment from a ID3 tag
  • KTaglib_Tag::getGenre - Returns the genre from a ID3 tag
  • KTaglib_Tag::getTitle - Returns the title string from a ID3 tag
  • KTaglib_Tag::getTrack - Returns the track number from a ID3 tag
  • KTaglib_Tag::getYear - Returns the year from a ID3 tag
  • KTaglib_Tag::isEmpty - Returns true if the tag is empty
• l
  • Lapack::eigenValues - This function returns the eigenvalues for a given square matrix
  • Lapack::identity - Return an identity matrix
  • Lapack::leastSquaresByFactorisation - Calculate the linear least squares solution of a matrix using QR factorisation
  • Lapack::leastSquaresBySVD - Solve the linear least squares problem, using SVD
  • Lapack::pseudoInverse - Calculate the inverse of a matrix
  • Lapack::singularValues - Calculated the singular values of a matrix
  • Lapack::solveLinearEquation - Solve a system of linear equations
  • lcfirst - Make a string's first character lowercase
  • lcg_value - Generatore combinato lineare congruenziale
  • lchgrp - Changes group ownership of symlink
  • lchown - Changes user ownership of symlink
  • ldap_8859_to_t61 - Translate 8859 characters to t61 characters
  • ldap_add - Add entries to LDAP directory
  • ldap_bind - Bind to LDAP directory
  • ldap_close - Alias di ldap_unbind
  • ldap_compare - Compare value of attribute found in entry specified with DN
  • ldap_connect - Connect to an LDAP server
  • ldap_control_paged_result - Send LDAP pagination control
  • ldap_control_paged_result_response - Retrieve the LDAP pagination cookie
  • ldap_count_entries - Count the number of entries in a search
  • ldap_delete - Delete an entry from a directory
  • ldap_dn2ufn - Convert DN to User Friendly Naming format
  • ldap_err2str - Convert LDAP error number into string error message
  • ldap_errno - Return the LDAP error number of the last LDAP command
  • ldap_error - Return the LDAP error message of the last LDAP command
  • ldap_explode_dn - Splits DN into its component parts
  • ldap_first_attribute - Return first attribute
  • ldap_first_entry - Return first result id
  • ldap_first_reference - Return first reference
  • ldap_free_result - Free result memory
  • ldap_get_attributes - Get attributes from a search result entry
  • ldap_get_dn - Get the DN of a result entry
  • ldap_get_entries - Get all result entries
  • ldap_get_option - Get the current value for given option
  • ldap_get_values - Get all values from a result entry
  • ldap_get_values_len - Get all binary values from a result entry
  • ldap_list - Single-level search
  • ldap_modify - Modify an LDAP entry
  • ldap_mod_add - Add attribute values to current attributes
  • ldap_mod_del - Delete attribute values from current attributes
  • ldap_mod_replace - Replace attribute values with new ones
  • ldap_next_attribute - Get the next attribute in result
  • ldap_next_entry - Get next result entry
  • ldap_next_reference - Get next reference
  • ldap_parse_reference - Extract information from reference entry
  • ldap_parse_result - Extract information from result
  • ldap_read - Read an entry
  • ldap_rename - Modify the name of an entry
  • ldap_sasl_bind - Bind to LDAP directory using SASL
  • ldap_search - Search LDAP tree
  • ldap_set_option - Set the value of the given option
  • ldap_set_rebind_proc - Set a callback function to do re-binds on referral chasing
  • ldap_sort - Sort LDAP result entries
  • ldap_start_tls - Start TLS
  • ldap_t61_to_8859 - Translate t61 characters to 8859 characters
  • ldap_unbind - Unbind from LDAP directory
  • levenshtein - Calcola la distanza Levenshtein tra due stringhe
  • libxml_clear_errors - Clear libxml error buffer
  • libxml_disable_entity_loader - Disable the ability to load external entities
  • libxml_get_errors - Retrieve array of errors
  • libxml_get_last_error - Retrieve last error from libxml
  • libxml_set_external_entity_loader - Changes the default external entity loader
  • libxml_set_streams_context - Set the streams context for the next libxml document load or write
  • libxml_use_internal_errors - Disable libxml errors and allow user to fetch error information as needed
  • LimitIterator::current - Get current element
  • LimitIterator::getInnerIterator - Get inner iterator
  • LimitIterator::getPosition - Return the current position
  • LimitIterator::key - Get current key
  • LimitIterator::next - Move the iterator forward
  • LimitIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator to the specified starting offset
  • LimitIterator::seek - Seek to the given position
  • LimitIterator::valid - Check whether the current element is valid
  • LimitIterator::__construct - Construct a LimitIterator
  • link - Crea un hard link
  • linkinfo - Restituisce informazioni su un collegamento
  • list - Assegna valori a delle variabili come se fossero un array
  • Locale::acceptFromHttp - Tries to find out best available locale based on HTTP "Accept-Language" header
  • Locale::composeLocale - Returns a correctly ordered and delimited locale ID
  • Locale::filterMatches - Checks if a language tag filter matches with locale
  • Locale::getAllVariants - Gets the variants for the input locale
  • Locale::getDefault - Gets the default locale value from the INTL global 'default_locale'
  • Locale::getDisplayLanguage - Returns an appropriately localized display name for language of the inputlocale
  • Locale::getDisplayName - Returns an appropriately localized display name for the input locale
  • Locale::getDisplayRegion - Returns an appropriately localized display name for region of the input locale
  • Locale::getDisplayScript - Returns an appropriately localized display name for script of the input locale
  • Locale::getDisplayVariant - Returns an appropriately localized display name for variants of the input locale
  • Locale::getKeywords - Gets the keywords for the input locale
  • Locale::getPrimaryLanguage - Gets the primary language for the input locale
  • Locale::getRegion - Gets the region for the input locale
  • Locale::getScript - Gets the script for the input locale
  • Locale::lookup - Searches the language tag list for the best match to the language
  • Locale::parseLocale - Returns a key-value array of locale ID subtag elements.
  • Locale::setDefault - sets the default runtime locale
  • localeconv - Ottiene informazioni sul formato numerico
  • localtime - Riceve l'orario locale
  • log - Logaritmo naturale
  • log1p - Restituisce log(1 + numero), computato in maniera tale da essere accurato anche se il valore del numero è vicino a zero
  • log10 - Logaritmo base-10
  • long2ip - Converte un indirizzo di rete del Protocollo Internet (IPv4) in una stringa contenente un indirizzo espresso secondo la notazione standard di Internet.
  • lstat - Da informazioni su un file o un link simbolico
  • ltrim - Rimuove gli spazi (o altri caratteri) dall'inizio di una stringa
  • Lua::assign - Assign a PHP variable to Lua
  • Lua::call - Call Lua functions
  • Lua::eval - Evaluate a string as Lua code
  • Lua::getVersion - The getversion purpose
  • Lua::include - Parse a Lua script file
  • Lua::registerCallback - Register a PHP function to Lua
  • Lua::__construct - Lua constructor
  • LuaClosure::__invoke - invoke luaclosure
  • lzf_compress - Compression LZF.
  • lzf_decompress - Decompressione LZF.
  • lzf_optimized_for - Determina il tipo di ottimizzazione del modulo LZF.
• m
  • magic_quotes_runtime - Alias di set_magic_quotes_runtime
  • mail - Invio mail
  • mailparse_determine_best_xfer_encoding - Gets the best way of encoding
  • mailparse_msg_create - Create a mime mail resource
  • mailparse_msg_extract_part - Extracts/decodes a message section
  • mailparse_msg_extract_part_file - Extracts/decodes a message section
  • mailparse_msg_extract_whole_part_file - Extracts a message section including headers without decoding the transfer encoding
  • mailparse_msg_free - Frees a MIME resource
  • mailparse_msg_get_part - Returns a handle on a given section in a mimemessage
  • mailparse_msg_get_part_data - Returns an associative array of info about the message
  • mailparse_msg_get_structure - Returns an array of mime section names in the supplied message
  • mailparse_msg_parse - Incrementally parse data into buffer
  • mailparse_msg_parse_file - Parses a file
  • mailparse_rfc822_parse_addresses - Parse RFC 822 compliant addresses
  • mailparse_stream_encode - Streams data from source file pointer, apply encoding and write to destfp
  • mailparse_uudecode_all - Scans the data from fp and extract each embedded uuencoded file
  • main - Riferimento a main
  • max - Trova il valore massimo
  • maxdb_affected_rows - Gets the number of affected rows in a previous MaxDB operation
  • maxdb_autocommit - Turns on or off auto-commiting database modifications
  • maxdb_bind_param - Alias di maxdb_stmt_bind_param
  • maxdb_bind_result - Alias di maxdb_stmt_bind_result
  • maxdb_change_user - Changes the user of the specified database connection
  • maxdb_character_set_name - Returns the default character set for the database connection
  • maxdb_client_encoding - Alias di maxdb_character_set_name
  • maxdb_close - Closes a previously opened database connection
  • maxdb_close_long_data - Alias di maxdb_stmt_close_long_data
  • maxdb_commit - Commits the current transaction
  • maxdb_connect - Open a new connection to the MaxDB server
  • maxdb_connect_errno - Returns the error code from last connect call
  • maxdb_connect_error - Returns a string description of the last connect error
  • maxdb_data_seek - Adjusts the result pointer to an arbitary row in the result
  • maxdb_debug - Performs debugging operations
  • maxdb_disable_reads_from_master - Disable reads from master
  • maxdb_disable_rpl_parse - Disable RPL parse
  • maxdb_dump_debug_info - Dump debugging information into the log
  • maxdb_embedded_connect - Open a connection to an embedded MaxDB server
  • maxdb_enable_reads_from_master - Enable reads from master
  • maxdb_enable_rpl_parse - Enable RPL parse
  • maxdb_errno - Returns the error code for the most recent function call
  • maxdb_error - Returns a string description of the last error
  • maxdb_escape_string - Alias di maxdb_real_escape_string
  • maxdb_execute - Alias di maxdb_stmt_execute
  • maxdb_fetch - Alias di maxdb_stmt_fetch
  • maxdb_fetch_array - Fetch a result row as an associative, a numeric array, or both
  • maxdb_fetch_assoc - Fetch a result row as an associative array
  • maxdb_fetch_field - Returns the next field in the result set
  • maxdb_fetch_fields - Returns an array of resources representing the fields in a result set
  • maxdb_fetch_field_direct - Fetch meta-data for a single field
  • maxdb_fetch_lengths - Returns the lengths of the columns of the current row in the result set
  • maxdb_fetch_object - Returns the current row of a result set as an object
  • maxdb_fetch_row - Get a result row as an enumerated array
  • maxdb_field_count - Returns the number of columns for the most recent query
  • maxdb_field_seek - Set result pointer to a specified field offset
  • maxdb_field_tell - Get current field offset of a result pointer
  • maxdb_free_result - Frees the memory associated with a result
  • maxdb_get_client_info - Returns the MaxDB client version as a string
  • maxdb_get_client_version - Get MaxDB client info
  • maxdb_get_host_info - Returns a string representing the type of connection used
  • maxdb_get_metadata - Alias di maxdb_stmt_result_metadata
  • maxdb_get_proto_info - Returns the version of the MaxDB protocol used
  • maxdb_get_server_info - Returns the version of the MaxDB server
  • maxdb_get_server_version - Returns the version of the MaxDB server as an integer
  • maxdb_info - Retrieves information about the most recently executed query
  • maxdb_init - Initializes MaxDB and returns an resource for use with maxdb_real_connect
  • maxdb_insert_id - Returns the auto generated id used in the last query
  • maxdb_kill - Disconnects from a MaxDB server
  • maxdb_master_query - Enforce execution of a query on the master in a master/slave setup
  • maxdb_more_results - Check if there any more query results from a multi query
  • maxdb_multi_query - Performs a query on the database
  • maxdb_next_result - Prepare next result from multi_query
  • maxdb_num_fields - Get the number of fields in a result
  • maxdb_num_rows - Gets the number of rows in a result
  • maxdb_options - Set options
  • maxdb_param_count - Alias di maxdb_stmt_param_count
  • maxdb_ping - Pings a server connection, or tries to reconnect if the connection has gone down
  • maxdb_prepare - Prepare an SQL statement for execution
  • maxdb_query - Performs a query on the database
  • maxdb_real_connect - Opens a connection to a MaxDB server
  • maxdb_real_escape_string - Escapes special characters in a string for use in an SQL statement, taking into account the current charset of the connection
  • maxdb_real_query - Execute an SQL query
  • maxdb_report - Enables or disables internal report functions
  • maxdb_rollback - Rolls back current transaction
  • maxdb_rpl_parse_enabled - Check if RPL parse is enabled
  • maxdb_rpl_probe - RPL probe
  • maxdb_rpl_query_type - Returns RPL query type
  • maxdb_select_db - Selects the default database for database queries
  • maxdb_send_long_data - Alias di maxdb_stmt_send_long_data
  • maxdb_send_query - Send the query and return
  • maxdb_server_end - Shut down the embedded server
  • maxdb_server_init - Initialize embedded server
  • maxdb_set_opt - Alias di maxdb_options
  • maxdb_sqlstate - Returns the SQLSTATE error from previous MaxDB operation
  • maxdb_ssl_set - Used for establishing secure connections using SSL
  • maxdb_stat - Gets the current system status
  • maxdb_stmt_affected_rows - Returns the total number of rows changed, deleted, or inserted by the last executed statement
  • maxdb_stmt_bind_param - Binds variables to a prepared statement as parameters
  • maxdb_stmt_bind_result - Binds variables to a prepared statement for result storage
  • maxdb_stmt_close - Closes a prepared statement
  • maxdb_stmt_close_long_data - Ends a sequence of maxdb_stmt_send_long_data
  • maxdb_stmt_data_seek - Seeks to an arbitray row in statement result set
  • maxdb_stmt_errno - Returns the error code for the most recent statement call
  • maxdb_stmt_error - Returns a string description for last statement error
  • maxdb_stmt_execute - Executes a prepared Query
  • maxdb_stmt_fetch - Fetch results from a prepared statement into the bound variables
  • maxdb_stmt_free_result - Frees stored result memory for the given statement handle
  • maxdb_stmt_init - Initializes a statement and returns an resource for use with maxdb_stmt_prepare
  • maxdb_stmt_num_rows - Return the number of rows in statements result set
  • maxdb_stmt_param_count - Returns the number of parameter for the given statement
  • maxdb_stmt_prepare - Prepare an SQL statement for execution
  • maxdb_stmt_reset - Resets a prepared statement
  • maxdb_stmt_result_metadata - Returns result set metadata from a prepared statement
  • maxdb_stmt_send_long_data - Send data in blocks
  • maxdb_stmt_sqlstate - Returns SQLSTATE error from previous statement operation
  • maxdb_stmt_store_result - Transfers a result set from a prepared statement
  • maxdb_store_result - Transfers a result set from the last query
  • maxdb_thread_id - Returns the thread ID for the current connection
  • maxdb_thread_safe - Returns whether thread safety is given or not
  • maxdb_use_result - Initiate a result set retrieval
  • maxdb_warning_count - Returns the number of warnings from the last query for the given link
  • mb_check_encoding - Check if the string is valid for the specified encoding
  • mb_convert_case - Perform case folding on a string
  • mb_convert_encoding - Convert character encoding
  • mb_convert_kana - Convert "kana" one from another ("zen-kaku", "han-kaku" and more)
  • mb_convert_variables - Convert character code in variable(s)
  • mb_decode_mimeheader - Decode string in MIME header field
  • mb_decode_numericentity - Decode HTML numeric string reference to character
  • mb_detect_encoding - Detect character encoding
  • mb_detect_order - Set/Get character encoding detection order
  • mb_encode_mimeheader - Encode string for MIME header
  • mb_encode_numericentity - Encode character to HTML numeric string reference
  • mb_encoding_aliases - Get aliases of a known encoding type
  • mb_ereg - Regular expression match with multibyte support
  • mb_eregi - Regular expression match ignoring case with multibyte support
  • mb_eregi_replace - Replace regular expression with multibyte support ignoring case
  • mb_ereg_match - Regular expression match for multibyte string
  • mb_ereg_replace - Replace regular expression with multibyte support
  • mb_ereg_replace_callback - Perform a regular expresssion seach and replace with multibyte support using a callback
  • mb_ereg_search - Multibyte regular expression match for predefined multibyte string
  • mb_ereg_search_getpos - Returns start point for next regular expression match
  • mb_ereg_search_getregs - Retrieve the result from the last multibyte regular expression match
  • mb_ereg_search_init - Setup string and regular expression for a multibyte regular expression match
  • mb_ereg_search_pos - Returns position and length of a matched part of the multibyte regular expression for a predefined multibyte string
  • mb_ereg_search_regs - Returns the matched part of a multibyte regular expression
  • mb_ereg_search_setpos - Set start point of next regular expression match
  • mb_get_info - Get internal settings of mbstring
  • mb_http_input - Detect HTTP input character encoding
  • mb_http_output - Set/Get HTTP output character encoding
  • mb_internal_encoding - Set/Get internal character encoding
  • mb_language - Set/Get current language
  • mb_list_encodings - Returns an array of all supported encodings
  • mb_output_handler - Callback function converts character encoding in output buffer
  • mb_parse_str - Parse GET/POST/COOKIE data and set global variable
  • mb_preferred_mime_name - Get MIME charset string
  • mb_regex_encoding - Returns current encoding for multibyte regex as string
  • mb_regex_set_options - Set/Get the default options for mbregex functions
  • mb_send_mail - Send encoded mail
  • mb_split - Split multibyte string using regular expression
  • mb_strcut - Get part of string
  • mb_strimwidth - Get truncated string with specified width
  • mb_stripos - Finds position of first occurrence of a string within another, case insensitive
  • mb_stristr - Finds first occurrence of a string within another, case insensitive
  • mb_strlen - Get string length
  • mb_strpos - Find position of first occurrence of string in a string
  • mb_strrchr - Finds the last occurrence of a character in a string within another
  • mb_strrichr - Finds the last occurrence of a character in a string within another, case insensitive
  • mb_strripos - Finds position of last occurrence of a string within another, case insensitive
  • mb_strrpos - Find position of last occurrence of a string in a string
  • mb_strstr - Finds first occurrence of a string within another
  • mb_strtolower - Make a string lowercase
  • mb_strtoupper - Make a string uppercase
  • mb_strwidth - Return width of string
  • mb_substitute_character - Set/Get substitution character
  • mb_substr - Get part of string
  • mb_substr_count - Count the number of substring occurrences
  • mcrypt_cbc - Encrypts/decrypts data in CBC mode
  • mcrypt_cfb - Encrypts/decrypts data in CFB mode
  • mcrypt_create_iv - Creates an initialization vector (IV) from a random source
  • mcrypt_decrypt - Decrypts crypttext with given parameters
  • mcrypt_ecb - Deprecated: Encrypts/decrypts data in ECB mode
  • mcrypt_encrypt - Encrypts plaintext with given parameters
  • mcrypt_enc_get_algorithms_name - Returns the name of the opened algorithm
  • mcrypt_enc_get_block_size - Returns the blocksize of the opened algorithm
  • mcrypt_enc_get_iv_size - Returns the size of the IV of the opened algorithm
  • mcrypt_enc_get_key_size - Returns the maximum supported keysize of the opened mode
  • mcrypt_enc_get_modes_name - Returns the name of the opened mode
  • mcrypt_enc_get_supported_key_sizes - Returns an array with the supported keysizes of the opened algorithm
  • mcrypt_enc_is_block_algorithm - Checks whether the algorithm of the opened mode is a block algorithm
  • mcrypt_enc_is_block_algorithm_mode - Checks whether the encryption of the opened mode works on blocks
  • mcrypt_enc_is_block_mode - Checks whether the opened mode outputs blocks
  • mcrypt_enc_self_test - Runs a self test on the opened module
  • mcrypt_generic - This function encrypts data
  • mcrypt_generic_deinit - This function deinitializes an encryption module
  • mcrypt_generic_end - This function terminates encryption
  • mcrypt_generic_init - This function initializes all buffers needed for encryption
  • mcrypt_get_block_size - Gets the block size of the specified cipher
  • mcrypt_get_cipher_name - Gets the name of the specified cipher
  • mcrypt_get_iv_size - Returns the size of the IV belonging to a specific cipher/mode combination
  • mcrypt_get_key_size - Gets the key size of the specified cipher
  • mcrypt_list_algorithms - Gets an array of all supported ciphers
  • mcrypt_list_modes - Gets an array of all supported modes
  • mcrypt_module_close - Closes the mcrypt module
  • mcrypt_module_get_algo_block_size - Returns the blocksize of the specified algorithm
  • mcrypt_module_get_algo_key_size - Returns the maximum supported keysize of the opened mode
  • mcrypt_module_get_supported_key_sizes - Returns an array with the supported keysizes of the opened algorithm
  • mcrypt_module_is_block_algorithm - This function checks whether the specified algorithm is a block algorithm
  • mcrypt_module_is_block_algorithm_mode - Returns if the specified module is a block algorithm or not
  • mcrypt_module_is_block_mode - Returns if the specified mode outputs blocks or not
  • mcrypt_module_open - Opens the module of the algorithm and the mode to be used
  • mcrypt_module_self_test - This function runs a self test on the specified module
  • mcrypt_ofb - Encrypts/decrypts data in OFB mode
  • md5 - Calcola il valore md5 di una stringa
  • md5_file - Calcola l'hash md5 del file dato
  • mdecrypt_generic - Decrypts data
  • Memcache::add - Add an item to the server
  • Memcache::addServer - Add a memcached server to connection pool
  • Memcache::close - Close memcached server connection
  • Memcache::connect - Open memcached server connection
  • Memcache::decrement - Decrement item's value
  • Memcache::delete - Delete item from the server
  • Memcache::flush - Flush all existing items at the server
  • Memcache::get - Retrieve item from the server
  • Memcache::getExtendedStats - Get statistics from all servers in pool
  • Memcache::getServerStatus - Returns server status
  • Memcache::getStats - Get statistics of the server
  • Memcache::getVersion - Return version of the server
  • Memcache::increment - Increment item's value
  • Memcache::pconnect - Open memcached server persistent connection
  • Memcache::replace - Replace value of the existing item
  • Memcache::set - Store data at the server
  • Memcache::setCompressThreshold - Enable automatic compression of large values
  • Memcache::setServerParams - Changes server parameters and status at runtime
  • Memcached::add - Add an item under a new key
  • Memcached::addByKey - Add an item under a new key on a specific server
  • Memcached::addServer - Add a server to the server pool
  • Memcached::addServers - Add multiple servers to the server pool
  • Memcached::append - Append data to an existing item
  • Memcached::appendByKey - Append data to an existing item on a specific server
  • Memcached::cas - Compare and swap an item
  • Memcached::casByKey - Compare and swap an item on a specific server
  • Memcached::decrement - Decrement numeric item's value
  • Memcached::decrementByKey - Decrement numeric item's value, stored on a specific server
  • Memcached::delete - Delete an item
  • Memcached::deleteByKey - Delete an item from a specific server
  • Memcached::deleteMulti - Delete multiple items
  • Memcached::deleteMultiByKey - Delete multiple items from a specific server
  • Memcached::fetch - Fetch the next result
  • Memcached::fetchAll - Fetch all the remaining results
  • Memcached::flush - Invalidate all items in the cache
  • Memcached::get - Retrieve an item
  • Memcached::getAllKeys - Gets the keys stored on all the servers
  • Memcached::getByKey - Retrieve an item from a specific server
  • Memcached::getDelayed - Request multiple items
  • Memcached::getDelayedByKey - Request multiple items from a specific server
  • Memcached::getMulti - Retrieve multiple items
  • Memcached::getMultiByKey - Retrieve multiple items from a specific server
  • Memcached::getOption - Retrieve a Memcached option value
  • Memcached::getResultCode - Return the result code of the last operation
  • Memcached::getResultMessage - Return the message describing the result of the last operation
  • Memcached::getServerByKey - Map a key to a server
  • Memcached::getServerList - Get the list of the servers in the pool
  • Memcached::getStats - Get server pool statistics
  • Memcached::getVersion - Get server pool version info
  • Memcached::increment - Increment numeric item's value
  • Memcached::incrementByKey - Increment numeric item's value, stored on a specific server
  • Memcached::isPersistent - Check if a persitent connection to memcache is being used
  • Memcached::isPristine - Check if the instance was recently created
  • Memcached::prepend - Prepend data to an existing item
  • Memcached::prependByKey - Prepend data to an existing item on a specific server
  • Memcached::quit - Close any open connections
  • Memcached::replace - Replace the item under an existing key
  • Memcached::replaceByKey - Replace the item under an existing key on a specific server
  • Memcached::resetServerList - Clears all servers from the server list
  • Memcached::set - Store an item
  • Memcached::setByKey - Store an item on a specific server
  • Memcached::setMulti - Store multiple items
  • Memcached::setMultiByKey - Store multiple items on a specific server
  • Memcached::setOption - Set a Memcached option
  • Memcached::setOptions - Set Memcached options
  • Memcached::setSaslAuthData - Set the credentials to use for authentication
  • Memcached::touch - Set a new expiration on an item
  • Memcached::touchByKey - Set a new expiration on an item on a specific server
  • Memcached::__construct - Create a Memcached instance
  • memcache_debug - Turn debug output on/off
  • memory_get_peak_usage - Returns the peak of memory allocated by PHP
  • memory_get_usage - Restituisce la quantità di memoria allocata dal PHP
  • MessageFormatter::create - Constructs a new Message Formatter
  • MessageFormatter::format - Format the message
  • MessageFormatter::formatMessage - Quick format message
  • MessageFormatter::getErrorCode - Get the error code from last operation
  • MessageFormatter::getErrorMessage - Get the error text from the last operation
  • MessageFormatter::getLocale - Get the locale for which the formatter was created.
  • MessageFormatter::getPattern - Get the pattern used by the formatter
  • MessageFormatter::parse - Parse input string according to pattern
  • MessageFormatter::parseMessage - Quick parse input string
  • MessageFormatter::setPattern - Set the pattern used by the formatter
  • metaphone - Calcola la chiave metaphone di una stringa
  • method_exists - Verifica se il metodo esiste nella classe
  • mhash - Computes hash
  • mhash_count - Gets the highest available hash ID
  • mhash_get_block_size - Gets the block size of the specified hash
  • mhash_get_hash_name - Gets the name of the specified hash
  • mhash_keygen_s2k - Generates a key
  • microtime - Restituisce l'attuale UNIX timestamp con i microsecondi
  • mime_content_type - Detect MIME Content-type for a file (deprecated)
  • min - Trova il valore minimo
  • ming_keypress - Returns the action flag for keyPress(char)
  • ming_setcubicthreshold - Set cubic threshold
  • ming_setscale - Set the global scaling factor.
  • ming_setswfcompression - Sets the SWF output compression
  • ming_useconstants - Use constant pool
  • ming_useswfversion - Sets the SWF version
  • mkdir - Crea una directory
  • mktime - Restituisce la UNIX timestamp per una data
  • money_format - Formattazione di un numero come stringa monetaria
  • Mongo::connectUtil - Connects with a database server
  • Mongo::getPoolSize - Get pool size for connection pools
  • Mongo::getSlave - Returns the address being used by this for slaveOkay reads
  • Mongo::getSlaveOkay - Get slaveOkay setting for this connection
  • Mongo::poolDebug - Returns information about all connection pools.
  • Mongo::setPoolSize - Set the size for future connection pools.
  • Mongo::setSlaveOkay - Change slaveOkay setting for this connection
  • Mongo::switchSlave - Choose a new secondary for slaveOkay reads
  • Mongo::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • MongoBinData::__construct - Creates a new binary data object.
  • MongoBinData::__toString - The string representation of this binary data object.
  • MongoClient::close - Closes this connection
  • MongoClient::connect - Connects to a database server
  • MongoClient::dropDB - Drops a database [deprecated]
  • MongoClient::getConnections - Return info about all open connections
  • MongoClient::getHosts - Updates status for all associated hosts
  • MongoClient::getReadPreference - Get the read preference for this connection
  • MongoClient::listDBs - Lists all of the databases available.
  • MongoClient::selectCollection - Gets a database collection
  • MongoClient::selectDB - Gets a database
  • MongoClient::setReadPreference - Set the read preference for this connection
  • MongoClient::__construct - Creates a new database connection object
  • MongoClient::__get - Gets a database
  • MongoClient::__toString - String representation of this connection
  • MongoCode::__construct - Creates a new code object
  • MongoCode::__toString - Returns this code as a string
  • MongoCollection::aggregate - Perform an aggregation using the aggregation framework
  • MongoCollection::batchInsert - Inserts multiple documents into this collection
  • MongoCollection::count - Counts the number of documents in this collection
  • MongoCollection::createDBRef - Creates a database reference
  • MongoCollection::deleteIndex - Deletes an index from this collection
  • MongoCollection::deleteIndexes - Delete all indices for this collection
  • MongoCollection::distinct - Retrieve a list of distinct values for the given key across a collection.
  • MongoCollection::drop - Drops this collection
  • MongoCollection::ensureIndex - Creates an index on the given field(s), or does nothing if the index already exists
  • MongoCollection::find - Querys this collection, returning a MongoCursor for the result set
  • MongoCollection::findAndModify - Update a document and return it
  • MongoCollection::findOne - Querys this collection, returning a single element
  • MongoCollection::getDBRef - Fetches the document pointed to by a database reference
  • MongoCollection::getIndexInfo - Returns information about indexes on this collection
  • MongoCollection::getName - Returns this collection's name
  • MongoCollection::getReadPreference - Get the read preference for this collection
  • MongoCollection::getSlaveOkay - Get slaveOkay setting for this collection
  • MongoCollection::group - Performs an operation similar to SQL's GROUP BY command
  • MongoCollection::insert - Inserts a document into the collection
  • MongoCollection::remove - Remove records from this collection
  • MongoCollection::save - Saves a document to this collection
  • MongoCollection::setReadPreference - Set the read preference for this collection
  • MongoCollection::setSlaveOkay - Change slaveOkay setting for this collection
  • MongoCollection::toIndexString - Converts keys specifying an index to its identifying string
  • MongoCollection::update - Update records based on a given criteria
  • MongoCollection::validate - Validates this collection
  • MongoCollection::__construct - Creates a new collection
  • MongoCollection::__get - Gets a collection
  • MongoCollection::__toString - String representation of this collection
  • MongoCursor::addOption - Adds a top-level key/value pair to a query
  • MongoCursor::awaitData - Sets whether this cursor will wait for a while for a tailable cursor to return more data
  • MongoCursor::batchSize - Limits the number of elements returned in one batch.
  • MongoCursor::count - Counts the number of results for this query
  • MongoCursor::current - Returns the current element
  • MongoCursor::dead - Checks if there are documents that have not been sent yet from the database for this cursor
  • MongoCursor::doQuery - Execute the query.
  • MongoCursor::explain - Return an explanation of the query, often useful for optimization and debugging
  • MongoCursor::fields - Sets the fields for a query
  • MongoCursor::getNext - Return the next object to which this cursor points, and advance the cursor
  • MongoCursor::getReadPreference - Get the read preference for this query
  • MongoCursor::hasNext - Checks if there are any more elements in this cursor
  • MongoCursor::hint - Gives the database a hint about the query
  • MongoCursor::immortal - Sets whether this cursor will timeout
  • MongoCursor::info - Gets the query, fields, limit, and skip for this cursor
  • MongoCursor::key - Returns the current result's _id
  • MongoCursor::limit - Limits the number of results returned
  • MongoCursor::next - Advances the cursor to the next result
  • MongoCursor::partial - If this query should fetch partial results from mongos if a shard is down
  • MongoCursor::reset - Clears the cursor
  • MongoCursor::rewind - Returns the cursor to the beginning of the result set
  • MongoCursor::setFlag - Sets arbitrary flags in case there is no method available the specific flag
  • MongoCursor::setReadPreference - Set the read preference for this query
  • MongoCursor::skip - Skips a number of results
  • MongoCursor::slaveOkay - Sets whether this query can be done on a secondary
  • MongoCursor::snapshot - Use snapshot mode for the query
  • MongoCursor::sort - Sorts the results by given fields
  • MongoCursor::tailable - Sets whether this cursor will be left open after fetching the last results
  • MongoCursor::timeout - Sets a client-side timeout for this query
  • MongoCursor::valid - Checks if the cursor is reading a valid result.
  • MongoCursor::__construct - Create a new cursor
  • MongoCursorException::getHost - The hostname of the server that encountered the error
  • MongoDate::__construct - Creates a new date.
  • MongoDate::__toString - Returns a string representation of this date
  • MongoDB::authenticate - Log in to this database
  • MongoDB::command - Execute a database command
  • MongoDB::createCollection - Creates a collection
  • MongoDB::createDBRef - Creates a database reference
  • MongoDB::drop - Drops this database
  • MongoDB::dropCollection - Drops a collection [deprecated]
  • MongoDB::execute - Runs JavaScript code on the database server.
  • MongoDB::forceError - Creates a database error
  • MongoDB::getCollectionNames - Get all collections from this database
  • MongoDB::getDBRef - Fetches the document pointed to by a database reference
  • MongoDB::getGridFS - Fetches toolkit for dealing with files stored in this database
  • MongoDB::getProfilingLevel - Gets this database's profiling level
  • MongoDB::getReadPreference - Get the read preference for this database
  • MongoDB::getSlaveOkay - Get slaveOkay setting for this database
  • MongoDB::lastError - Check if there was an error on the most recent db operation performed
  • MongoDB::listCollections - Gets an array of all MongoCollections for this database
  • MongoDB::prevError - Checks for the last error thrown during a database operation
  • MongoDB::repair - Repairs and compacts this database
  • MongoDB::resetError - Clears any flagged errors on the database
  • MongoDB::selectCollection - Gets a collection
  • MongoDB::setProfilingLevel - Sets this database's profiling level
  • MongoDB::setReadPreference - Set the read preference for this database
  • MongoDB::setSlaveOkay - Change slaveOkay setting for this database
  • MongoDB::__construct - Creates a new database
  • MongoDB::__get - Gets a collection
  • MongoDB::__toString - The name of this database
  • MongoDBRef::create - Creates a new database reference
  • MongoDBRef::get - Fetches the object pointed to by a reference
  • MongoDBRef::isRef - Checks if an array is a database reference
  • MongoGridFS::delete - Delete a file from the database
  • MongoGridFS::drop - Drops the files and chunks collections
  • MongoGridFS::find - Queries for files
  • MongoGridFS::findOne - Returns a single file matching the criteria
  • MongoGridFS::get - Retrieve a file from the database
  • MongoGridFS::put - Stores a file in the database
  • MongoGridFS::remove - Removes files from the collections
  • MongoGridFS::storeBytes - Stores a string of bytes in the database
  • MongoGridFS::storeFile - Stores a file in the database
  • MongoGridFS::storeUpload - Stores an uploaded file in the database
  • MongoGridFS::__construct - Creates new file collections
  • MongoGridFSCursor::current - Returns the current file
  • MongoGridFSCursor::getNext - Return the next file to which this cursor points, and advance the cursor
  • MongoGridFSCursor::key - Returns the current result's filename
  • MongoGridFSCursor::__construct - Create a new cursor
  • MongoGridFSFile::getBytes - Returns this file's contents as a string of bytes
  • MongoGridFSFile::getFilename - Returns this file's filename
  • MongoGridFSFile::getResource - Returns a resource that can be used to read the stored file
  • MongoGridFSFile::getSize - Returns this file's size
  • MongoGridFSFile::write - Writes this file to the filesystem
  • MongoGridfsFile::__construct - Create a new GridFS file
  • MongoId::getHostname - Gets the hostname being used for this machine's ids
  • MongoId::getInc - Gets the incremented value to create this id
  • MongoId::getPID - Gets the process ID
  • MongoId::getTimestamp - Gets the number of seconds since the epoch that this id was created
  • MongoId::__construct - Creates a new id
  • MongoId::__set_state - Create a dummy MongoId
  • MongoId::__toString - Returns a hexidecimal representation of this id
  • MongoInt32::__construct - Creates a new 32-bit integer.
  • MongoInt32::__toString - Returns the string representation of this 32-bit integer.
  • MongoInt64::__construct - Creates a new 64-bit integer.
  • MongoInt64::__toString - Returns the string representation of this 64-bit integer.
  • MongoLog::getCallback - Retrieve the previously set callback function name
  • MongoLog::getLevel - Gets the log level
  • MongoLog::getModule - Gets the modules currently being logged
  • MongoLog::setCallback - Set a callback function to be called on events
  • MongoLog::setLevel - Sets logging level
  • MongoLog::setModule - Sets driver functionality to log
  • MongoPool::getSize - Get pool size for connection pools
  • MongoPool::info - Returns information about all connection pools.
  • MongoPool::setSize - Set the size for future connection pools.
  • MongoRegex::__construct - Creates a new regular expression
  • MongoRegex::__toString - A string representation of this regular expression
  • MongoResultException::getDocument - Retrieve the full result document
  • MongoTimestamp::__construct - Creates a new timestamp.
  • MongoTimestamp::__toString - Returns a string representation of this timestamp
  • move_uploaded_file - Muove un file caricato in una nuova posizione
  • mqseries_back - MQSeries MQBACK
  • mqseries_begin - MQseries MQBEGIN
  • mqseries_close - MQSeries MQCLOSE
  • mqseries_cmit - MQSeries MQCMIT
  • mqseries_conn - MQSeries MQCONN
  • mqseries_connx - MQSeries MQCONNX
  • mqseries_disc - MQSeries MQDISC
  • mqseries_get - MQSeries MQGET
  • mqseries_inq - MQSeries MQINQ
  • mqseries_open - MQSeries MQOPEN
  • mqseries_put - MQSeries MQPUT
  • mqseries_put1 - MQSeries MQPUT1
  • mqseries_set - MQSeries MQSET
  • mqseries_strerror - Returns the error message corresponding to a result code (MQRC).
  • msession_connect - Connect to msession server
  • msession_count - Get session count
  • msession_create - Create a session
  • msession_destroy - Destroy a session
  • msession_disconnect - Close connection to msession server
  • msession_find - Find all sessions with name and value
  • msession_get - Get value from session
  • msession_get_array - Get array of msession variables
  • msession_get_data - Get data session unstructured data
  • msession_inc - Increment value in session
  • msession_list - List all sessions
  • msession_listvar - List sessions with variable
  • msession_lock - Lock a session
  • msession_plugin - Call an escape function within the msession personality plugin
  • msession_randstr - Get random string
  • msession_set - Set value in session
  • msession_set_array - Set msession variables from an array
  • msession_set_data - Set data session unstructured data
  • msession_timeout - Set/get session timeout
  • msession_uniq - Get unique id
  • msession_unlock - Unlock a session
  • msg_get_queue - Crea, o si collega ad una coda di messaggi
  • msg_queue_exists - Check whether a message queue exists
  • msg_receive - Riceve un messaggio da una coda
  • msg_remove_queue - Distrugge una coda di messaggi
  • msg_send - Invia un messaggio ad una coda di messaggi
  • msg_set_queue - Valorizza le informazioni nella struttura dati della coda dei messaggi
  • msg_stat_queue - Restituisce informazioni dalla struttura dati della coda
  • msql - Alias of msql_db_query
  • msql_affected_rows - Returns number of affected rows
  • msql_close - Close mSQL connection
  • msql_connect - Open mSQL connection
  • msql_createdb - Alias di msql_create_db
  • msql_create_db - Create mSQL database
  • msql_data_seek - Move internal row pointer
  • msql_dbname - Alias di msql_result
  • msql_db_query - Send mSQL query
  • msql_drop_db - Drop (delete) mSQL database
  • msql_error - Returns error message of last msql call
  • msql_fetch_array - Fetch row as array
  • msql_fetch_field - Get field information
  • msql_fetch_object - Fetch row as object
  • msql_fetch_row - Get row as enumerated array
  • msql_fieldflags - Alias of msql_field_flags
  • msql_fieldlen - Alias of msql_field_len
  • msql_fieldname - Alias of msql_field_name
  • msql_fieldtable - Alias of msql_field_table
  • msql_fieldtype - Alias of msql_field_type
  • msql_field_flags - Get field flags
  • msql_field_len - Get field length
  • msql_field_name - Get the name of the specified field in a result
  • msql_field_seek - Set field offset
  • msql_field_table - Get table name for field
  • msql_field_type - Get field type
  • msql_free_result - Free result memory
  • msql_list_dbs - List mSQL databases on server
  • msql_list_fields - List result fields
  • msql_list_tables - List tables in an mSQL database
  • msql_numfields - Alias of msql_num_fields
  • msql_numrows - Alias of msql_num_rows
  • msql_num_fields - Get number of fields in result
  • msql_num_rows - Get number of rows in result
  • msql_pconnect - Open persistent mSQL connection
  • msql_query - Send mSQL query
  • msql_regcase - Alias of sql_regcase
  • msql_result - Get result data
  • msql_select_db - Select mSQL database
  • msql_tablename - Alias of msql_result
  • mssql_bind - Aggiunge un parametro ad una procedura memorizzata (stored procedure) locale o remota
  • mssql_close - Chiude la connessione con MS SQL Server
  • mssql_connect - Apre una connessione con un server MS SQL
  • mssql_data_seek - Sposta il puntatore di riga interno
  • mssql_execute - Esegue una procedura memorizzata su un database MS SQL
  • mssql_fetch_array - Restituisce una riga in un array associativo, numerico o entrambi
  • mssql_fetch_assoc - Restituisce un array associativo con i dati di una riga dal set di risultati indicato da id_risultato
  • mssql_fetch_batch - Restituisce il successivo gruppo di record
  • mssql_fetch_field - Restituisce le informazioni di un campo
  • mssql_fetch_object - Restituisce una riga come oggetto
  • mssql_fetch_row - Restituisce una riga come array numerato
  • mssql_field_length - Restituisce la lunghezza di un campo
  • mssql_field_name - Restituisce il nome di un campo
  • mssql_field_seek - Ricerca il campo con l'offset specificato
  • mssql_field_type - Restituisce il tipo di un campo
  • mssql_free_result - Libera la memoria di un risultato
  • mssql_free_statement - Free statement memory
  • mssql_get_last_message - Restituisce l'ultimo messaggio dal server
  • mssql_guid_string - Converte il GUID dal formato binario a 16 bit al formato stringa
  • mssql_init - Inizializza una procedura memorizata locale o remota
  • mssql_min_error_severity - Setta il livello minimo di errori critici.
  • mssql_min_message_severity - Setta li livello critico minimo di messaggi
  • mssql_next_result - Muove il puntatore interno al risultato successivo
  • mssql_num_fields - Restituisce il numero di campi in un risultato
  • mssql_num_rows - Restituisce il numero di righe
  • mssql_pconnect - Apre una connessione persistente con MS SQL
  • mssql_query - Invia una query a MS SQL
  • mssql_result - Restituisce i dati di un risultato
  • mssql_rows_affected - Restituisce il numero di record coinvolti dalla query
  • mssql_select_db - Seleziona un database MS SQL
  • mt_getrandmax - Mostra il più grande valore casuale disponibile
  • mt_rand - Genera un valore casuale migliore
  • mt_srand - Inizializza un generatore di numeri casuali migliore
  • MultipleIterator::attachIterator - Attaches iterator information
  • MultipleIterator::containsIterator - Checks if an iterator is attached
  • MultipleIterator::countIterators - Gets the number of attached iterator instances
  • MultipleIterator::current - Gets the registered iterator instances
  • MultipleIterator::detachIterator - Detaches an iterator
  • MultipleIterator::getFlags - Gets the flag information
  • MultipleIterator::key - Gets the registered iterator instances
  • MultipleIterator::next - Moves all attached iterator instances forward
  • MultipleIterator::rewind - Rewinds all attached iterator instances
  • MultipleIterator::setFlags - Sets flags
  • MultipleIterator::valid - Checks the validity of sub iterators
  • MultipleIterator::__construct - Constructs a new MultipleIterator
  • Mutex::create - Create a Mutex
  • Mutex::destroy - Destroy Mutex
  • Mutex::lock - Acquire Mutex
  • Mutex::trylock - Attempt to Acquire Mutex
  • Mutex::unlock - Release Mutex
  • mysqli::$affected_rows - Gets the number of affected rows in a previous MySQL operation
  • mysqli::$client_info - Get MySQL client info
  • mysqli::$connect_errno - Returns the error code from last connect call
  • mysqli::$connect_error - Returns a string description of the last connect error
  • mysqli::$errno - Returns the error code for the most recent function call
  • mysqli::$error - Returns a string description of the last error
  • mysqli::$error_list - Returns a list of errors from the last command executed
  • mysqli::$field_count - Returns the number of columns for the most recent query
  • mysqli::$host_info - Returns a string representing the type of connection used
  • mysqli::$info - Retrieves information about the most recently executed query
  • mysqli::$insert_id - Returns the auto generated id used in the last query
  • mysqli::$protocol_version - Returns the version of the MySQL protocol used
  • mysqli::$server_info - Returns the version of the MySQL server
  • mysqli::$server_version - Returns the version of the MySQL server as an integer
  • mysqli::$sqlstate - Returns the SQLSTATE error from previous MySQL operation
  • mysqli::$thread_id - Returns the thread ID for the current connection
  • mysqli::$warning_count - Returns the number of warnings from the last query for the given link
  • mysqli::autocommit - Turns on or off auto-committing database modifications
  • mysqli::change_user - Changes the user of the specified database connection
  • mysqli::character_set_name - Returns the default character set for the database connection
  • mysqli::close - Closes a previously opened database connection
  • mysqli::commit - Commits the current transaction
  • mysqli::debug - Performs debugging operations
  • mysqli::disable_reads_from_master - Disable reads from master
  • mysqli::dump_debug_info - Dump debugging information into the log
  • mysqli::get_charset - Returns a character set object
  • mysqli::get_client_info - Get MySQL client info
  • mysqli::get_connection_stats - Returns statistics about the client connection
  • mysqli::get_warnings - Get result of SHOW WARNINGS
  • mysqli::init - Initializes MySQLi and returns a resource for use with mysqli_real_connect()
  • mysqli::kill - Asks the server to kill a MySQL thread
  • mysqli::more_results - Check if there are any more query results from a multi query
  • mysqli::multi_query - Performs a query on the database
  • mysqli::next_result - Prepare next result from multi_query
  • mysqli::options - Set options
  • mysqli::ping - Pings a server connection, or tries to reconnect if the connection has gone down
  • mysqli::poll - Poll connections
  • mysqli::prepare - Prepare an SQL statement for execution
  • mysqli::query - Performs a query on the database
  • mysqli::real_connect - Opens a connection to a mysql server
  • mysqli::real_escape_string - Escapes special characters in a string for use in an SQL statement, taking into account the current charset of the connection
  • mysqli::real_query - Execute an SQL query
  • mysqli::reap_async_query - Get result from async query
  • mysqli::refresh - Refreshes
  • mysqli::rollback - Rolls back current transaction
  • mysqli::rpl_query_type - Returns RPL query type
  • mysqli::select_db - Selects the default database for database queries
  • mysqli::send_query - Send the query and return
  • mysqli::set_charset - Sets the default client character set
  • mysqli::set_local_infile_default - Unsets user defined handler for load local infile command
  • mysqli::set_local_infile_handler - Set callback function for LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE command
  • mysqli::ssl_set - Used for establishing secure connections using SSL
  • mysqli::stat - Gets the current system status
  • mysqli::stmt_init - Initializes a statement and returns an object for use with mysqli_stmt_prepare
  • mysqli::store_result - Transfers a result set from the last query
  • mysqli::thread_safe - Returns whether thread safety is given or not
  • mysqli::use_result - Initiate a result set retrieval
  • mysqli::__construct - Open a new connection to the MySQL server
  • mysqli_bind_param - Alias for mysqli_stmt_bind_param
  • mysqli_bind_result - Alias for mysqli_stmt_bind_result
  • mysqli_client_encoding - Alias of mysqli_character_set_name
  • mysqli_connect - Alias di mysqli::__construct
  • mysqli_disable_rpl_parse - Disable RPL parse
  • mysqli_driver::$report_mode - Enables or disables internal report functions
  • mysqli_driver::embedded_server_end - Stop embedded server
  • mysqli_driver::embedded_server_start - Initialize and start embedded server
  • mysqli_enable_reads_from_master - Enable reads from master
  • mysqli_enable_rpl_parse - Enable RPL parse
  • mysqli_escape_string - Alias di mysqli_real_escape_string
  • mysqli_execute - Alias for mysqli_stmt_execute
  • mysqli_fetch - Alias for mysqli_stmt_fetch
  • mysqli_get_cache_stats - Returns client Zval cache statistics
  • mysqli_get_client_stats - Returns client per-process statistics
  • mysqli_get_client_version - Returns the MySQL client version as a string
  • mysqli_get_metadata - Alias for mysqli_stmt_result_metadata
  • mysqli_master_query - Enforce execution of a query on the master in a master/slave setup
  • mysqli_param_count - Alias for mysqli_stmt_param_count
  • mysqli_report - Alias di of mysqli_driver->report_mode
  • mysqli_result::$current_field - Get current field offset of a result pointer
  • mysqli_result::$field_count - Get the number of fields in a result
  • mysqli_result::$lengths - Returns the lengths of the columns of the current row in the result set
  • mysqli_result::$num_rows - Gets the number of rows in a result
  • mysqli_result::data_seek - Adjusts the result pointer to an arbitrary row in the result
  • mysqli_result::fetch_all - Fetches all result rows as an associative array, a numeric array, or both
  • mysqli_result::fetch_array - Fetch a result row as an associative, a numeric array, or both
  • mysqli_result::fetch_assoc - Fetch a result row as an associative array
  • mysqli_result::fetch_field - Returns the next field in the result set
  • mysqli_result::fetch_fields - Returns an array of objects representing the fields in a result set
  • mysqli_result::fetch_field_direct - Fetch meta-data for a single field
  • mysqli_result::fetch_object - Returns the current row of a result set as an object
  • mysqli_result::fetch_row - Get a result row as an enumerated array
  • mysqli_result::field_seek - Set result pointer to a specified field offset
  • mysqli_result::free - Frees the memory associated with a result
  • mysqli_rpl_parse_enabled - Check if RPL parse is enabled
  • mysqli_rpl_probe - RPL probe
  • mysqli_send_long_data - Alias for mysqli_stmt_send_long_data
  • mysqli_set_opt - Alias of mysqli_options
  • mysqli_slave_query - Force execution of a query on a slave in a master/slave setup
  • mysqli_stmt::$affected_rows - Returns the total number of rows changed, deleted, or inserted by the last executed statement
  • mysqli_stmt::$errno - Returns the error code for the most recent statement call
  • mysqli_stmt::$error - Returns a string description for last statement error
  • mysqli_stmt::$error_list - Returns a list of errors from the last statement executed
  • mysqli_stmt::$field_count - Returns the number of field in the given statement
  • mysqli_stmt::$insert_id - Get the ID generated from the previous INSERT operation
  • mysqli_stmt::$num_rows - Return the number of rows in statements result set
  • mysqli_stmt::$param_count - Returns the number of parameter for the given statement
  • mysqli_stmt::$sqlstate - Returns SQLSTATE error from previous statement operation
  • mysqli_stmt::attr_get - Used to get the current value of a statement attribute
  • mysqli_stmt::attr_set - Used to modify the behavior of a prepared statement
  • mysqli_stmt::bind_param - Binds variables to a prepared statement as parameters
  • mysqli_stmt::bind_result - Binds variables to a prepared statement for result storage
  • mysqli_stmt::close - Closes a prepared statement
  • mysqli_stmt::data_seek - Seeks to an arbitrary row in statement result set
  • mysqli_stmt::execute - Executes a prepared Query
  • mysqli_stmt::fetch - Fetch results from a prepared statement into the bound variables
  • mysqli_stmt::free_result - Frees stored result memory for the given statement handle
  • mysqli_stmt::get_result - Gets a result set from a prepared statement
  • mysqli_stmt::get_warnings - Get result of SHOW WARNINGS
  • mysqli_stmt::more_results - Check if there are more query results from a multiple query
  • mysqli_stmt::next_result - Reads the next result from a multiple query
  • mysqli_stmt::prepare - Prepare an SQL statement for execution
  • mysqli_stmt::reset - Resets a prepared statement
  • mysqli_stmt::result_metadata - Returns result set metadata from a prepared statement
  • mysqli_stmt::send_long_data - Send data in blocks
  • mysqli_stmt::store_result - Transfers a result set from a prepared statement
  • mysqli_warning::next - The next purpose
  • mysqli_warning::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • MysqlndUhConnection::changeUser - Changes the user of the specified mysqlnd database connection
  • MysqlndUhConnection::charsetName - Returns the default character set for the database connection
  • MysqlndUhConnection::close - Closes a previously opened database connection
  • MysqlndUhConnection::connect - Open a new connection to the MySQL server
  • MysqlndUhConnection::endPSession - End a persistent connection
  • MysqlndUhConnection::escapeString - Escapes special characters in a string for use in an SQL statement, taking into account the current charset of the connection
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getAffectedRows - Gets the number of affected rows in a previous MySQL operation
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getErrorNumber - Returns the error code for the most recent function call
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getErrorString - Returns a string description of the last error
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getFieldCount - Returns the number of columns for the most recent query
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getHostInformation - Returns a string representing the type of connection used
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getLastInsertId - Returns the auto generated id used in the last query.
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getLastMessage - Retrieves information about the most recently executed query
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getProtocolInformation - Returns the version of the MySQL protocol used
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getServerInformation - Returns the version of the MySQL server
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getServerStatistics - Gets the current system status
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getServerVersion - Returns the version of the MySQL server as an integer
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getSqlstate - Returns the SQLSTATE error from previous MySQL operation
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getStatistics - Returns statistics about the client connection.
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getThreadId - Returns the thread ID for the current connection
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getWarningCount - Returns the number of warnings from the last query for the given link
  • MysqlndUhConnection::init - Initialize mysqlnd connection
  • MysqlndUhConnection::killConnection - Asks the server to kill a MySQL thread
  • MysqlndUhConnection::listFields - List MySQL table fields
  • MysqlndUhConnection::listMethod - Wrapper for assorted list commands
  • MysqlndUhConnection::moreResults - Check if there are any more query results from a multi query
  • MysqlndUhConnection::nextResult - Prepare next result from multi_query
  • MysqlndUhConnection::ping - Pings a server connection, or tries to reconnect if the connection has gone down
  • MysqlndUhConnection::query - Performs a query on the database
  • MysqlndUhConnection::queryReadResultsetHeader - Read a result set header
  • MysqlndUhConnection::reapQuery - Get result from async query
  • MysqlndUhConnection::refreshServer - Flush or reset tables and caches
  • MysqlndUhConnection::restartPSession - Restart a persistent mysqlnd connection
  • MysqlndUhConnection::selectDb - Selects the default database for database queries
  • MysqlndUhConnection::sendClose - Sends a close command to MySQL
  • MysqlndUhConnection::sendQuery - Sends a query to MySQL
  • MysqlndUhConnection::serverDumpDebugInformation - Dump debugging information into the log for the MySQL server
  • MysqlndUhConnection::setAutocommit - Turns on or off auto-committing database modifications
  • MysqlndUhConnection::setCharset - Sets the default client character set
  • MysqlndUhConnection::setClientOption - Sets a client option
  • MysqlndUhConnection::setServerOption - Sets a server option
  • MysqlndUhConnection::shutdownServer - The shutdownServer purpose
  • MysqlndUhConnection::simpleCommand - Sends a basic COM_* command
  • MysqlndUhConnection::simpleCommandHandleResponse - Process a response for a basic COM_* command send to the client
  • MysqlndUhConnection::sslSet - Used for establishing secure connections using SSL
  • MysqlndUhConnection::stmtInit - Initializes a statement and returns a resource for use with mysqli_statement::prepare
  • MysqlndUhConnection::storeResult - Transfers a result set from the last query
  • MysqlndUhConnection::txCommit - Commits the current transaction
  • MysqlndUhConnection::txRollback - Rolls back current transaction
  • MysqlndUhConnection::useResult - Initiate a result set retrieval
  • MysqlndUhConnection::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • MysqlndUhPreparedStatement::execute - Executes a prepared Query
  • MysqlndUhPreparedStatement::prepare - Prepare an SQL statement for execution
  • MysqlndUhPreparedStatement::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • mysqlnd_memcache_get_config - Returns information about the plugin configuration
  • mysqlnd_memcache_set - Associate a MySQL connection with a Memcache connection
  • mysqlnd_ms_get_last_gtid - Returns the latest global transaction ID
  • mysqlnd_ms_get_last_used_connection - Returns an array which describes the last used connection
  • mysqlnd_ms_get_stats - Returns query distribution and connection statistics
  • mysqlnd_ms_match_wild - Finds whether a table name matches a wildcard pattern or not
  • mysqlnd_ms_query_is_select - Find whether to send the query to the master, the slave or the last used MySQL server
  • mysqlnd_ms_set_qos - Sets the quality of service needed from the cluster
  • mysqlnd_ms_set_user_pick_server - Sets a callback for user-defined read/write splitting
  • mysqlnd_qc_clear_cache - Flush all cache contents
  • mysqlnd_qc_get_available_handlers - Returns a list of available storage handler
  • mysqlnd_qc_get_cache_info - Returns information on the current handler, the number of cache entries and cache entries, if available
  • mysqlnd_qc_get_core_stats - Statistics collected by the core of the query cache
  • mysqlnd_qc_get_normalized_query_trace_log - Returns a normalized query trace log for each query inspected by the query cache
  • mysqlnd_qc_get_query_trace_log - Returns a backtrace for each query inspected by the query cache
  • mysqlnd_qc_set_cache_condition - Set conditions for automatic caching
  • mysqlnd_qc_set_is_select - Installs a callback which decides whether a statement is cached
  • mysqlnd_qc_set_storage_handler - Change current storage handler
  • mysqlnd_qc_set_user_handlers - Sets the callback functions for a user-defined procedural storage handler
  • mysqlnd_uh_convert_to_mysqlnd - Converts a MySQL connection handle into a mysqlnd connection handle
  • mysqlnd_uh_set_connection_proxy - Installs a proxy for mysqlnd connections
  • mysqlnd_uh_set_statement_proxy - Installs a proxy for mysqlnd statements
  • mysql_affected_rows - Ottiene il numero di righe coinvolte nelle precedenti operazioni MySQL
  • mysql_client_encoding - Restituisce il nome del set di caratteri
  • mysql_close - Chiude una connessione MySQL
  • mysql_connect - Apre una connessione ad un server MySQL
  • mysql_create_db - Crea un database MySQL
  • mysql_data_seek - Muove il puntatore interno del risultato
  • mysql_db_name - Ottiene dei dati dal risultato
  • mysql_db_query - Invia una query MySQL
  • mysql_drop_db - Elimina (cancella) un database MySQL
  • mysql_errno - Restituisce il valore numerico del messaggio di errore della precedente operazione MySQL
  • mysql_error - Restituisce il testo del messagio di errore della precedente operazione MySQL
  • mysql_escape_string - Aggiunge le sequenze di escape in una stringa per l'uso in mysql_query.
  • mysql_fetch_array - Carica una riga del risultato come un array associativo, un array numerico o entrambi.
  • mysql_fetch_assoc - Carica una riga del risultato come array associativo
  • mysql_fetch_field - Ottiene informazioni sulla colonna da un risultato e le restituisce come oggetto
  • mysql_fetch_lengths - Ottiene la lunghezza di ogni output nel risultato
  • mysql_fetch_object - Carica una riga del risultato come un ogetto
  • mysql_fetch_row - Ottiene una riga del risultato come un array enumerato
  • mysql_field_flags - Ottine i flag associati al campo specificato di un risultato
  • mysql_field_len - Restituisce la lunghezza del campo specificato
  • mysql_field_name - Ottiene il nome del campo specificato in un risultato
  • mysql_field_seek - Imposta il puntatore al risultato ad un determinato indice di campo
  • mysql_field_table - Ottiene il nome della tabella in cui si trova il campo specificato
  • mysql_field_type - Ottiene il tipo del campo specificato in un risultato
  • mysql_free_result - Libera la memoria occupata dal risultato
  • mysql_get_client_info - Ottine informazioni sul client MySQL
  • mysql_get_host_info - Ottiene le informazioni sull'host MySQL
  • mysql_get_proto_info - Ottiene le informazion sul protocollo MySQL
  • mysql_get_server_info - Ottiene le informazioni sul server MySQL
  • mysql_info - Ottiene le informazioni relative alla query più recente.
  • mysql_insert_id - Ottiene l'identificativo generato dalla precedente operazione INSERT
  • mysql_list_dbs - Elenca i database disponibili in un server MySQL
  • mysql_list_fields - Elenca i campi di un risultato MySQL
  • mysql_list_processes - Elenca i processi MySQL
  • mysql_list_tables - Elenca le tabelle in un database MySQL
  • mysql_num_fields - Ottiene il numero di campi nel risultato
  • mysql_num_rows - Ottiene il numero di righe in un risultato
  • mysql_pconnect - Apre una connessione persiostente ad un server MySQL
  • mysql_ping - Esegue un ping su una connessione al server o riconnette se non non esiste la connessione
  • mysql_query - Invia una query MySQL
  • mysql_real_escape_string - Aggiunge le sequenze di escape ai caratteri speciali in una stringa per l'uso in una istruzione SQL, tenendo conto dell'attuale set di caratteri della connessione.
  • mysql_result - Ottiene i dati dal risultato
  • mysql_select_db - Seleziona un database MySQL
  • mysql_set_charset - Imposta il set di caratteri del client
  • mysql_stat - Ottiene l'attuale stato del sistema
  • mysql_tablename - Ottiene il nome della tabella
  • mysql_thread_id - Restituisce l'attuale thread ID
  • mysql_unbuffered_query - Invia una query SQL a MySQL senza caricare e bufferare le righe risultanti
  • m_checkstatus - Check to see if a transaction has completed
  • m_completeauthorizations - Number of complete authorizations in queue, returning an array of their identifiers
  • m_connect - Establish the connection to MCVE
  • m_connectionerror - Get a textual representation of why a connection failed
  • m_deletetrans - Delete specified transaction from MCVE_CONN structure
  • m_destroyconn - Destroy the connection and MCVE_CONN structure
  • m_destroyengine - Free memory associated with IP/SSL connectivity
  • m_getcell - Get a specific cell from a comma delimited response by column name
  • m_getcellbynum - Get a specific cell from a comma delimited response by column number
  • m_getcommadelimited - Get the RAW comma delimited data returned from MCVE
  • m_getheader - Get the name of the column in a comma-delimited response
  • m_initconn - Create and initialize an MCVE_CONN structure
  • m_initengine - Ready the client for IP/SSL Communication
  • m_iscommadelimited - Checks to see if response is comma delimited
  • m_maxconntimeout - The maximum amount of time the API will attempt a connection to MCVE
  • m_monitor - Perform communication with MCVE (send/receive data) Non-blocking
  • m_numcolumns - Number of columns returned in a comma delimited response
  • m_numrows - Number of rows returned in a comma delimited response
  • m_parsecommadelimited - Parse the comma delimited response so m_getcell, etc will work
  • m_responsekeys - Returns array of strings which represents the keys that can be used for response parameters on this transaction
  • m_responseparam - Get a custom response parameter
  • m_returnstatus - Check to see if the transaction was successful
  • m_setblocking - Set blocking/non-blocking mode for connection
  • m_setdropfile - Set the connection method to Drop-File
  • m_setip - Set the connection method to IP
  • m_setssl - Set the connection method to SSL
  • m_setssl_cafile - Set SSL CA (Certificate Authority) file for verification of server certificate
  • m_setssl_files - Set certificate key files and certificates if server requires client certificate verification
  • m_settimeout - Set maximum transaction time (per trans)
  • m_sslcert_gen_hash - Generate hash for SSL client certificate verification
  • m_transactionssent - Check to see if outgoing buffer is clear
  • m_transinqueue - Number of transactions in client-queue
  • m_transkeyval - Add key/value pair to a transaction. Replaces deprecated transparam()
  • m_transnew - Start a new transaction
  • m_transsend - Finalize and send the transaction
  • m_uwait - Wait x microsecs
  • m_validateidentifier - Whether or not to validate the passed identifier on any transaction it is passed to
  • m_verifyconnection - Set whether or not to PING upon connect to verify connection
  • m_verifysslcert - Set whether or not to verify the server ssl certificate
• n
  • natcasesort - Ordina un array usando un algoritmo di "ordine naturale" non sensibile alle maiuscole/minuscole
  • natsort - Ordina un array usando un algoritmo di "ordine naturale"
  • ncurses_addch - Add character at current position and advance cursor
  • ncurses_addchnstr - Add attributed string with specified length at current position
  • ncurses_addchstr - Add attributed string at current position
  • ncurses_addnstr - Add string with specified length at current position
  • ncurses_addstr - Output text at current position
  • ncurses_assume_default_colors - Define default colors for color 0
  • ncurses_attroff - Turn off the given attributes
  • ncurses_attron - Turn on the given attributes
  • ncurses_attrset - Set given attributes
  • ncurses_baudrate - Returns baudrate of terminal
  • ncurses_beep - Let the terminal beep
  • ncurses_bkgd - Set background property for terminal screen
  • ncurses_bkgdset - Control screen background
  • ncurses_border - Draw a border around the screen using attributed characters
  • ncurses_bottom_panel - Moves a visible panel to the bottom of the stack
  • ncurses_can_change_color - Checks if terminal color definitions can be changed
  • ncurses_cbreak - Switch of input buffering
  • ncurses_clear - Clear screen
  • ncurses_clrtobot - Clear screen from current position to bottom
  • ncurses_clrtoeol - Clear screen from current position to end of line
  • ncurses_color_content - Retrieves RGB components of a color
  • ncurses_color_set - Set active foreground and background colors
  • ncurses_curs_set - Set cursor state
  • ncurses_define_key - Define a keycode
  • ncurses_def_prog_mode - Saves terminals (program) mode
  • ncurses_def_shell_mode - Saves terminals (shell) mode
  • ncurses_delay_output - Delay output on terminal using padding characters
  • ncurses_delch - Delete character at current position, move rest of line left
  • ncurses_deleteln - Delete line at current position, move rest of screen up
  • ncurses_delwin - Delete a ncurses window
  • ncurses_del_panel - Remove panel from the stack and delete it (but not the associated window)
  • ncurses_doupdate - Write all prepared refreshes to terminal
  • ncurses_echo - Activate keyboard input echo
  • ncurses_echochar - Single character output including refresh
  • ncurses_end - Stop using ncurses, clean up the screen
  • ncurses_erase - Erase terminal screen
  • ncurses_erasechar - Returns current erase character
  • ncurses_filter - Set LINES for iniscr() and newterm() to 1
  • ncurses_flash - Flash terminal screen (visual bell)
  • ncurses_flushinp - Flush keyboard input buffer
  • ncurses_getch - Read a character from keyboard
  • ncurses_getmaxyx - Returns the size of a window
  • ncurses_getmouse - Reads mouse event
  • ncurses_getyx - Returns the current cursor position for a window
  • ncurses_halfdelay - Put terminal into halfdelay mode
  • ncurses_has_colors - Checks if terminal has color capabilities
  • ncurses_has_ic - Check for insert- and delete-capabilities
  • ncurses_has_il - Check for line insert- and delete-capabilities
  • ncurses_has_key - Check for presence of a function key on terminal keyboard
  • ncurses_hide_panel - Remove panel from the stack, making it invisible
  • ncurses_hline - Draw a horizontal line at current position using an attributed character and max. n characters long
  • ncurses_inch - Get character and attribute at current position
  • ncurses_init - Initialize ncurses
  • ncurses_init_color - Define a terminal color
  • ncurses_init_pair - Define a color pair
  • ncurses_insch - Insert character moving rest of line including character at current position
  • ncurses_insdelln - Insert lines before current line scrolling down (negative numbers delete and scroll up)
  • ncurses_insertln - Insert a line, move rest of screen down
  • ncurses_insstr - Insert string at current position, moving rest of line right
  • ncurses_instr - Reads string from terminal screen
  • ncurses_isendwin - Ncurses is in endwin mode, normal screen output may be performed
  • ncurses_keyok - Enable or disable a keycode
  • ncurses_keypad - Turns keypad on or off
  • ncurses_killchar - Returns current line kill character
  • ncurses_longname - Returns terminals description
  • ncurses_meta - Enables/Disable 8-bit meta key information
  • ncurses_mouseinterval - Set timeout for mouse button clicks
  • ncurses_mousemask - Sets mouse options
  • ncurses_mouse_trafo - Transforms coordinates
  • ncurses_move - Move output position
  • ncurses_move_panel - Moves a panel so that its upper-left corner is at [startx, starty]
  • ncurses_mvaddch - Move current position and add character
  • ncurses_mvaddchnstr - Move position and add attributed string with specified length
  • ncurses_mvaddchstr - Move position and add attributed string
  • ncurses_mvaddnstr - Move position and add string with specified length
  • ncurses_mvaddstr - Move position and add string
  • ncurses_mvcur - Move cursor immediately
  • ncurses_mvdelch - Move position and delete character, shift rest of line left
  • ncurses_mvgetch - Move position and get character at new position
  • ncurses_mvhline - Set new position and draw a horizontal line using an attributed character and max. n characters long
  • ncurses_mvinch - Move position and get attributed character at new position
  • ncurses_mvvline - Set new position and draw a vertical line using an attributed character and max. n characters long
  • ncurses_mvwaddstr - Add string at new position in window
  • ncurses_napms - Sleep
  • ncurses_newpad - Creates a new pad (window)
  • ncurses_newwin - Create a new window
  • ncurses_new_panel - Create a new panel and associate it with window
  • ncurses_nl - Translate newline and carriage return / line feed
  • ncurses_nocbreak - Switch terminal to cooked mode
  • ncurses_noecho - Switch off keyboard input echo
  • ncurses_nonl - Do not translate newline and carriage return / line feed
  • ncurses_noqiflush - Do not flush on signal characters
  • ncurses_noraw - Switch terminal out of raw mode
  • ncurses_pair_content - Retrieves foreground and background colors of a color pair
  • ncurses_panel_above - Returns the panel above panel
  • ncurses_panel_below - Returns the panel below panel
  • ncurses_panel_window - Returns the window associated with panel
  • ncurses_pnoutrefresh - Copies a region from a pad into the virtual screen
  • ncurses_prefresh - Copies a region from a pad into the virtual screen
  • ncurses_putp - Apply padding information to the string and output it
  • ncurses_qiflush - Flush on signal characters
  • ncurses_raw - Switch terminal into raw mode
  • ncurses_refresh - Refresh screen
  • ncurses_replace_panel - Replaces the window associated with panel
  • ncurses_resetty - Restores saved terminal state
  • ncurses_reset_prog_mode - Resets the prog mode saved by def_prog_mode
  • ncurses_reset_shell_mode - Resets the shell mode saved by def_shell_mode
  • ncurses_savetty - Saves terminal state
  • ncurses_scrl - Scroll window content up or down without changing current position
  • ncurses_scr_dump - Dump screen content to file
  • ncurses_scr_init - Initialize screen from file dump
  • ncurses_scr_restore - Restore screen from file dump
  • ncurses_scr_set - Inherit screen from file dump
  • ncurses_show_panel - Places an invisible panel on top of the stack, making it visible
  • ncurses_slk_attr - Returns current soft label key attribute
  • ncurses_slk_attroff - Turn off the given attributes for soft function-key labels
  • ncurses_slk_attron - Turn on the given attributes for soft function-key labels
  • ncurses_slk_attrset - Set given attributes for soft function-key labels
  • ncurses_slk_clear - Clears soft labels from screen
  • ncurses_slk_color - Sets color for soft label keys
  • ncurses_slk_init - Initializes soft label key functions
  • ncurses_slk_noutrefresh - Copies soft label keys to virtual screen
  • ncurses_slk_refresh - Copies soft label keys to screen
  • ncurses_slk_restore - Restores soft label keys
  • ncurses_slk_set - Sets function key labels
  • ncurses_slk_touch - Forces output when ncurses_slk_noutrefresh is performed
  • ncurses_standend - Stop using 'standout' attribute
  • ncurses_standout - Start using 'standout' attribute
  • ncurses_start_color - Initializes color functionality
  • ncurses_termattrs - Returns a logical OR of all attribute flags supported by terminal
  • ncurses_termname - Returns terminals (short)-name
  • ncurses_timeout - Set timeout for special key sequences
  • ncurses_top_panel - Moves a visible panel to the top of the stack
  • ncurses_typeahead - Specify different filedescriptor for typeahead checking
  • ncurses_ungetch - Put a character back into the input stream
  • ncurses_ungetmouse - Pushes mouse event to queue
  • ncurses_update_panels - Refreshes the virtual screen to reflect the relations between panels in the stack
  • ncurses_use_default_colors - Assign terminal default colors to color id -1
  • ncurses_use_env - Control use of environment information about terminal size
  • ncurses_use_extended_names - Control use of extended names in terminfo descriptions
  • ncurses_vidattr - Display the string on the terminal in the video attribute mode
  • ncurses_vline - Draw a vertical line at current position using an attributed character and max. n characters long
  • ncurses_waddch - Adds character at current position in a window and advance cursor
  • ncurses_waddstr - Outputs text at current postion in window
  • ncurses_wattroff - Turns off attributes for a window
  • ncurses_wattron - Turns on attributes for a window
  • ncurses_wattrset - Set the attributes for a window
  • ncurses_wborder - Draws a border around the window using attributed characters
  • ncurses_wclear - Clears window
  • ncurses_wcolor_set - Sets windows color pairings
  • ncurses_werase - Erase window contents
  • ncurses_wgetch - Reads a character from keyboard (window)
  • ncurses_whline - Draws a horizontal line in a window at current position using an attributed character and max. n characters long
  • ncurses_wmouse_trafo - Transforms window/stdscr coordinates
  • ncurses_wmove - Moves windows output position
  • ncurses_wnoutrefresh - Copies window to virtual screen
  • ncurses_wrefresh - Refresh window on terminal screen
  • ncurses_wstandend - End standout mode for a window
  • ncurses_wstandout - Enter standout mode for a window
  • ncurses_wvline - Draws a vertical line in a window at current position using an attributed character and max. n characters long
  • newt_bell - Send a beep to the terminal
  • newt_button - Create a new button
  • newt_button_bar - This function returns a grid containing the buttons created.
  • newt_centered_window - Open a centered window of the specified size
  • newt_checkbox - Descrizione
  • newt_checkbox_get_value - Retreives value of checkox resource
  • newt_checkbox_set_flags - Configures checkbox resource
  • newt_checkbox_set_value - Sets the value of the checkbox
  • newt_checkbox_tree - Descrizione
  • newt_checkbox_tree_add_item - Adds new item to the checkbox tree
  • newt_checkbox_tree_find_item - Finds an item in the checkbox tree
  • newt_checkbox_tree_get_current - Returns checkbox tree selected item
  • newt_checkbox_tree_get_entry_value - Descrizione
  • newt_checkbox_tree_get_multi_selection - Descrizione
  • newt_checkbox_tree_get_selection - Descrizione
  • newt_checkbox_tree_multi - Descrizione
  • newt_checkbox_tree_set_current - Descrizione
  • newt_checkbox_tree_set_entry - Descrizione
  • newt_checkbox_tree_set_entry_value - Descrizione
  • newt_checkbox_tree_set_width - Descrizione
  • newt_clear_key_buffer - Discards the contents of the terminal's input buffer without waiting for additional input
  • newt_cls - Descrizione
  • newt_compact_button - Descrizione
  • newt_component_add_callback - Descrizione
  • newt_component_takes_focus - Descrizione
  • newt_create_grid - Descrizione
  • newt_cursor_off - Descrizione
  • newt_cursor_on - Descrizione
  • newt_delay - Descrizione
  • newt_draw_form - Descrizione
  • newt_draw_root_text - Displays the string text at the position indicated
  • newt_entry - Descrizione
  • newt_entry_get_value - Descrizione
  • newt_entry_set - Descrizione
  • newt_entry_set_filter - Descrizione
  • newt_entry_set_flags - Descrizione
  • newt_finished - Uninitializes newt interface
  • newt_form - Create a form
  • newt_form_add_component - Adds a single component to the form
  • newt_form_add_components - Add several components to the form
  • newt_form_add_hot_key - Descrizione
  • newt_form_destroy - Destroys a form
  • newt_form_get_current - Descrizione
  • newt_form_run - Runs a form
  • newt_form_set_background - Descrizione
  • newt_form_set_height - Descrizione
  • newt_form_set_size - Descrizione
  • newt_form_set_timer - Descrizione
  • newt_form_set_width - Descrizione
  • newt_form_watch_fd - Descrizione
  • newt_get_screen_size - Fills in the passed references with the current size of the terminal
  • newt_grid_add_components_to_form - Descrizione
  • newt_grid_basic_window - Descrizione
  • newt_grid_free - Descrizione
  • newt_grid_get_size - Descrizione
  • newt_grid_h_close_stacked - Descrizione
  • newt_grid_h_stacked - Descrizione
  • newt_grid_place - Descrizione
  • newt_grid_set_field - Descrizione
  • newt_grid_simple_window - Descrizione
  • newt_grid_v_close_stacked - Descrizione
  • newt_grid_v_stacked - Descrizione
  • newt_grid_wrapped_window - Descrizione
  • newt_grid_wrapped_window_at - Descrizione
  • newt_init - Initialize newt
  • newt_label - Descrizione
  • newt_label_set_text - Descrizione
  • newt_listbox - Descrizione
  • newt_listbox_append_entry - Descrizione
  • newt_listbox_clear - Descrizione
  • newt_listbox_clear_selection - Descrizione
  • newt_listbox_delete_entry - Descrizione
  • newt_listbox_get_current - Descrizione
  • newt_listbox_get_selection - Descrizione
  • newt_listbox_insert_entry - Descrizione
  • newt_listbox_item_count - Descrizione
  • newt_listbox_select_item - Descrizione
  • newt_listbox_set_current - Descrizione
  • newt_listbox_set_current_by_key - Descrizione
  • newt_listbox_set_data - Descrizione
  • newt_listbox_set_entry - Descrizione
  • newt_listbox_set_width - Descrizione
  • newt_listitem - Descrizione
  • newt_listitem_get_data - Descrizione
  • newt_listitem_set - Descrizione
  • newt_open_window - Open a window of the specified size and position
  • newt_pop_help_line - Replaces the current help line with the one from the stack
  • newt_pop_window - Removes the top window from the display
  • newt_push_help_line - Saves the current help line on a stack, and displays the new line
  • newt_radiobutton - Descrizione
  • newt_radio_get_current - Descrizione
  • newt_redraw_help_line - Descrizione
  • newt_reflow_text - Descrizione
  • newt_refresh - Updates modified portions of the screen
  • newt_resize_screen - Descrizione
  • newt_resume - Resume using the newt interface after calling newt_suspend
  • newt_run_form - Runs a form
  • newt_scale - Descrizione
  • newt_scale_set - Descrizione
  • newt_scrollbar_set - Descrizione
  • newt_set_help_callback - Descrizione
  • newt_set_suspend_callback - Set a callback function which gets invoked when user presses the suspend key
  • newt_suspend - Tells newt to return the terminal to its initial state
  • newt_textbox - Descrizione
  • newt_textbox_get_num_lines - Descrizione
  • newt_textbox_reflowed - Descrizione
  • newt_textbox_set_height - Descrizione
  • newt_textbox_set_text - Descrizione
  • newt_vertical_scrollbar - Descrizione
  • newt_wait_for_key - Doesn't return until a key has been pressed
  • newt_win_choice - Descrizione
  • newt_win_entries - Descrizione
  • newt_win_menu - Descrizione
  • newt_win_message - Descrizione
  • newt_win_messagev - Descrizione
  • newt_win_ternary - Descrizione
  • next - Incrementa il puntatore interno dell'array
  • ngettext - Plural version of gettext
  • nl2br - Inserisce il tag HTML di 'a capo' prima di tutti i caratteri di 'a capo' della stringa
  • nl_langinfo - Ricava informazioni sulla lingua e le impostazioni locali
  • NoRewindIterator::current - Get the current value
  • NoRewindIterator::getInnerIterator - Get the inner iterator
  • NoRewindIterator::key - Get the current key
  • NoRewindIterator::next - Forward to the next element
  • NoRewindIterator::rewind - Prevents the rewind operation on the inner iterator.
  • NoRewindIterator::valid - Validates the iterator
  • NoRewindIterator::__construct - Construct a NoRewindIterator
  • Normalizer::isNormalized - Checks if the provided string is already in the specified normalization form.
  • Normalizer::normalize - Normalizes the input provided and returns the normalized string
  • notes_body - Open the message msg_number in the specified mailbox on the specified server (leave serv
  • notes_copy_db - Copy a Lotus Notes database
  • notes_create_db - Create a Lotus Notes database
  • notes_create_note - Create a note using form form_name
  • notes_drop_db - Drop a Lotus Notes database
  • notes_find_note - Returns a note id found in database_name
  • notes_header_info - Open the message msg_number in the specified mailbox on the specified server (leave serv
  • notes_list_msgs - Returns the notes from a selected database_name
  • notes_mark_read - Mark a note_id as read for the User user_name
  • notes_mark_unread - Mark a note_id as unread for the User user_name
  • notes_nav_create - Create a navigator name, in database_name
  • notes_search - Find notes that match keywords in database_name
  • notes_unread - Returns the unread note id's for the current User user_name
  • notes_version - Get the version Lotus Notes
  • nsapi_request_headers - Fetch all HTTP request headers
  • nsapi_response_headers - Fetch all HTTP response headers
  • nsapi_virtual - Perform an NSAPI sub-request
  • nthmac - Obtain a nthmac key (needs 2 arguments)
  • NumberFormatter::create - Create a number formatter
  • NumberFormatter::format - Format a number
  • NumberFormatter::formatCurrency - Format a currency value
  • NumberFormatter::getAttribute - Get an attribute
  • NumberFormatter::getErrorCode - Get formatter's last error code.
  • NumberFormatter::getErrorMessage - Get formatter's last error message.
  • NumberFormatter::getLocale - Get formatter locale
  • NumberFormatter::getPattern - Get formatter pattern
  • NumberFormatter::getSymbol - Get a symbol value
  • NumberFormatter::getTextAttribute - Get a text attribute
  • NumberFormatter::parse - Parse a number
  • NumberFormatter::parseCurrency - Parse a currency number
  • NumberFormatter::setAttribute - Set an attribute
  • NumberFormatter::setPattern - Set formatter pattern
  • NumberFormatter::setSymbol - Set a symbol value
  • NumberFormatter::setTextAttribute - Set a text attribute
  • number_format - Formatta un numero con i gruppi delle migliaia
• o
  • OAuth::disableDebug - Turn off verbose debugging
  • OAuth::disableRedirects - Turn off redirects
  • OAuth::disableSSLChecks - Turn off SSL checks
  • OAuth::enableDebug - Turn on verbose debugging
  • OAuth::enableRedirects - Turn on redirects
  • OAuth::enableSSLChecks - Turn on SSL checks
  • OAuth::fetch - Fetch an OAuth protected resource
  • OAuth::generateSignature - Generate a signature
  • OAuth::getAccessToken - Fetch an access token
  • OAuth::getCAPath - Gets CA information
  • OAuth::getLastResponse - Get the last response
  • OAuth::getLastResponseHeaders - Get headers for last response
  • OAuth::getLastResponseInfo - Get HTTP information about the last response
  • OAuth::getRequestHeader - Generate OAuth header string signature
  • OAuth::getRequestToken - Fetch a request token
  • OAuth::setAuthType - Set authorization type
  • OAuth::setCAPath - Set CA path and info
  • OAuth::setNonce - Set the nonce for subsequent requests
  • OAuth::setRequestEngine - The setRequestEngine purpose
  • OAuth::setRSACertificate - Set the RSA certificate
  • OAuth::setSSLChecks - Tweak specific SSL checks for requests.
  • OAuth::setTimestamp - Set the timestamp
  • OAuth::setToken - Sets the token and secret
  • OAuth::setVersion - Set the OAuth version
  • OAuth::__construct - Create a new OAuth object
  • OAuth::__destruct - The destructor
  • OAuthProvider::addRequiredParameter - Add required parameters
  • OAuthProvider::callconsumerHandler - Calls the consumerNonceHandler callback
  • OAuthProvider::callTimestampNonceHandler - Calls the timestampNonceHandler callback
  • OAuthProvider::calltokenHandler - Calls the tokenNonceHandler callback
  • OAuthProvider::checkOAuthRequest - Check an oauth request
  • OAuthProvider::consumerHandler - Set the consumerHandler handler callback
  • OAuthProvider::generateToken - Generate a random token
  • OAuthProvider::is2LeggedEndpoint - is2LeggedEndpoint
  • OAuthProvider::isRequestTokenEndpoint - Sets isRequestTokenEndpoint
  • OAuthProvider::removeRequiredParameter - Remove a required parameter
  • OAuthProvider::reportProblem - Report a problem
  • OAuthProvider::setParam - Set a parameter
  • OAuthProvider::setRequestTokenPath - Set request token path
  • OAuthProvider::timestampNonceHandler - Set the timestampNonceHandler handler callback
  • OAuthProvider::tokenHandler - Set the tokenHandler handler callback
  • OAuthProvider::__construct - Constructs a new OAuthProvider object
  • oauth_get_sbs - Generate a Signature Base String
  • oauth_urlencode - Encode a URI to RFC 3986
  • ob_clean - Clean (erase) the output buffer
  • ob_deflatehandler - Deflate output handler
  • ob_end_clean - Clean (erase) the output buffer and turn off output buffering
  • ob_end_flush - Flush (send) the output buffer and turn off output buffering
  • ob_etaghandler - ETag output handler
  • ob_flush - Flush (send) the output buffer
  • ob_get_clean - Get current buffer contents and delete current output buffer
  • ob_get_contents - Return the contents of the output buffer
  • ob_get_flush - Flush the output buffer, return it as a string and turn off output buffering
  • ob_get_length - Return the length of the output buffer
  • ob_get_level - Return the nesting level of the output buffering mechanism
  • ob_get_status - Get status of output buffers
  • ob_gzhandler - ob_start callback function to gzip output buffer
  • ob_iconv_handler - Converte caratteri codificati come un output buffer handler
  • ob_implicit_flush - Turn implicit flush on/off
  • ob_inflatehandler - Inflate output handler
  • ob_list_handlers - List all output handlers in use
  • ob_start - Turn on output buffering
  • ob_tidyhandler - ob_start callback function to repair the buffer
  • OCI-Collection::append - Appends element to the collection
  • OCI-Collection::assign - Assigns a value to the collection from another existing collection
  • OCI-Collection::assignElem - Assigns a value to the element of the collection
  • OCI-Collection::free - Frees the resources associated with the collection object
  • OCI-Collection::getElem - Returns value of the element
  • OCI-Collection::max - Returns the maximum number of elements in the collection
  • OCI-Collection::size - Returns size of the collection
  • OCI-Collection::trim - Trims elements from the end of the collection
  • OCI-Lob::append - Appends data from the large object to another large object
  • OCI-Lob::close - Closes LOB descriptor
  • OCI-Lob::eof - Tests for end-of-file on a large object's descriptor
  • OCI-Lob::erase - Erases a specified portion of the internal LOB data
  • OCI-Lob::export - Exports LOB's contents to a file
  • OCI-Lob::flush - Flushes/writes buffer of the LOB to the server
  • OCI-Lob::free - Frees resources associated with the LOB descriptor
  • OCI-Lob::getBuffering - Returns current state of buffering for the large object
  • OCI-Lob::import - Imports file data to the LOB
  • OCI-Lob::load - Returns large object's contents
  • OCI-Lob::read - Reads part of the large object
  • OCI-Lob::rewind - Moves the internal pointer to the beginning of the large object
  • OCI-Lob::save - Saves data to the large object
  • OCI-Lob::saveFile - Alias di OCI-Lob::import
  • OCI-Lob::seek - Sets the internal pointer of the large object
  • OCI-Lob::setBuffering - Changes current state of buffering for the large object
  • OCI-Lob::size - Returns size of large object
  • OCI-Lob::tell - Returns the current position of internal pointer of large object
  • OCI-Lob::truncate - Truncates large object
  • OCI-Lob::write - Writes data to the large object
  • OCI-Lob::writeTemporary - Writes a temporary large object
  • OCI-Lob::writeToFile - Alias di OCI-Lob::export
  • ocibindbyname - Alias di oci_bind_by_name
  • ocicancel - Alias di oci_cancel
  • ocicloselob - Alias di OCI-Lob::close
  • ocicollappend - Alias di OCI-Collection::append
  • ocicollassign - Alias di OCI-Collection::assign
  • ocicollassignelem - Alias di OCI-Collection::assignElem
  • ocicollgetelem - Alias di OCI-Collection::getElem
  • ocicollmax - Alias di OCI-Collection::max
  • ocicollsize - Alias di OCI-Collection::size
  • ocicolltrim - Alias di OCI-Collection::trim
  • ocicolumnisnull - Alias di oci_field_is_null
  • ocicolumnname - Alias di oci_field_name
  • ocicolumnprecision - Alias di oci_field_precision
  • ocicolumnscale - Alias di oci_field_scale
  • ocicolumnsize - Alias di oci_field_size
  • ocicolumntype - Alias di oci_field_type
  • ocicolumntyperaw - Alias di oci_field_type_raw
  • ocicommit - Alias di oci_commit
  • ocidefinebyname - Alias di oci_define_by_name
  • ocierror - Alias di oci_error
  • ociexecute - Alias di oci_execute
  • ocifetch - Alias di oci_fetch
  • ocifetchinto - Fetches the next row into an array (deprecated)
  • ocifetchstatement - Alias di oci_fetch_all
  • ocifreecollection - Alias di OCI-Collection::free
  • ocifreecursor - Alias di oci_free_statement
  • ocifreedesc - Alias di OCI-Lob::free
  • ocifreestatement - Alias di oci_free_statement
  • ociinternaldebug - Alias di oci_internal_debug
  • ociloadlob - Alias di OCI-Lob::load
  • ocilogoff - Alias di oci_close
  • ocilogon - Alias di oci_connect
  • ocinewcollection - Alias di oci_new_collection
  • ocinewcursor - Alias di oci_new_cursor
  • ocinewdescriptor - Alias di oci_new_descriptor
  • ocinlogon - Alias di oci_new_connect
  • ocinumcols - Alias di oci_num_fields
  • ociparse - Alias di oci_parse
  • ociplogon - Alias di oci_pconnect
  • ociresult - Alias di oci_result
  • ocirollback - Alias di oci_rollback
  • ocirowcount - Alias di oci_num_rows
  • ocisavelob - Alias di OCI-Lob::save
  • ocisavelobfile - Alias di OCI-Lob::import
  • ociserverversion - Alias di oci_server_version
  • ocisetprefetch - Alias di oci_set_prefetch
  • ocistatementtype - Alias di oci_statement_type
  • ociwritelobtofile - Alias di OCI-Lob::export
  • ociwritetemporarylob - Alias di OCI-Lob::writeTemporary
  • oci_bind_array_by_name - Binds a PHP array to an Oracle PL/SQL array parameter
  • oci_bind_by_name - Lega una variabile PHP ad un segnaposto Oracle
  • oci_cancel - Interrompe la lettura del cursore
  • oci_client_version - Returns the Oracle client library version
  • oci_close - Closes an Oracle connection
  • oci_commit - Commits the outstanding database transaction
  • oci_connect - Connect to an Oracle database
  • oci_define_by_name - Associates a PHP variable with a column for query fetches
  • oci_error - Returns the last error found
  • oci_execute - Executes a statement
  • oci_fetch - Fetches the next row from a query into internal buffers
  • oci_fetch_all - Fetches multiple rows from a query into a two-dimensional array
  • oci_fetch_array - Returns the next row from a query as an associative or numeric array
  • oci_fetch_assoc - Returns the next row from a query as an associative array
  • oci_fetch_object - Returns the next row from a query as an object
  • oci_fetch_row - Returns the next row from a query as a numeric array
  • oci_field_is_null - Checks if the field is NULL
  • oci_field_name - Returns the name of a field from the statement
  • oci_field_precision - Tell the precision of a field
  • oci_field_scale - Tell the scale of the field
  • oci_field_size - Returns field's size
  • oci_field_type - Returns field's data type
  • oci_field_type_raw - Tell the raw Oracle data type of the field
  • oci_free_descriptor - Frees a descriptor
  • oci_free_statement - Frees all resources associated with statement or cursor
  • oci_internal_debug - Enables or disables internal debug output
  • oci_lob_copy - Copies large object
  • oci_lob_is_equal - Compares two LOB/FILE locators for equality
  • oci_new_collection - Allocates new collection object
  • oci_new_connect - Connect to the Oracle server using a unique connection
  • oci_new_cursor - Allocates and returns a new cursor (statement handle)
  • oci_new_descriptor - Initializes a new empty LOB or FILE descriptor
  • oci_num_fields - Returns the number of result columns in a statement
  • oci_num_rows - Returns number of rows affected during statement execution
  • oci_parse - Prepares an Oracle statement for execution
  • oci_password_change - Changes password of Oracle's user
  • oci_pconnect - Connect to an Oracle database using a persistent connection
  • oci_result - Returns field's value from the fetched row
  • oci_rollback - Rolls back the outstanding database transaction
  • oci_server_version - Returns the Oracle Database version
  • oci_set_action - Sets the action name
  • oci_set_client_identifier - Sets the client identifier
  • oci_set_client_info - Sets the client information
  • oci_set_edition - Sets the database edition
  • oci_set_module_name - Sets the module name
  • oci_set_prefetch - Sets number of rows to be prefetched by queries
  • oci_statement_type - Returns the type of a statement
  • octdec - Da ottale a decimale
  • odbc_autocommit - Valorizza il parametro autocommit
  • odbc_binmode - Gestione delle colonne di dati binari
  • odbc_close - Chiude una connessione ODBC
  • odbc_close_all - Chiude tutte le connessioni ODBC
  • odbc_columnprivileges - Restituisce un identificatore di risultato che permette di ricavare l'elenco delle colonne e dei privilegi ad esse associati.
  • odbc_columns - Elenca i nomi delle colonne nella tabella specificata.
  • odbc_commit - Esegue una transazione ODBC
  • odbc_connect - Apre una connessione con una fonte di dati
  • odbc_cursor - Restituisce il nome del cursore
  • odbc_data_source - Restituisce informazionisulla connessione corrente
  • odbc_do - Sinonimo di odbc_exec
  • odbc_error - Restituisce l'ultimo codice di errore
  • odbc_errormsg - Restituisce l'ultimo messaggio d'errore
  • odbc_exec - Prepara ed esegue una espressione SQL
  • odbc_execute - Esecuzione di un'espressione memorizzata
  • odbc_fetch_array - Scarica una riga da un risultato in una matrice
  • odbc_fetch_into - Scarica una riga del risultato della query in un array
  • odbc_fetch_object - Scarica una riga da un risultato come oggetto
  • odbc_fetch_row - Estrae una riga
  • odbc_field_len - Restituisce la dimensione (precisione) di un campo
  • odbc_field_name - Restituisce il nome della colonna
  • odbc_field_num - Restituisce il numero di colonna
  • odbc_field_precision - Sinonimo di odbc_field_len
  • odbc_field_scale - Restituisce la scala di un campo
  • odbc_field_type - Tipo di dato di campo
  • odbc_foreignkeys - Restituisce l'elenco delle chiavi esterne per la tabella indicata, oppure la lista delle chiavi esterne in altre tabelle che fanno riferimento alla chiave primaria della tabella indicata.
  • odbc_free_result - Libera le risorse associate ad un risultato
  • odbc_gettypeinfo - Restituisce un identificatore di risultato contenente informazioni sui tipi di dati supportati dalla sorgente di dati
  • odbc_longreadlen - Gestione di colonne LONG
  • odbc_next_result - Verifica se sono disponibili più risultati
  • odbc_num_fields - Numero di colonne in un esito
  • odbc_num_rows - Numero di righe in un risultato
  • odbc_pconnect - Apre una connessione persistente verso un database
  • odbc_prepare - Predispone un'espressione all'esecuzione
  • odbc_primarykeys - Restituisce un identificatore di risultato che può essere utilizzato per ricavare il nome della colonna che contiene la chiave primaria della tabella.
  • odbc_procedurecolumns - Recupera informazioni sui parametri delle procedure.
  • odbc_procedures - Restituisce l'elenco delle procedure memorizzate in una specifica sorgente di dati.
  • odbc_result - Restituisce il contenuto dei campi
  • odbc_result_all - Visualizza il risultato in una tabella HTML
  • odbc_rollback - Annulla una transazione
  • odbc_setoption - Impostazione dei parametri ODBC
  • odbc_specialcolumns - Restituisce sia il set di colonne che identificano in modo univoco una riga nella tabella, sia colonne che sono automaticamente aggiornate quando un qualsiasi campo della riga viene aggiornato da una transazione.
  • odbc_statistics - Recupera informazioni statistiche sulla tabella
  • odbc_tableprivileges - Elenca le tabelle ed i privilegi ad esse associati.
  • odbc_tables - Restituisce l'elenco delle tabelle presenti in una specifica sorgente di dati
  • ogg:// - Audio streams
  • openal_buffer_create - Generate OpenAL buffer
  • openal_buffer_data - Load a buffer with data
  • openal_buffer_destroy - Destroys an OpenAL buffer
  • openal_buffer_get - Retrieve an OpenAL buffer property
  • openal_buffer_loadwav - Load a .wav file into a buffer
  • openal_context_create - Create an audio processing context
  • openal_context_current - Make the specified context current
  • openal_context_destroy - Destroys a context
  • openal_context_process - Process the specified context
  • openal_context_suspend - Suspend the specified context
  • openal_device_close - Close an OpenAL device
  • openal_device_open - Initialize the OpenAL audio layer
  • openal_listener_get - Retrieve a listener property
  • openal_listener_set - Set a listener property
  • openal_source_create - Generate a source resource
  • openal_source_destroy - Destroy a source resource
  • openal_source_get - Retrieve an OpenAL source property
  • openal_source_pause - Pause the source
  • openal_source_play - Start playing the source
  • openal_source_rewind - Rewind the source
  • openal_source_set - Set source property
  • openal_source_stop - Stop playing the source
  • openal_stream - Begin streaming on a source
  • opendir - Apre l'handle della directory
  • openlog - Apre una connessione al logger di sistema
  • openssl_cipher_iv_length - Gets the cipher iv length
  • openssl_csr_export - Exports a CSR as a string
  • openssl_csr_export_to_file - Exports a CSR to a file
  • openssl_csr_get_public_key - Returns the public key of a CERT
  • openssl_csr_get_subject - Returns the subject of a CERT
  • openssl_csr_new - Generates a CSR
  • openssl_csr_sign - Sign a CSR with another certificate (or itself) and generate a certificate
  • openssl_decrypt - Decrypts data
  • openssl_dh_compute_key - Computes shared secret for public value of remote DH key and local DH key
  • openssl_digest - Computes a digest
  • openssl_encrypt - Encrypts data
  • openssl_error_string - Return openSSL error message
  • openssl_free_key - Free key resource
  • openssl_get_cipher_methods - Gets available cipher methods
  • openssl_get_md_methods - Gets available digest methods
  • openssl_get_privatekey - Alias di openssl_pkey_get_private
  • openssl_get_publickey - Alias di openssl_pkey_get_public
  • openssl_open - Open sealed data
  • openssl_pkcs7_decrypt - Decrypts an S/MIME encrypted message
  • openssl_pkcs7_encrypt - Encrypt an S/MIME message
  • openssl_pkcs7_sign - Sign an S/MIME message
  • openssl_pkcs7_verify - Verifies the signature of an S/MIME signed message
  • openssl_pkcs12_export - Exports a PKCS#12 Compatible Certificate Store File to variable.
  • openssl_pkcs12_export_to_file - Exports a PKCS#12 Compatible Certificate Store File
  • openssl_pkcs12_read - Parse a PKCS#12 Certificate Store into an array
  • openssl_pkey_export - Gets an exportable representation of a key into a string
  • openssl_pkey_export_to_file - Gets an exportable representation of a key into a file
  • openssl_pkey_free - Frees a private key
  • openssl_pkey_get_details - Returns an array with the key details
  • openssl_pkey_get_private - Get a private key
  • openssl_pkey_get_public - Extract public key from certificate and prepare it for use
  • openssl_pkey_new - Generates a new private key
  • openssl_private_decrypt - Decrypts data with private key
  • openssl_private_encrypt - Encrypts data with private key
  • openssl_public_decrypt - Decrypts data with public key
  • openssl_public_encrypt - Encrypts data with public key
  • openssl_random_pseudo_bytes - Generate a pseudo-random string of bytes
  • openssl_seal - Seal (encrypt) data
  • openssl_sign - Generate signature
  • openssl_verify - Verify signature
  • openssl_x509_checkpurpose - Verifies if a certificate can be used for a particular purpose
  • openssl_x509_check_private_key - Checks if a private key corresponds to a certificate
  • openssl_x509_export - Exports a certificate as a string
  • openssl_x509_export_to_file - Exports a certificate to file
  • openssl_x509_free - Free certificate resource
  • openssl_x509_parse - Parse an X509 certificate and return the information as an array
  • openssl_x509_read - Parse an X.509 certificate and return a resource identifier for it
  • ord - Restituisce il valore ASCII di un carattere
  • OuterIterator::getInnerIterator - Returns the inner iterator for the current entry.
  • output_add_rewrite_var - Add URL rewriter values
  • output_reset_rewrite_vars - Reset URL rewriter values
  • override_function - Overrides built-in functions
  • ovrimos_close - Closes the connection to ovrimos
  • ovrimos_commit - Commits the transaction
  • ovrimos_connect - Connect to the specified database
  • ovrimos_cursor - Returns the name of the cursor
  • ovrimos_exec - Executes an SQL statement
  • ovrimos_execute - Executes a prepared SQL statement
  • ovrimos_fetch_into - Fetches a row from the result set
  • ovrimos_fetch_row - Fetches a row from the result set
  • ovrimos_field_len - Returns the length of the output column
  • ovrimos_field_name - Returns the output column name
  • ovrimos_field_num - Returns the (1-based) index of the output column
  • ovrimos_field_type - Returns the type of the output column
  • ovrimos_free_result - Frees the specified result_id
  • ovrimos_longreadlen - Specifies how many bytes are to be retrieved from long datatypes
  • ovrimos_num_fields - Returns the number of columns
  • ovrimos_num_rows - Returns the number of rows affected by update operations
  • ovrimos_prepare - Prepares an SQL statement
  • ovrimos_result - Retrieves the output column
  • ovrimos_result_all - Prints the whole result set as an HTML table
  • ovrimos_rollback - Rolls back the transaction
• p
  • pack - Pack data into binary string
  • Parametri di contesto - Lista dei parametri di contesto
  • ParentIterator::accept - Determines acceptability
  • ParentIterator::getChildren - Return the inner iterator's children contained in a ParentIterator
  • ParentIterator::hasChildren - Check whether the inner iterator's current element has children
  • ParentIterator::next - Move the iterator forward
  • ParentIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator
  • ParentIterator::__construct - Constructs a ParentIterator
  • parsekit_compile_file - Compile a string of PHP code and return the resulting op array
  • parsekit_compile_string - Compile a string of PHP code and return the resulting op array
  • parsekit_func_arginfo - Return information regarding function argument(s)
  • parse_ini_file - Legge il file di configurazione
  • parse_ini_string - Parse a configuration string
  • parse_str - Suddivide una stringa in variabili
  • parse_url - Parse a URL and return its components
  • passthru - Esegue un programma esterno e mostra l'output non elaborato
  • password_get_info - Returns information about the given hash
  • password_hash - Creates a password hash
  • password_needs_rehash - Checks if the given hash matches the given options
  • password_verify - Verifies that a password matches a hash
  • pathinfo - Restituisce informazioni su un percorso di file
  • pclose - Chiude un puntatore ad un file di processo
  • pcntl_alarm - Set an alarm clock for delivery of a signal
  • pcntl_exec - Executes specified program in current process space
  • pcntl_fork - Forks the currently running process
  • pcntl_getpriority - Get the priority of any process
  • pcntl_setpriority - Change the priority of any process
  • pcntl_signal - Installs a signal handler
  • pcntl_signal_dispatch - Calls signal handlers for pending signals
  • pcntl_sigprocmask - Sets and retrieves blocked signals
  • pcntl_sigtimedwait - Waits for signals, with a timeout
  • pcntl_sigwaitinfo - Waits for signals
  • pcntl_wait - Waits on or returns the status of a forked child
  • pcntl_waitpid - Waits on or returns the status of a forked child
  • pcntl_wexitstatus - Returns the return code of a terminated child
  • pcntl_wifexited - Checks if status code represents a normal exit
  • pcntl_wifsignaled - Checks whether the status code represents a termination due to a signal
  • pcntl_wifstopped - Checks whether the child process is currently stopped
  • pcntl_wstopsig - Returns the signal which caused the child to stop
  • pcntl_wtermsig - Returns the signal which caused the child to terminate
  • PDF_activate_item - Activate structure element or other content item
  • PDF_add_annotation - Add annotation [deprecated]
  • PDF_add_bookmark - Add bookmark for current page [deprecated]
  • PDF_add_launchlink - Add launch annotation for current page [deprecated]
  • PDF_add_locallink - Add link annotation for current page [deprecated]
  • PDF_add_nameddest - Create named destination
  • PDF_add_note - Set annotation for current page [deprecated]
  • PDF_add_outline - Add bookmark for current page [deprecated]
  • PDF_add_pdflink - Add file link annotation for current page [deprecated]
  • PDF_add_table_cell - Add a cell to a new or existing table
  • PDF_add_textflow - Create Textflow or add text to existing Textflow
  • PDF_add_thumbnail - Add thumbnail for current page
  • PDF_add_weblink - Add weblink for current page [deprecated]
  • PDF_arc - Draw a counterclockwise circular arc segment
  • PDF_arcn - Draw a clockwise circular arc segment
  • PDF_attach_file - Add file attachment for current page [deprecated]
  • PDF_begin_document - Create new PDF file
  • PDF_begin_font - Start a Type 3 font definition
  • PDF_begin_glyph - Start glyph definition for Type 3 font
  • PDF_begin_item - Open structure element or other content item
  • PDF_begin_layer - Start layer
  • PDF_begin_page - Start new page [deprecated]
  • PDF_begin_page_ext - Start new page
  • PDF_begin_pattern - Start pattern definition
  • PDF_begin_template - Start template definition [deprecated]
  • PDF_begin_template_ext - Start template definition
  • PDF_circle - Draw a circle
  • PDF_clip - Clip to current path
  • PDF_close - Close pdf resource [deprecated]
  • PDF_closepath - Close current path
  • PDF_closepath_fill_stroke - Close, fill and stroke current path
  • PDF_closepath_stroke - Close and stroke path
  • PDF_close_image - Close image
  • PDF_close_pdi - Close the input PDF document [deprecated]
  • PDF_close_pdi_page - Close the page handle
  • PDF_concat - Concatenate a matrix to the CTM
  • PDF_continue_text - Output text in next line
  • PDF_create_3dview - Create 3D view
  • PDF_create_action - Create action for objects or events
  • PDF_create_annotation - Create rectangular annotation
  • PDF_create_bookmark - Create bookmark
  • PDF_create_field - Create form field
  • PDF_create_fieldgroup - Create form field group
  • PDF_create_gstate - Create graphics state object
  • PDF_create_pvf - Create PDFlib virtual file
  • PDF_create_textflow - Create textflow object
  • PDF_curveto - Draw Bezier curve
  • PDF_define_layer - Create layer definition
  • PDF_delete - Delete PDFlib object
  • PDF_delete_pvf - Delete PDFlib virtual file
  • PDF_delete_table - Delete table object
  • PDF_delete_textflow - Delete textflow object
  • PDF_encoding_set_char - Add glyph name and/or Unicode value
  • PDF_endpath - End current path
  • PDF_end_document - Close PDF file
  • PDF_end_font - Terminate Type 3 font definition
  • PDF_end_glyph - Terminate glyph definition for Type 3 font
  • PDF_end_item - Close structure element or other content item
  • PDF_end_layer - Deactivate all active layers
  • PDF_end_page - Finish page
  • PDF_end_page_ext - Finish page
  • PDF_end_pattern - Finish pattern
  • PDF_end_template - Finish template
  • PDF_fill - Fill current path
  • PDF_fill_imageblock - Fill image block with variable data
  • PDF_fill_pdfblock - Fill PDF block with variable data
  • PDF_fill_stroke - Fill and stroke path
  • PDF_fill_textblock - Fill text block with variable data
  • PDF_findfont - Prepare font for later use [deprecated]
  • PDF_fit_image - Place image or template
  • PDF_fit_pdi_page - Place imported PDF page
  • PDF_fit_table - Place table on page
  • PDF_fit_textflow - Format textflow in rectangular area
  • PDF_fit_textline - Place single line of text
  • PDF_get_apiname - Get name of unsuccessfull API function
  • PDF_get_buffer - Get PDF output buffer
  • PDF_get_errmsg - Get error text
  • PDF_get_errnum - Get error number
  • PDF_get_font - Get font [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_fontname - Get font name [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_fontsize - Font handling [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_image_height - Get image height [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_image_width - Get image width [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_majorversion - Get major version number [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_minorversion - Get minor version number [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_parameter - Get string parameter
  • PDF_get_pdi_parameter - Get PDI string parameter [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_pdi_value - Get PDI numerical parameter [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_value - Get numerical parameter
  • PDF_info_font - Query detailed information about a loaded font
  • PDF_info_matchbox - Query matchbox information
  • PDF_info_table - Retrieve table information
  • PDF_info_textflow - Query textflow state
  • PDF_info_textline - Perform textline formatting and query metrics
  • PDF_initgraphics - Reset graphic state
  • PDF_lineto - Draw a line
  • PDF_load_3ddata - Load 3D model
  • PDF_load_font - Search and prepare font
  • PDF_load_iccprofile - Search and prepare ICC profile
  • PDF_load_image - Open image file
  • PDF_makespotcolor - Make spot color
  • PDF_moveto - Set current point
  • PDF_new - Create PDFlib object
  • PDF_open_ccitt - Open raw CCITT image [deprecated]
  • PDF_open_file - Create PDF file [deprecated]
  • PDF_open_gif - Open GIF image [deprecated]
  • PDF_open_image - Use image data [deprecated]
  • PDF_open_image_file - Read image from file [deprecated]
  • PDF_open_jpeg - Open JPEG image [deprecated]
  • PDF_open_memory_image - Open image created with PHP's image functions [not supported]
  • PDF_open_pdi - Open PDF file [deprecated]
  • PDF_open_pdi_document - Prepare a pdi document
  • PDF_open_pdi_page - Prepare a page
  • PDF_open_tiff - Open TIFF image [deprecated]
  • PDF_pcos_get_number - Get value of pCOS path with type number or boolean
  • PDF_pcos_get_stream - Get contents of pCOS path with type stream, fstream, or string
  • PDF_pcos_get_string - Get value of pCOS path with type name, string, or boolean
  • PDF_place_image - Place image on the page [deprecated]
  • PDF_place_pdi_page - Place PDF page [deprecated]
  • PDF_process_pdi - Process imported PDF document
  • PDF_rect - Draw rectangle
  • PDF_restore - Restore graphics state
  • PDF_resume_page - Resume page
  • PDF_rotate - Rotate coordinate system
  • PDF_save - Save graphics state
  • PDF_scale - Scale coordinate system
  • PDF_setcolor - Set fill and stroke color
  • PDF_setdash - Set simple dash pattern
  • PDF_setdashpattern - Set dash pattern
  • PDF_setflat - Set flatness
  • PDF_setfont - Set font
  • PDF_setgray - Set color to gray [deprecated]
  • PDF_setgray_fill - Set fill color to gray [deprecated]
  • PDF_setgray_stroke - Set stroke color to gray [deprecated]
  • PDF_setlinecap - Set linecap parameter
  • PDF_setlinejoin - Set linejoin parameter
  • PDF_setlinewidth - Set line width
  • PDF_setmatrix - Set current transformation matrix
  • PDF_setmiterlimit - Set miter limit
  • PDF_setpolydash - Set complicated dash pattern [deprecated]
  • PDF_setrgbcolor - Set fill and stroke rgb color values [deprecated]
  • PDF_setrgbcolor_fill - Set fill rgb color values [deprecated]
  • PDF_setrgbcolor_stroke - Set stroke rgb color values [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_border_color - Set border color of annotations [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_border_dash - Set border dash style of annotations [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_border_style - Set border style of annotations [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_char_spacing - Set character spacing [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_duration - Set duration between pages [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_gstate - Activate graphics state object
  • PDF_set_horiz_scaling - Set horizontal text scaling [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_info - Fill document info field
  • PDF_set_info_author - Fill the author document info field [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_info_creator - Fill the creator document info field [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_info_keywords - Fill the keywords document info field [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_info_subject - Fill the subject document info field [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_info_title - Fill the title document info field [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_layer_dependency - Define relationships among layers
  • PDF_set_leading - Set distance between text lines [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_parameter - Set string parameter
  • PDF_set_text_matrix - Set text matrix [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_text_pos - Set text position
  • PDF_set_text_rendering - Determine text rendering [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_text_rise - Set text rise [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_value - Set numerical parameter
  • PDF_set_word_spacing - Set spacing between words [deprecated]
  • PDF_shading - Define blend
  • PDF_shading_pattern - Define shading pattern
  • PDF_shfill - Fill area with shading
  • PDF_show - Output text at current position
  • PDF_show_boxed - Output text in a box [deprecated]
  • PDF_show_xy - Output text at given position
  • PDF_skew - Skew the coordinate system
  • PDF_stringwidth - Return width of text
  • PDF_stroke - Stroke path
  • PDF_suspend_page - Suspend page
  • PDF_translate - Set origin of coordinate system
  • PDF_utf8_to_utf16 - Convert string from UTF-8 to UTF-16
  • PDF_utf16_to_utf8 - Convert string from UTF-16 to UTF-8
  • PDF_utf32_to_utf16 - Convert string from UTF-32 to UTF-16
  • PDO::beginTransaction - Initiates a transaction
  • PDO::commit - Commits a transaction
  • PDO::cubrid_schema - Get the requested schema information
  • PDO::errorCode - Fetch the SQLSTATE associated with the last operation on the database handle
  • PDO::errorInfo - Fetch extended error information associated with the last operation on the database handle
  • PDO::exec - Execute an SQL statement and return the number of affected rows
  • PDO::getAttribute - Retrieve a database connection attribute
  • PDO::getAvailableDrivers - Return an array of available PDO drivers
  • PDO::inTransaction - Checks if inside a transaction
  • PDO::lastInsertId - Returns the ID of the last inserted row or sequence value
  • PDO::pgsqlLOBCreate - Creates a new large object
  • PDO::pgsqlLOBOpen - Opens an existing large object stream
  • PDO::pgsqlLOBUnlink - Deletes the large object
  • PDO::prepare - Prepares a statement for execution and returns a statement object
  • PDO::query - Executes an SQL statement, returning a result set as a PDOStatement object
  • PDO::quote - Quotes a string for use in a query.
  • PDO::rollBack - Rolls back a transaction
  • PDO::setAttribute - Set an attribute
  • PDO::sqliteCreateAggregate - Registers an aggregating User Defined Function for use in SQL statements
  • PDO::sqliteCreateFunction - Registers a User Defined Function for use in SQL statements
  • PDO::__construct - Creates a PDO instance representing a connection to a database
  • PDOStatement::bindColumn - Bind a column to a PHP variable
  • PDOStatement::bindParam - Binds a parameter to the specified variable name
  • PDOStatement::bindValue - Binds a value to a parameter
  • PDOStatement::closeCursor - Closes the cursor, enabling the statement to be executed again.
  • PDOStatement::columnCount - Returns the number of columns in the result set
  • PDOStatement::debugDumpParams - Dump an SQL prepared command
  • PDOStatement::errorCode - Fetch the SQLSTATE associated with the last operation on the statement handle
  • PDOStatement::errorInfo - Fetch extended error information associated with the last operation on the statement handle
  • PDOStatement::execute - Executes a prepared statement
  • PDOStatement::fetch - Fetches the next row from a result set
  • PDOStatement::fetchAll - Returns an array containing all of the result set rows
  • PDOStatement::fetchColumn - Returns a single column from the next row of a result set
  • PDOStatement::fetchObject - Fetches the next row and returns it as an object.
  • PDOStatement::getAttribute - Retrieve a statement attribute
  • PDOStatement::getColumnMeta - Returns metadata for a column in a result set
  • PDOStatement::nextRowset - Advances to the next rowset in a multi-rowset statement handle
  • PDOStatement::rowCount - Returns the number of rows affected by the last SQL statement
  • PDOStatement::setAttribute - Set a statement attribute
  • PDOStatement::setFetchMode - Set the default fetch mode for this statement
  • PDO_4D DSN - Connecting to 4D SQL server
  • PDO_CUBRID DSN - Connecting to CUBRID databases
  • PDO_DBLIB DSN - Connecting to Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase databases
  • PDO_FIREBIRD DSN - Connecting to Firebird and Interbase databases
  • PDO_IBM DSN - Connecting to IBM databases
  • PDO_INFORMIX DSN - Connecting to Informix databases
  • PDO_MYSQL DSN - Connecting to MySQL databases
  • PDO_OCI DSN - Connecting to Oracle databases
  • PDO_ODBC DSN - Connecting to ODBC or DB2 databases
  • PDO_PGSQL DSN - Connecting to PostgreSQL databases
  • PDO_SQLITE DSN - Connecting to SQLite databases
  • PDO_SQLSRV DSN - Connecting to MS SQL Server and SQL Azure databases
  • pfsockopen - Apre una connessione persistente Internet o di tipo domain socket Unix
  • pg_affected_rows - Restituisce il numero delle tuple coinvolte dall'ultimo comando
  • pg_cancel_query - Annulla una query asincrona
  • pg_client_encoding - Restituisce la codifica caratteri del client
  • pg_close - Chiude una connessione PostgreSQL
  • pg_connect - Stabilisce una connessione PostgreSQL
  • pg_connection_busy - Riferisce se una connessione è occupata o meno
  • pg_connection_reset - Rpristina la connessione (riconnette)
  • pg_connection_status - Restituisce lo stato di una connessione
  • pg_convert - Converte i valori di un array associativo in una forma compatibile con i comandi SQL.
  • pg_copy_from - Inserisce le tuple in una tabella prendendole da un array
  • pg_copy_to - Copia una tabella in un array
  • pg_dbname - Restituisce il nome del database
  • pg_delete - Cancella le tuple.
  • pg_end_copy - Esegue una sincronizzazione con il backend PostgreSQL
  • pg_escape_bytea - Aggiunge le sequenze di escape ai dati binari nel tipo bytea
  • pg_escape_identifier - Escape a identifier for insertion into a text field
  • pg_escape_literal - Escape a literal for insertion into a text field
  • pg_escape_string - Aggiunge le sequenze di escape nei tipi text/char
  • pg_execute - Sends a request to execute a prepared statement with given parameters, and waits for the result.
  • pg_fetch_all - Carica tutte le tuple in un array
  • pg_fetch_all_columns - Fetches all rows in a particular result column as an array
  • pg_fetch_array - Carica una tupla in un array
  • pg_fetch_assoc - Fetch a row as an array
  • pg_fetch_object - Carica una tupla in un oggetto
  • pg_fetch_result - Restituisce i valori da una risorsa di risultato
  • pg_fetch_row - Carica una tupla in un array
  • pg_field_is_null - Verifica se un campo è NULL
  • pg_field_name - Restituisce il nome di un campo
  • pg_field_num - Restituisce la posizione del campo specificato
  • pg_field_prtlen - Restituisce la lunghezza "stampabile" di un valore
  • pg_field_size - Restituisce la reale dimensione di memorizzazione del campo
  • pg_field_table - Returns the name or oid of the tables field
  • pg_field_type - Restituisce il nome del tipo del campo specificato
  • pg_field_type_oid - Returns the type ID (OID) for the corresponding field number
  • pg_free_result - Libera la memoria allocata per i risultati
  • pg_get_notify - Ping database connection
  • pg_get_pid - Ping database connection
  • pg_get_result - Recupera i risultati di una query asincrona
  • pg_host - Restituisce il nome dell'host associato alla connessione
  • pg_insert - Inserisce un array in una tabella.
  • pg_last_error - Restituisce l'ultimo messaggio d'errore di una connessione
  • pg_last_notice - Restituisce l'ultimo messaggio di notifica dal server PostgreSQL
  • pg_last_oid - Restituisce l'oid dell'ultimo oggetto
  • pg_lo_close - Chiude un large object
  • pg_lo_create - Crea un large object
  • pg_lo_export - Esporta un large object salvandolo su un file
  • pg_lo_import - Importa un large object da un file
  • pg_lo_open - Apre un large object
  • pg_lo_read - Legge un large object
  • pg_lo_read_all - Legge interamente un large object e lo manda direttamente al browser
  • pg_lo_seek - Ricerca la posizione di un large object
  • pg_lo_tell - Restituisce la posizione attuale in un large object
  • pg_lo_unlink - Cancella un large object
  • pg_lo_write - Scrive un large object
  • pg_meta_data - Ottiene la definizione di una tabella.
  • pg_num_fields - Restituisce il numero di campi
  • pg_num_rows - Restituiscein numero di tuple
  • pg_options - Estrae le opzioni associate alla connessione
  • pg_parameter_status - Looks up a current parameter setting of the server.
  • pg_pconnect - Open a persistent PostgreSQL connection
  • pg_ping - Ping database connection
  • pg_port - Restituisce il numero di porta associato alla connessione
  • pg_prepare - Submits a request to create a prepared statement with the given parameters, and waits for completion.
  • pg_put_line - Invia una stringa terminata da NULL al backend PostgreSQL
  • pg_query - Esegue una query
  • pg_query_params - Submits a command to the server and waits for the result, with the ability to pass parameters separately from the SQL command text.
  • pg_result_error - Restituisce i messaggio di errore associato al risultato
  • pg_result_error_field - Returns an individual field of an error report.
  • pg_result_seek - Set internal row offset in result resource
  • pg_result_status - Recupera lo stato del risultato di una query
  • pg_select - Seleziona delle tuple.
  • pg_send_execute - Sends a request to execute a prepared statement with given parameters, without waiting for the result(s).
  • pg_send_prepare - Sends a request to create a prepared statement with the given parameters, without waiting for completion.
  • pg_send_query - Invia una query in modo asincrono
  • pg_send_query_params - Submits a command and separate parameters to the server without waiting for the result(s).
  • pg_set_client_encoding - Imposta la codifica del client
  • pg_set_error_verbosity - Determines the verbosity of messages returned by pg_last_error and pg_result_error.
  • pg_trace - iAbilita il tracciamento di una connessione PostgreSQL
  • pg_transaction_status - Returns the current in-transaction status of the server.
  • pg_tty - Restituisce il nome della tty associata alla connessione
  • pg_unescape_bytea - Escape binary for bytea type
  • pg_untrace - Disabilita il tracciamento di una connessione PostgreSQL
  • pg_update - Modifica le tuple della tabella
  • pg_version - Returns an array with client, protocol and server version (when available)
  • phar:// - PHP Archive
  • Phar::addEmptyDir - Add an empty directory to the phar archive
  • Phar::addFile - Add a file from the filesystem to the phar archive
  • Phar::addFromString - Add a file from the filesystem to the phar archive
  • Phar::apiVersion - Returns the api version
  • Phar::buildFromDirectory - Construct a phar archive from the files within a directory.
  • Phar::buildFromIterator - Construct a phar archive from an iterator.
  • Phar::canCompress - Returns whether phar extension supports compression using either zlib or bzip2
  • Phar::canWrite - Returns whether phar extension supports writing and creating phars
  • Phar::compress - Compresses the entire Phar archive using Gzip or Bzip2 compression
  • Phar::compressAllFilesBZIP2 - Compresses all files in the current Phar archive using Bzip2 compression
  • Phar::compressAllFilesGZ - Compresses all files in the current Phar archive using Gzip compression
  • Phar::compressFiles - Compresses all files in the current Phar archive
  • Phar::convertToData - Convert a phar archive to a non-executable tar or zip file
  • Phar::convertToExecutable - Convert a phar archive to another executable phar archive file format
  • Phar::copy - Copy a file internal to the phar archive to another new file within the phar
  • Phar::count - Returns the number of entries (files) in the Phar archive
  • Phar::createDefaultStub - Create a phar-file format specific stub
  • Phar::decompress - Decompresses the entire Phar archive
  • Phar::decompressFiles - Decompresses all files in the current Phar archive
  • Phar::delete - Delete a file within a phar archive
  • Phar::delMetadata - Deletes the global metadata of the phar
  • Phar::extractTo - Extract the contents of a phar archive to a directory
  • Phar::getMetadata - Returns phar archive meta-data
  • Phar::getModified - Return whether phar was modified
  • Phar::getSignature - Return MD5/SHA1/SHA256/SHA512/OpenSSL signature of a Phar archive
  • Phar::getStub - Return the PHP loader or bootstrap stub of a Phar archive
  • Phar::getSupportedCompression - Return array of supported compression algorithms
  • Phar::getSupportedSignatures - Return array of supported signature types
  • Phar::getVersion - Return version info of Phar archive
  • Phar::hasMetadata - Returns whether phar has global meta-data
  • Phar::interceptFileFuncs - instructs phar to intercept fopen, file_get_contents, opendir, and all of the stat-related functions
  • Phar::isBuffering - Used to determine whether Phar write operations are being buffered, or are flushing directly to disk
  • Phar::isCompressed - Returns Phar::GZ or PHAR::BZ2 if the entire phar archive is compressed (.tar.gz/tar.bz and so on)
  • Phar::isFileFormat - Returns true if the phar archive is based on the tar/phar/zip file format depending on the parameter
  • Phar::isValidPharFilename - Returns whether the given filename is a valid phar filename
  • Phar::isWritable - Returns true if the phar archive can be modified
  • Phar::loadPhar - Loads any phar archive with an alias
  • Phar::mapPhar - Reads the currently executed file (a phar) and registers its manifest
  • Phar::mount - Mount an external path or file to a virtual location within the phar archive
  • Phar::mungServer - Defines a list of up to 4 $_SERVER variables that should be modified for execution
  • Phar::offsetExists - determines whether a file exists in the phar
  • Phar::offsetGet - Gets a PharFileInfo object for a specific file
  • Phar::offsetSet - set the contents of an internal file to those of an external file
  • Phar::offsetUnset - remove a file from a phar
  • Phar::running - Returns the full path on disk or full phar URL to the currently executing Phar archive
  • Phar::setAlias - Set the alias for the Phar archive
  • Phar::setDefaultStub - Used to set the PHP loader or bootstrap stub of a Phar archive to the default loader
  • Phar::setMetadata - Sets phar archive meta-data
  • Phar::setSignatureAlgorithm - set the signature algorithm for a phar and apply it. The
  • Phar::setStub - Used to set the PHP loader or bootstrap stub of a Phar archive
  • Phar::startBuffering - Start buffering Phar write operations, do not modify the Phar object on disk
  • Phar::stopBuffering - Stop buffering write requests to the Phar archive, and save changes to disk
  • Phar::uncompressAllFiles - Uncompresses all files in the current Phar archive
  • Phar::unlinkArchive - Completely remove a phar archive from disk and from memory
  • Phar::webPhar - mapPhar for web-based phars. front controller for web applications
  • Phar::__construct - Construct a Phar archive object
  • Phar context options - Phar context option listing
  • PharData::addEmptyDir - Add an empty directory to the tar/zip archive
  • PharData::addFile - Add a file from the filesystem to the tar/zip archive
  • PharData::addFromString - Add a file from the filesystem to the tar/zip archive
  • PharData::buildFromDirectory - Construct a tar/zip archive from the files within a directory.
  • PharData::buildFromIterator - Construct a tar or zip archive from an iterator.
  • PharData::compress - Compresses the entire tar/zip archive using Gzip or Bzip2 compression
  • PharData::compressFiles - Compresses all files in the current tar/zip archive
  • PharData::convertToData - Convert a phar archive to a non-executable tar or zip file
  • PharData::convertToExecutable - Convert a non-executable tar/zip archive to an executable phar archive
  • PharData::copy - Copy a file internal to the phar archive to another new file within the phar
  • PharData::decompress - Decompresses the entire Phar archive
  • PharData::decompressFiles - Decompresses all files in the current zip archive
  • PharData::delete - Delete a file within a tar/zip archive
  • PharData::delMetadata - Deletes the global metadata of a zip archive
  • PharData::extractTo - Extract the contents of a tar/zip archive to a directory
  • PharData::isWritable - Returns true if the tar/zip archive can be modified
  • PharData::offsetSet - set the contents of a file within the tar/zip to those of an external file or string
  • PharData::offsetUnset - remove a file from a tar/zip archive
  • PharData::setAlias - dummy function (Phar::setAlias is not valid for PharData)
  • PharData::setDefaultStub - dummy function (Phar::setDefaultStub is not valid for PharData)
  • PharData::setStub - dummy function (Phar::setStub is not valid for PharData)
  • PharData::__construct - Construct a non-executable tar or zip archive object
  • PharException - The PharException class provides a phar-specific exception class for try/catch blocks.
  • PharFileInfo::chmod - Sets file-specific permission bits
  • PharFileInfo::compress - Compresses the current Phar entry with either zlib or bzip2 compression
  • PharFileInfo::decompress - Decompresses the current Phar entry within the phar
  • PharFileInfo::delMetadata - Deletes the metadata of the entry
  • PharFileInfo::getCompressedSize - Returns the actual size of the file (with compression) inside the Phar archive
  • PharFileInfo::getCRC32 - Returns CRC32 code or throws an exception if CRC has not been verified
  • PharFileInfo::getMetadata - Returns file-specific meta-data saved with a file
  • PharFileInfo::getPharFlags - Returns the Phar file entry flags
  • PharFileInfo::hasMetadata - Returns the metadata of the entry
  • PharFileInfo::isCompressed - Returns whether the entry is compressed
  • PharFileInfo::isCompressedBZIP2 - Returns whether the entry is compressed using bzip2
  • PharFileInfo::isCompressedGZ - Returns whether the entry is compressed using gz
  • PharFileInfo::isCRCChecked - Returns whether file entry has had its CRC verified
  • PharFileInfo::setCompressedBZIP2 - Compresses the current Phar entry within the phar using Bzip2 compression
  • PharFileInfo::setCompressedGZ - Compresses the current Phar entry within the phar using gz compression
  • PharFileInfo::setMetadata - Sets file-specific meta-data saved with a file
  • PharFileInfo::setUncompressed - Uncompresses the current Phar entry within the phar, if it is compressed
  • PharFileInfo::__construct - Construct a Phar entry object
  • php:// - Accessing various I/O streams
  • phpcredits - Visualizza i credits per il PHP
  • phpinfo - Visualizza diverse informazioni sul PHP
  • phpversion - Restituisce la versione del PHP
  • php_check_syntax - Check the PHP syntax of (and execute) the specified file
  • php_ini_loaded_file - Retrieve a path to the loaded php.ini file
  • php_ini_scanned_files - Restituisce l'elenco dei file .ini leti dalla directory ini aggiuntiva
  • php_logo_guid - Restituisce il guid del logo
  • php_sapi_name - Restituisce il tipo di interfaccia tra il PHP ed il server web
  • php_strip_whitespace - Return source with stripped comments and whitespace
  • php_uname - Restituisce informazioni sul sistema operativo su cui gira il PHP
  • php_user_filter::filter - Called when applying the filter
  • php_user_filter::onClose - Called when closing the filter
  • php_user_filter::onCreate - Called when creating the filter
  • pi - Restituisce il valore di pi
  • png2wbmp - Convert PNG image file to WBMP image file
  • popen - Apre un puntatore ad un file di processo
  • pos - Restituisce l'elemento corrente di un array
  • posix_access - Determine accessibility of a file
  • posix_ctermid - Restituisce il percorso del terminale
  • posix_errno - Alias di posix_get_last_error
  • posix_getcwd - Percorso della directory corrente
  • posix_getegid - Restituisce l'ID del gruppo per il processo corrente
  • posix_geteuid - Restituisce l'ID dell'utente per il processo corrente
  • posix_getgid - Restituisce il reale ID del gruppo per il processo corrente
  • posix_getgrgid - Restituisce informazioni su un gruppo dato il suo ID
  • posix_getgrnam - Restituisce le informazioni di un gruppo dato il nome
  • posix_getgroups - Restituisce i gruppi per il processo corrente
  • posix_getlogin - Restituisce il nome dell'utente
  • posix_getpgid - Restituisce l'id del gruppo del processo per il controllo dei job
  • posix_getpgrp - Restituisce l'identificatore di gruppo per il processo corrente
  • posix_getpid - Restituisce l'ID per il processo corrente
  • posix_getppid - Restituisce l'ID del processo genitore
  • posix_getpwnam - Restituisce informazioni su un utente dato il nome
  • posix_getpwuid - Restituisce le informazioni di un utente dato il suo ID
  • posix_getrlimit - Restituisce informazioni sui limiti delle risorse del sistema
  • posix_getsid - Restituisce il sid corrente per un processo
  • posix_getuid - Restituisce il reale ID dell'utente per il processo corrente
  • posix_get_last_error - Recupera il numero di errore dell'ultima funzione posix non riuscita
  • posix_initgroups - Calculate the group access list
  • posix_isatty - Determina se il decrittore di file è un terminale
  • posix_kill - Invia un segnale ad un processo
  • posix_mkfifo - Crea un file speciale di tipo fifo (una pipe nominata)
  • posix_mknod - Create a special or ordinary file (POSIX.1)
  • posix_setegid - Imposta l'effettivo GID per il processo corrente
  • posix_seteuid - Imposta l'effettivo UID del processo corrente
  • posix_setgid - Imposta il GID per il processo corrente
  • posix_setpgid - Imposta l'id di gruppo per il controllo dei job
  • posix_setsid - Rende il processo corrente leader di sessione
  • posix_setuid - Imposta l'UID per il processo corrente
  • posix_strerror - Recupera il messaggio di errore di un dato codice di errore
  • posix_times - Restituisce il tempo del processo
  • posix_ttyname - Determina il nome del device per il terminale
  • posix_uname - Restituisce il nome del sistema
  • pow - Espressione esponenziale
  • preg_filter - Perform a regular expression search and replace
  • preg_grep - Restituisce una matrice degli elementi riconosciuti tramite le espressioni regolari
  • preg_last_error - Returns the error code of the last PCRE regex execution
  • preg_match - Riconoscimento con espressioni regolari
  • preg_match_all - Esegue un riconoscimento globale con le espressioni regolari
  • preg_quote - Inserisce il carattere di escape nei caratteri delle espressioni regolari
  • preg_replace - Esegue una ricerca ed una sostituzione con le espressioni regolari
  • preg_replace_callback - Esegue ricerche e sostituzioni con espressioni regolari usando il callback
  • preg_split - Suddivisione di una stringa tramite le espressioni regolari
  • prev - Decrementa il puntatore interno dell'array
  • print - Visualizza una stringa
  • printer_abort - Cancella il file di spool dalla stampante
  • printer_close - Chiude una connessione aperta verso una stampante
  • printer_create_brush - Crea un nuovo pennello
  • printer_create_dc - Crea un nuovo device context
  • printer_create_font - Crea un nuovo font
  • printer_create_pen - Crea una nuova penna
  • printer_delete_brush - Cancella un pennello
  • printer_delete_dc - Cancella un device context
  • printer_delete_font - Cancella un font
  • printer_delete_pen - Cancella una penna
  • printer_draw_bmp - Disegna una bitmap
  • printer_draw_chord - Traccia una corda
  • printer_draw_elipse - Traccia una ellisse
  • printer_draw_line - Traccia una linea
  • printer_draw_pie - Traccia una grafico a torta
  • printer_draw_rectangle - Traccia un rettangolo
  • printer_draw_roundrect - Traccia un rettangolo con gli angoli arrotondati
  • printer_draw_text - Scrive un testo
  • printer_end_doc - Chiude il documento
  • printer_end_page - Chiude la pagina attiva
  • printer_get_option - Recupera la configurazione della stampante
  • printer_list - Restituisce un elenco delle stampanti collegate al server
  • printer_logical_fontheight - Restituisce l'altezza logica del font
  • printer_open - Apre la connessione ad una stampante
  • printer_select_brush - Seleziona un pennello
  • printer_select_font - Seleziona un font
  • printer_select_pen - Seleziona una penna
  • printer_set_option - Configura la connessione con la stampante
  • printer_start_doc - Inizia un nuovo documento
  • printer_start_page - Inizia una nuova pagina
  • printer_write - Scrive dei dati sulla stampante
  • printf - Visualizza una stringa formattata
  • print_r - Stampa informazioni relative al contenuto di una variabile in formato leggibile
  • proc_close - Close a process opened by proc_open and return the exit code of that process
  • proc_get_status - Get information about a process opened by proc_open
  • proc_nice - Change the priority of the current process
  • proc_open - Execute a command and open file pointers for input/output
  • proc_terminate - Kills a process opened by proc_open
  • property_exists - Checks if the object or class has a property
  • pspell_add_to_personal - Add the word to a personal wordlist
  • pspell_add_to_session - Add the word to the wordlist in the current session
  • pspell_check - Check a word
  • pspell_clear_session - Clear the current session
  • pspell_config_create - Create a config used to open a dictionary
  • pspell_config_data_dir - location of language data files
  • pspell_config_dict_dir - Location of the main word list
  • pspell_config_ignore - Ignore words less than N characters long
  • pspell_config_mode - Change the mode number of suggestions returned
  • pspell_config_personal - Set a file that contains personal wordlist
  • pspell_config_repl - Set a file that contains replacement pairs
  • pspell_config_runtogether - Consider run-together words as valid compounds
  • pspell_config_save_repl - Determine whether to save a replacement pairs list along with the wordlist
  • pspell_new - Load a new dictionary
  • pspell_new_config - Load a new dictionary with settings based on a given config
  • pspell_new_personal - Load a new dictionary with personal wordlist
  • pspell_save_wordlist - Save the personal wordlist to a file
  • pspell_store_replacement - Store a replacement pair for a word
  • pspell_suggest - Suggest spellings of a word
  • ps_add_bookmark - Add bookmark to current page
  • ps_add_launchlink - Adds link which launches file
  • ps_add_locallink - Adds link to a page in the same document
  • ps_add_note - Adds note to current page
  • ps_add_pdflink - Adds link to a page in a second pdf document
  • ps_add_weblink - Adds link to a web location
  • ps_arc - Draws an arc counterclockwise
  • ps_arcn - Draws an arc clockwise
  • ps_begin_page - Start a new page
  • ps_begin_pattern - Start a new pattern
  • ps_begin_template - Start a new template
  • ps_circle - Draws a circle
  • ps_clip - Clips drawing to current path
  • ps_close - Closes a PostScript document
  • ps_closepath - Closes path
  • ps_closepath_stroke - Closes and strokes path
  • ps_close_image - Closes image and frees memory
  • ps_continue_text - Continue text in next line
  • ps_curveto - Draws a curve
  • ps_delete - Deletes all resources of a PostScript document
  • ps_end_page - End a page
  • ps_end_pattern - End a pattern
  • ps_end_template - End a template
  • ps_fill - Fills the current path
  • ps_fill_stroke - Fills and strokes the current path
  • ps_findfont - Loads a font
  • ps_get_buffer - Fetches the full buffer containig the generated PS data
  • ps_get_parameter - Gets certain parameters
  • ps_get_value - Gets certain values
  • ps_hyphenate - Hyphenates a word
  • ps_include_file - Reads an external file with raw PostScript code
  • ps_lineto - Draws a line
  • ps_makespotcolor - Create spot color
  • ps_moveto - Sets current point
  • ps_new - Creates a new PostScript document object
  • ps_open_file - Opens a file for output
  • ps_open_image - Reads an image for later placement
  • ps_open_image_file - Opens image from file
  • ps_open_memory_image - Takes an GD image and returns an image for placement in a PS document
  • ps_place_image - Places image on the page
  • ps_rect - Draws a rectangle
  • ps_restore - Restore previously save context
  • ps_rotate - Sets rotation factor
  • ps_save - Save current context
  • ps_scale - Sets scaling factor
  • ps_setcolor - Sets current color
  • ps_setdash - Sets appearance of a dashed line
  • ps_setflat - Sets flatness
  • ps_setfont - Sets font to use for following output
  • ps_setgray - Sets gray value
  • ps_setlinecap - Sets appearance of line ends
  • ps_setlinejoin - Sets how contected lines are joined
  • ps_setlinewidth - Sets width of a line
  • ps_setmiterlimit - Sets the miter limit
  • ps_setoverprintmode - Sets overprint mode
  • ps_setpolydash - Sets appearance of a dashed line
  • ps_set_border_color - Sets color of border for annotations
  • ps_set_border_dash - Sets length of dashes for border of annotations
  • ps_set_border_style - Sets border style of annotations
  • ps_set_info - Sets information fields of document
  • ps_set_parameter - Sets certain parameters
  • ps_set_text_pos - Sets position for text output
  • ps_set_value - Sets certain values
  • ps_shading - Creates a shading for later use
  • ps_shading_pattern - Creates a pattern based on a shading
  • ps_shfill - Fills an area with a shading
  • ps_show - Output text
  • ps_show2 - Output a text at current position
  • ps_show_boxed - Output text in a box
  • ps_show_xy - Output text at given position
  • ps_show_xy2 - Output text at position
  • ps_stringwidth - Gets width of a string
  • ps_string_geometry - Gets geometry of a string
  • ps_stroke - Draws the current path
  • ps_symbol - Output a glyph
  • ps_symbol_name - Gets name of a glyph
  • ps_symbol_width - Gets width of a glyph
  • ps_translate - Sets translation
  • putenv - Imposta il valore di una variabile d'ambiente
  • px_close - Closes a paradox database
  • px_create_fp - Create a new paradox database
  • px_date2string - Converts a date into a string.
  • px_delete - Deletes resource of paradox database
  • px_delete_record - Deletes record from paradox database
  • px_get_field - Returns the specification of a single field
  • px_get_info - Return lots of information about a paradox file
  • px_get_parameter - Gets a parameter
  • px_get_record - Returns record of paradox database
  • px_get_schema - Returns the database schema
  • px_get_value - Gets a value
  • px_insert_record - Inserts record into paradox database
  • px_new - Create a new paradox object
  • px_numfields - Returns number of fields in a database
  • px_numrecords - Returns number of records in a database
  • px_open_fp - Open paradox database
  • px_put_record - Stores record into paradox database
  • px_retrieve_record - Returns record of paradox database
  • px_set_blob_file - Sets the file where blobs are read from
  • px_set_parameter - Sets a parameter
  • px_set_tablename - Sets the name of a table (deprecated)
  • px_set_targetencoding - Sets the encoding for character fields (deprecated)
  • px_set_value - Sets a value
  • px_timestamp2string - Converts the timestamp into a string.
  • px_update_record - Updates record in paradox database
• q
  • qdom_error - Restituisce la stringa d'errore dell'ultima operazione QDOM o FALSE se non ci sono stati errori
  • qdom_tree - Crea un tree di una stringa XML
  • QuickHashIntHash::add - This method adds a new entry to the hash
  • QuickHashIntHash::delete - This method deletes am entry from the hash
  • QuickHashIntHash::exists - This method checks whether a key is part of the hash
  • QuickHashIntHash::get - This method retrieves a value from the hash by its key
  • QuickHashIntHash::getSize - Returns the number of elements in the hash
  • QuickHashIntHash::loadFromFile - This factory method creates a hash from a file
  • QuickHashIntHash::loadFromString - This factory method creates a hash from a string
  • QuickHashIntHash::saveToFile - This method stores an in-memory hash to disk
  • QuickHashIntHash::saveToString - This method returns a serialized version of the hash
  • QuickHashIntHash::set - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value, or adds a new one if the entry doesn't exist
  • QuickHashIntHash::update - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value
  • QuickHashIntHash::__construct - Creates a new QuickHashIntHash object
  • QuickHashIntSet::add - This method adds a new entry to the set
  • QuickHashIntSet::delete - This method deletes an entry from the set
  • QuickHashIntSet::exists - This method checks whether a key is part of the set
  • QuickHashIntSet::getSize - Returns the number of elements in the set
  • QuickHashIntSet::loadFromFile - This factory method creates a set from a file
  • QuickHashIntSet::loadFromString - This factory method creates a set from a string
  • QuickHashIntSet::saveToFile - This method stores an in-memory set to disk
  • QuickHashIntSet::saveToString - This method returns a serialized version of the set
  • QuickHashIntSet::__construct - Creates a new QuickHashIntSet object
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::add - This method adds a new entry to the hash
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::delete - This method deletes am entry from the hash
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::exists - This method checks whether a key is part of the hash
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::get - This method retrieves a value from the hash by its key
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::getSize - Returns the number of elements in the hash
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::loadFromFile - This factory method creates a hash from a file
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::loadFromString - This factory method creates a hash from a string
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::saveToFile - This method stores an in-memory hash to disk
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::saveToString - This method returns a serialized version of the hash
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::set - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value, or adds a new one if the entry doesn't exist
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::update - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::__construct - Creates a new QuickHashIntStringHash object
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::add - This method adds a new entry to the hash
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::delete - This method deletes am entry from the hash
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::exists - This method checks whether a key is part of the hash
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::get - This method retrieves a value from the hash by its key
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::getSize - Returns the number of elements in the hash
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::loadFromFile - This factory method creates a hash from a file
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::loadFromString - This factory method creates a hash from a string
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::saveToFile - This method stores an in-memory hash to disk
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::saveToString - This method returns a serialized version of the hash
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::set - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value, or adds a new one if the entry doesn't exist
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::update - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::__construct - Creates a new QuickHashStringIntHash object
  • quoted_printable_decode - Converte una stringa 'quoted-printable' in una stringa a 8 bit
  • quoted_printable_encode - Convert a 8 bit string to a quoted-printable string
  • quotemeta - Quota i meta caratteri
• r
  • rad2deg - Converte un numero in radianti nell'equivalente numero in gradi
  • radius_acct_open - Creates a Radius handle for accounting
  • radius_add_server - Adds a server
  • radius_auth_open - Creates a Radius handle for authentication
  • radius_close - Frees all ressources
  • radius_config - Causes the library to read the given configuration file
  • radius_create_request - Create accounting or authentication request
  • radius_cvt_addr - Converts raw data to IP-Address
  • radius_cvt_int - Converts raw data to integer
  • radius_cvt_string - Converts raw data to string
  • radius_demangle - Demangles data
  • radius_demangle_mppe_key - Derives mppe-keys from mangled data
  • radius_get_attr - Extracts an attribute
  • radius_get_vendor_attr - Extracts a vendor specific attribute
  • radius_put_addr - Attaches an IP-Address attribute
  • radius_put_attr - Attaches a binary attribute
  • radius_put_int - Attaches an integer attribute
  • radius_put_string - Attaches a string attribute
  • radius_put_vendor_addr - Attaches a vendor specific IP-Address attribute
  • radius_put_vendor_attr - Attaches a vendor specific binary attribute
  • radius_put_vendor_int - Attaches a vendor specific integer attribute
  • radius_put_vendor_string - Attaches a vendor specific string attribute
  • radius_request_authenticator - Returns the request authenticator
  • radius_send_request - Sends the request and waites for a reply
  • radius_server_secret - Returns the shared secret
  • radius_strerror - Returns an error message
  • rand - Genera un valore casuale
  • range - Crea un array contenente una serie di elementi
  • rar:// - RAR
  • RarArchive::close - Close RAR archive and free all resources
  • RarArchive::getComment - Get comment text from the RAR archive
  • RarArchive::getEntries - Get full list of entries from the RAR archive
  • RarArchive::getEntry - Get entry object from the RAR archive
  • RarArchive::isBroken - Test whether an archive is broken (incomplete)
  • RarArchive::isSolid - Check whether the RAR archive is solid
  • RarArchive::open - Open RAR archive
  • RarArchive::setAllowBroken - Whether opening broken archives is allowed
  • RarArchive::__toString - Get text representation
  • RarEntry::extract - Extract entry from the archive
  • RarEntry::getAttr - Get attributes of the entry
  • RarEntry::getCrc - Get CRC of the entry
  • RarEntry::getFileTime - Get entry last modification time
  • RarEntry::getHostOs - Get entry host OS
  • RarEntry::getMethod - Get pack method of the entry
  • RarEntry::getName - Get name of the entry
  • RarEntry::getPackedSize - Get packed size of the entry
  • RarEntry::getStream - Get file handler for entry
  • RarEntry::getUnpackedSize - Get unpacked size of the entry
  • RarEntry::getVersion - Get minimum version of RAR program required to unpack the entry
  • RarEntry::isDirectory - Test whether an entry represents a directory
  • RarEntry::isEncrypted - Test whether an entry is encrypted
  • RarEntry::__toString - Get text representation of entry
  • RarException::isUsingExceptions - Check whether error handling with exceptions is in use
  • RarException::setUsingExceptions - Activate and deactivate error handling with exceptions
  • rar_wrapper_cache_stats - Cache hits and misses for the URL wrapper
  • rawurldecode - Decode URL-encoded strings
  • rawurlencode - URL-encode according to RFC 3986
  • readdir - Legge una voce dall'handle della directory
  • readfile - Invia un file
  • readgzfile - Output a gz-file
  • readline - Reads a line
  • readline_add_history - Adds a line to the history
  • readline_callback_handler_install - Initializes the readline callback interface and terminal, prints the prompt and returns immediately
  • readline_callback_handler_remove - Removes a previously installed callback handler and restores terminal settings
  • readline_callback_read_char - Reads a character and informs the readline callback interface when a line is received
  • readline_clear_history - Clears the history
  • readline_completion_function - Registers a completion function
  • readline_info - Gets/sets various internal readline variables
  • readline_list_history - Lists the history
  • readline_on_new_line - Inform readline that the cursor has moved to a new line
  • readline_read_history - Reads the history
  • readline_redisplay - Redraws the display
  • readline_write_history - Writes the history
  • readlink - Restituisce il target di un link simbolico
  • read_exif_data - Alias di exif_read_data
  • realpath - Restituisce un percorso assoluto regolare
  • realpath_cache_get - Get realpath cache entries
  • realpath_cache_size - Get realpath cache size
  • recode - Alias di recode_string
  • recode_file - Recode from file to file according to recode request
  • recode_string - Recode a string according to a recode request
  • RecursiveArrayIterator::getChildren - Returns an iterator for the current entry if it is an array or an object.
  • RecursiveArrayIterator::hasChildren - Returns whether current entry is an array or an object.
  • RecursiveCachingIterator::getChildren - Return the inner iterator's children as a RecursiveCachingIterator
  • RecursiveCachingIterator::hasChildren - Check whether the current element of the inner iterator has children
  • RecursiveCachingIterator::__construct - Construct
  • RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator::getChildren - Return the inner iterator's children contained in a RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator
  • RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator::hasChildren - Check whether the inner iterator's current element has children
  • RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator::__construct - Create a RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator from a RecursiveIterator
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::getChildren - Returns an iterator for the current entry if it is a directory
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::getSubPath - Get sub path
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::getSubPathname - Get sub path and name
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::hasChildren - Returns whether current entry is a directory and not '.' or '..'
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::key - Return path and filename of current dir entry
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::next - Move to next entry
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::rewind - Rewind dir back to the start
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::__construct - Constructs a RecursiveDirectoryIterator
  • RecursiveFilterIterator::getChildren - Return the inner iterator's children contained in a RecursiveFilterIterator
  • RecursiveFilterIterator::hasChildren - Check whether the inner iterator's current element has children
  • RecursiveFilterIterator::__construct - Create a RecursiveFilterIterator from a RecursiveIterator
  • RecursiveIterator::getChildren - Returns an iterator for the current entry.
  • RecursiveIterator::hasChildren - Returns if an iterator can be created fot the current entry.
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::beginChildren - Begin children
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::beginIteration - Begin Iteration
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::callGetChildren - Get children
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::callHasChildren - Has children
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::current - Access the current element value
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::endChildren - End children
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::endIteration - End Iteration
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::getDepth - Get the current depth of the recursive iteration
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::getInnerIterator - Get inner iterator
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::getMaxDepth - Get max depth
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::getSubIterator - The current active sub iterator
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::key - Access the current key
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::next - Move forward to the next element
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::nextElement - Next element
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator to the first element of the top level inner iterator
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::setMaxDepth - Set max depth
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::valid - Check whether the current position is valid
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::__construct - Construct a RecursiveIteratorIterator
  • RecursiveRegexIterator::getChildren - Returns an iterator for the current entry.
  • RecursiveRegexIterator::hasChildren - Returns whether an iterator can be obtained for the current entry.
  • RecursiveRegexIterator::__construct - Creates a new RecursiveRegexIterator.
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::beginChildren - Begin children
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::beginIteration - Begin iteration
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::callGetChildren - Get children
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::callHasChildren - Has children
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::current - Get current element
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::endChildren - End children
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::endIteration - End iteration
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::getEntry - Get current entry
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::getPostfix - Get the postfix
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::getPrefix - Get the prefix
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::key - Get the key of the current element
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::next - Move to next element
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::nextElement - Next element
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::rewind - Rewind iterator
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::setPrefixPart - Set a part of the prefix
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::valid - Check validity
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::__construct - Construct a RecursiveTreeIterator
  • Reflection::export - Exports
  • Reflection::getModifierNames - Gets modifier names
  • ReflectionClass::export - Exports a class
  • ReflectionClass::getConstant - Gets defined constant
  • ReflectionClass::getConstants - Gets constants
  • ReflectionClass::getConstructor - Gets the constructor of the class
  • ReflectionClass::getDefaultProperties - Gets default properties
  • ReflectionClass::getDocComment - Gets doc comments
  • ReflectionClass::getEndLine - Gets end line
  • ReflectionClass::getExtension - Gets a ReflectionExtension object for the extension which defined the class
  • ReflectionClass::getExtensionName - Gets the name of the extension which defined the class
  • ReflectionClass::getFileName - Gets the filename of the file in which the class has been defined
  • ReflectionClass::getInterfaceNames - Gets the interface names
  • ReflectionClass::getInterfaces - Gets the interfaces
  • ReflectionClass::getMethod - Gets a ReflectionMethod for a class method.
  • ReflectionClass::getMethods - Gets an array of methods
  • ReflectionClass::getModifiers - Gets modifiers
  • ReflectionClass::getName - Gets class name
  • ReflectionClass::getNamespaceName - Gets namespace name
  • ReflectionClass::getParentClass - Gets parent class
  • ReflectionClass::getProperties - Gets properties
  • ReflectionClass::getProperty - Gets a ReflectionProperty for a class's property
  • ReflectionClass::getShortName - Gets short name
  • ReflectionClass::getStartLine - Gets starting line number
  • ReflectionClass::getStaticProperties - Gets static properties
  • ReflectionClass::getStaticPropertyValue - Gets static property value
  • ReflectionClass::getTraitAliases - Returns an array of trait aliases
  • ReflectionClass::getTraitNames - Returns an array of names of traits used by this class
  • ReflectionClass::getTraits - Returns an array of traits used by this class
  • ReflectionClass::hasConstant - Checks if constant is defined
  • ReflectionClass::hasMethod - Checks if method is defined
  • ReflectionClass::hasProperty - Checks if property is defined
  • ReflectionClass::implementsInterface - Implements interface
  • ReflectionClass::inNamespace - Checks if in namespace
  • ReflectionClass::isAbstract - Checks if class is abstract
  • ReflectionClass::isCloneable - Returns whether this class is cloneable
  • ReflectionClass::isFinal - Checks if class is final
  • ReflectionClass::isInstance - Checks class for instance
  • ReflectionClass::isInstantiable - Checks if the class is instantiable
  • ReflectionClass::isInterface - Checks if the class is an interface
  • ReflectionClass::isInternal - Checks if class is defined internally by an extension, or the core
  • ReflectionClass::isIterateable - Checks if iterateable
  • ReflectionClass::isSubclassOf - Checks if a subclass
  • ReflectionClass::isTrait - Returns whether this is a trait
  • ReflectionClass::isUserDefined - Checks if user defined
  • ReflectionClass::newInstance - Creates a new class instance from given arguments.
  • ReflectionClass::newInstanceArgs - Creates a new class instance from given arguments.
  • ReflectionClass::newInstanceWithoutConstructor - Creates a new class instance without invoking the constructor.
  • ReflectionClass::setStaticPropertyValue - Sets static property value
  • ReflectionClass::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionClass
  • ReflectionClass::__toString - Returns the string representation of the ReflectionClass object.
  • ReflectionExtension::export - Export
  • ReflectionExtension::getClasses - Gets classes
  • ReflectionExtension::getClassNames - Gets class names
  • ReflectionExtension::getConstants - Gets constants
  • ReflectionExtension::getDependencies - Gets dependencies
  • ReflectionExtension::getFunctions - Gets extension functions
  • ReflectionExtension::getINIEntries - Gets extension ini entries
  • ReflectionExtension::getName - Gets extension name
  • ReflectionExtension::getVersion - Gets extension version
  • ReflectionExtension::info - Print extension info
  • ReflectionExtension::isPersistent - Returns whether this extension is persistent
  • ReflectionExtension::isTemporary - Returns whether this extension is temporary
  • ReflectionExtension::__clone - Clones
  • ReflectionExtension::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionExtension
  • ReflectionExtension::__toString - To string
  • ReflectionFunction::export - Exports function
  • ReflectionFunction::getClosure - Returns a dynamically created closure for the function
  • ReflectionFunction::invoke - Invokes function
  • ReflectionFunction::invokeArgs - Invokes function args
  • ReflectionFunction::isDisabled - Checks if function is disabled
  • ReflectionFunction::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionFunction object
  • ReflectionFunction::__toString - To string
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getClosureThis - Returns this pointer bound to closure
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getDocComment - Gets doc comment
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getEndLine - Gets end line number
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getExtension - Gets extension info
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getExtensionName - Gets extension name
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getFileName - Gets file name
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getName - Gets function name
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getNamespaceName - Gets namespace name
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getNumberOfParameters - Gets number of parameters
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getNumberOfRequiredParameters - Gets number of required parameters
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getParameters - Gets parameters
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getShortName - Gets function short name
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getStartLine - Gets starting line number
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getStaticVariables - Gets static variables
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::inNamespace - Checks if function in namespace
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isClosure - Checks if closure
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isDeprecated - Checks if deprecated
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isInternal - Checks if is internal
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isUserDefined - Checks if user defined
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::returnsReference - Checks if returns reference
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::__clone - Clones function
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::__toString - To string
  • ReflectionMethod::export - Export a reflection method.
  • ReflectionMethod::getClosure - Returns a dynamically created closure for the method
  • ReflectionMethod::getDeclaringClass - Gets declaring class for the reflected method.
  • ReflectionMethod::getModifiers - Gets the method modifiers
  • ReflectionMethod::getPrototype - Gets the method prototype (if there is one).
  • ReflectionMethod::invoke - Invoke
  • ReflectionMethod::invokeArgs - Invoke args
  • ReflectionMethod::isAbstract - Checks if method is abstract
  • ReflectionMethod::isConstructor - Checks if method is a constructor
  • ReflectionMethod::isDestructor - Checks if method is a destructor
  • ReflectionMethod::isFinal - Checks if method is final
  • ReflectionMethod::isPrivate - Checks if method is private
  • ReflectionMethod::isProtected - Checks if method is protected
  • ReflectionMethod::isPublic - Checks if method is public
  • ReflectionMethod::isStatic - Checks if method is static
  • ReflectionMethod::setAccessible - Set method accessibility
  • ReflectionMethod::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionMethod
  • ReflectionMethod::__toString - Returns the string representation of the Reflection method object.
  • ReflectionObject::export - Export
  • ReflectionObject::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionObject
  • ReflectionParameter::allowsNull - Checks if null is allowed
  • ReflectionParameter::canBePassedByValue - Returns whether this parameter can be passed by value
  • ReflectionParameter::export - Exports
  • ReflectionParameter::getClass - Get class
  • ReflectionParameter::getDeclaringClass - Gets declaring class
  • ReflectionParameter::getDeclaringFunction - Gets declaring function
  • ReflectionParameter::getDefaultValue - Gets default parameter value
  • ReflectionParameter::getName - Gets parameter name
  • ReflectionParameter::getPosition - Gets parameter position
  • ReflectionParameter::isArray - Checks if parameter expects an array
  • ReflectionParameter::isDefaultValueAvailable - Checks if a default value is available
  • ReflectionParameter::isOptional - Checks if optional
  • ReflectionParameter::isPassedByReference - Checks if passed by reference
  • ReflectionParameter::__clone - Clone
  • ReflectionParameter::__construct - Construct
  • ReflectionParameter::__toString - To string
  • ReflectionProperty::export - Export
  • ReflectionProperty::getDeclaringClass - Gets declaring class
  • ReflectionProperty::getDocComment - Gets doc comment
  • ReflectionProperty::getModifiers - Gets modifiers
  • ReflectionProperty::getName - Gets property name
  • ReflectionProperty::getValue - Gets value
  • ReflectionProperty::isDefault - Checks if default value
  • ReflectionProperty::isPrivate - Checks if property is private
  • ReflectionProperty::isProtected - Checks if property is protected
  • ReflectionProperty::isPublic - Checks if property is public
  • ReflectionProperty::isStatic - Checks if property is static
  • ReflectionProperty::setAccessible - Set property accessibility
  • ReflectionProperty::setValue - Set property value
  • ReflectionProperty::__clone - Clone
  • ReflectionProperty::__construct - Construct a ReflectionProperty object
  • ReflectionProperty::__toString - To string
  • ReflectionZendExtension::export - Export
  • ReflectionZendExtension::getAuthor - Gets author
  • ReflectionZendExtension::getCopyright - Gets copyright
  • ReflectionZendExtension::getName - Gets name
  • ReflectionZendExtension::getURL - Gets URL
  • ReflectionZendExtension::getVersion - Gets version
  • ReflectionZendExtension::__clone - Clone handler
  • ReflectionZendExtension::__construct - Constructor
  • ReflectionZendExtension::__toString - To string handler
  • Reflector::export - Exports
  • Reflector::__toString - To string
  • RegexIterator::accept - Get accept status
  • RegexIterator::getFlags - Get flags
  • RegexIterator::getMode - Returns operation mode.
  • RegexIterator::getPregFlags - Returns the regular expression flags.
  • RegexIterator::getRegex - Returns current regular expression
  • RegexIterator::setFlags - Sets the flags.
  • RegexIterator::setMode - Sets the operation mode.
  • RegexIterator::setPregFlags - Sets the regular expression flags.
  • RegexIterator::__construct - Create a new RegexIterator
  • register_shutdown_function - Register a function for execution on shutdown
  • register_tick_function - Register a function for execution on each tick
  • rename - Rinomina un file o una directory
  • rename_function - Renames orig_name to new_name in the global function table
  • reset - Reimposta il puntatore interno di un array sulla posizione iniziale
  • ResourceBundle::count - Get number of elements in the bundle
  • ResourceBundle::create - Create a resource bundle
  • ResourceBundle::get - Get data from the bundle
  • ResourceBundle::getErrorCode - Get bundle's last error code.
  • ResourceBundle::getErrorMessage - Get bundle's last error message.
  • ResourceBundle::getLocales - Get supported locales
  • restore_error_handler - Ripristina la precedente funzione di gestione dell'errore
  • restore_exception_handler - Ripristina la funzione di gestione delle eccezioni definita in precedenza
  • restore_include_path - Ripristina il valore dell'opzione include_path
  • rewind - Riavvolge la posizione di un puntatore a file
  • rewinddir - Riavvolge l'handle della directory
  • rmdir - Rimuove una directory
  • round - Arrotonda un numero non intero
  • rpm_close - Closes an RPM file
  • rpm_get_tag - Retrieves a header tag from an RPM file
  • rpm_is_valid - Tests a filename for validity as an RPM file
  • rpm_open - Opens an RPM file
  • rpm_version - Returns a string representing the current version of the rpmreader extension
  • RRDCreator::addArchive - Adds RRA - archive of data values for each data source.
  • RRDCreator::addDataSource - Adds data source definition for RRD database.
  • RRDCreator::save - Saves the RRD database to a file
  • RRDCreator::__construct - Creates new RRDCreator instance
  • RRDGraph::save - Saves the result of query into image
  • RRDGraph::saveVerbose - Saves the RRD database query into image and returns the verbose information about generated graph.
  • RRDGraph::setOptions - Sets the options for rrd graph export
  • RRDGraph::__construct - Creates new RRDGraph instance
  • RRDUpdater::update - Update the RRD database file
  • RRDUpdater::__construct - Creates new RRDUpdater instance
  • rrd_create - Creates rrd database file
  • rrd_error - Gets latest error message.
  • rrd_fetch - Fetch the data for graph as array.
  • rrd_first - Gets the timestamp of the first sample from rrd file.
  • rrd_graph - Creates image from a data.
  • rrd_info - Gets information about rrd file
  • rrd_last - Gets unix timestamp of the last sample.
  • rrd_lastupdate - Gets information about last updated data.
  • rrd_restore - Restores the RRD file from XML dump.
  • rrd_tune - Tunes some RRD database file header options.
  • rrd_update - Updates the RRD database.
  • rrd_version - Gets information about underlying rrdtool library
  • rrd_xport - Exports the information about RRD database.
  • rsort - Ordina un array in ordine decrescente
  • rtrim - Rimuove gli spazi (ed altri caratteri) dalla fine della stringa
  • runkit_class_adopt - Convert a base class to an inherited class, add ancestral methods when appropriate
  • runkit_class_emancipate - Convert an inherited class to a base class, removes any method whose scope is ancestral
  • runkit_constant_add - Similar to define(), but allows defining in class definitions as well
  • runkit_constant_redefine - Redefine an already defined constant
  • runkit_constant_remove - Remove/Delete an already defined constant
  • runkit_function_add - Add a new function, similar to create_function
  • runkit_function_copy - Copy a function to a new function name
  • runkit_function_redefine - Replace a function definition with a new implementation
  • runkit_function_remove - Remove a function definition
  • runkit_function_rename - Change a function's name
  • runkit_import - Process a PHP file importing function and class definitions, overwriting where appropriate
  • runkit_lint - Check the PHP syntax of the specified php code
  • runkit_lint_file - Check the PHP syntax of the specified file
  • runkit_method_add - Dynamically adds a new method to a given class
  • runkit_method_copy - Copies a method from class to another
  • runkit_method_redefine - Dynamically changes the code of the given method
  • runkit_method_remove - Dynamically removes the given method
  • runkit_method_rename - Dynamically changes the name of the given method
  • runkit_return_value_used - Determines if the current functions return value will be used
  • Runkit_Sandbox - Runkit Sandbox Class -- PHP Virtual Machine
  • runkit_sandbox_output_handler - Specify a function to capture and/or process output from a runkit sandbox
  • Runkit_Sandbox_Parent - Runkit Anti-Sandbox Class
  • runkit_superglobals - Return numerically indexed array of registered superglobals
• s
  • SAMConnection::commit - Commits (completes) the current unit of work.
  • SAMConnection::connect - Establishes a connection to a Messaging Server
  • SAMConnection::disconnect - Disconnects from a Messaging Server
  • SAMConnection::errno - Contains the unique numeric error code of the last executed SAM operation.
  • SAMConnection::error - Contains the text description of the last failed SAM operation.
  • SAMConnection::isConnected - Queries whether a connection is established to a Messaging Server
  • SAMConnection::peek - Read a message from a queue without removing it from the queue.
  • SAMConnection::peekAll - Read one or more messages from a queue without removing it from the queue.
  • SAMConnection::receive - Receive a message from a queue or subscription.
  • SAMConnection::remove - Remove a message from a queue.
  • SAMConnection::rollback - Cancels (rolls back) an in-flight unit of work.
  • SAMConnection::send - Send a message to a queue or publish an item to a topic.
  • SAMConnection::setDebug - Turn on or off additional debugging output.
  • SAMConnection::subscribe - Create a subscription to a specified topic.
  • SAMConnection::unsubscribe - Cancel a subscription to a specified topic.
  • SAMConnection::__construct - Creates a new connection to a Messaging Server
  • SAMMessage::body - The body of the message.
  • SAMMessage::header - The header properties of the message.
  • SAMMessage::__construct - Creates a new Message object
  • SCA::createDataObject - create an SDO
  • SCA::getService - Obtain a proxy for a service
  • scandir - List files and directories inside the specified path
  • SCA_LocalProxy::createDataObject - create an SDO
  • SCA_SoapProxy::createDataObject - create an SDO
  • SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::beginLogging - Begin change logging
  • SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::endLogging - End change logging
  • SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::getChangedDataObjects - Get the changed data objects from a change summary
  • SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::getChangeType - Get the type of change made to an SDO_DataObject
  • SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::getOldContainer - Get the old container for a deleted SDO_DataObject
  • SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::getOldValues - Get the old values for a given changed SDO_DataObject
  • SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::isLogging - Test to see whether change logging is switched on
  • SDO_DAS_DataFactory::addPropertyToType - Adds a property to a type
  • SDO_DAS_DataFactory::addType - Add a new type to a model
  • SDO_DAS_DataFactory::getDataFactory - Get a data factory instance
  • SDO_DAS_DataObject::getChangeSummary - Get a data object's change summary
  • SDO_DAS_Relational::applyChanges - Applies the changes made to a data graph back to the database.
  • SDO_DAS_Relational::createRootDataObject - Returns the special root object in an otherwise empty data graph. Used when creating a data graph from scratch.
  • SDO_DAS_Relational::executePreparedQuery - Executes an SQL query passed as a prepared statement, with a list of values to substitute for placeholders, and return the results as a normalised data graph.
  • SDO_DAS_Relational::executeQuery - Executes a given SQL query against a relational database and returns the results as a normalised data graph.
  • SDO_DAS_Relational::__construct - Creates an instance of a Relational Data Access Service
  • SDO_DAS_Setting::getListIndex - Get the list index for a changed many-valued property
  • SDO_DAS_Setting::getPropertyIndex - Get the property index for a changed property
  • SDO_DAS_Setting::getPropertyName - Get the property name for a changed property
  • SDO_DAS_Setting::getValue - Get the old value for the changed property
  • SDO_DAS_Setting::isSet - Test whether a property was set prior to being modified
  • SDO_DAS_XML::addTypes - To load a second or subsequent schema file to a SDO_DAS_XML object
  • SDO_DAS_XML::create - To create SDO_DAS_XML object for a given schema file
  • SDO_DAS_XML::createDataObject - Creates SDO_DataObject for a given namespace URI and type name
  • SDO_DAS_XML::createDocument - Creates an XML Document object from scratch, without the need to load a document from a file or string.
  • SDO_DAS_XML::loadFile - Returns SDO_DAS_XML_Document object for a given path to xml instance document
  • SDO_DAS_XML::loadString - Returns SDO_DAS_XML_Document for a given xml instance string
  • SDO_DAS_XML::saveFile - Saves the SDO_DAS_XML_Document object to a file
  • SDO_DAS_XML::saveString - Saves the SDO_DAS_XML_Document object to a string
  • SDO_DAS_XML_Document::getRootDataObject - Returns the root SDO_DataObject
  • SDO_DAS_XML_Document::getRootElementName - Returns root element's name
  • SDO_DAS_XML_Document::getRootElementURI - Returns root element's URI string
  • SDO_DAS_XML_Document::setEncoding - Sets the given string as encoding
  • SDO_DAS_XML_Document::setXMLDeclaration - Sets the xml declaration
  • SDO_DAS_XML_Document::setXMLVersion - Sets the given string as xml version
  • SDO_DataFactory::create - Create an SDO_DataObject
  • SDO_DataObject::clear - Clear an SDO_DataObject's properties
  • SDO_DataObject::createDataObject - Create a child SDO_DataObject
  • SDO_DataObject::getContainer - Get a data object's container
  • SDO_DataObject::getSequence - Get the sequence for a data object
  • SDO_DataObject::getTypeName - Return the name of the type for a data object.
  • SDO_DataObject::getTypeNamespaceURI - Return the namespace URI of the type for a data object.
  • SDO_Exception::getCause - Get the cause of the exception.
  • SDO_List::insert - Insert into a list
  • SDO_Model_Property::getContainingType - Get the SDO_Model_Type which contains this property
  • SDO_Model_Property::getDefault - Get the default value for the property
  • SDO_Model_Property::getName - Get the name of the SDO_Model_Property
  • SDO_Model_Property::getType - Get the SDO_Model_Type of the property
  • SDO_Model_Property::isContainment - Test to see if the property defines a containment relationship
  • SDO_Model_Property::isMany - Test to see if the property is many-valued
  • SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject::export - Get a string describing the SDO_DataObject.
  • SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject::getContainmentProperty - Get the property which defines the containment relationship to the data object
  • SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject::getInstanceProperties - Get the instance properties of the SDO_DataObject
  • SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject::getType - Get the SDO_Model_Type for the SDO_DataObject
  • SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject::__construct - Construct an SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject
  • SDO_Model_Type::getBaseType - Get the base type for this type
  • SDO_Model_Type::getName - Get the name of the type
  • SDO_Model_Type::getNamespaceURI - Get the namespace URI of the type
  • SDO_Model_Type::getProperties - Get the SDO_Model_Property objects defined for the type
  • SDO_Model_Type::getProperty - Get an SDO_Model_Property of the type
  • SDO_Model_Type::isAbstractType - Test to see if this SDO_Model_Type is an abstract data type
  • SDO_Model_Type::isDataType - Test to see if this SDO_Model_Type is a primitive data type
  • SDO_Model_Type::isInstance - Test for an SDO_DataObject being an instance of this SDO_Model_Type
  • SDO_Model_Type::isOpenType - Test to see if this type is an open type
  • SDO_Model_Type::isSequencedType - Test to see if this is a sequenced type
  • SDO_Sequence::getProperty - Return the property for the specified sequence index.
  • SDO_Sequence::insert - Insert into a sequence
  • SDO_Sequence::move - Move an item to another sequence position
  • SeekableIterator::seek - Seeks to a position
  • sem_acquire - Acquisisce un semaforo
  • sem_get - Ottiene l'id di un semaforo
  • sem_release - Rilascia un semaforo
  • sem_remove - Rimuove un semaforo
  • Serializable::serialize - String representation of object
  • Serializable::unserialize - Constructs the object
  • serialize - Genera una versione archiviabile del valore
  • SessionHandler::close - Close the session
  • SessionHandler::destroy - Destroy a session
  • SessionHandler::gc - Cleanup old sessions
  • SessionHandler::open - Initialize session
  • SessionHandler::read - Read session data
  • SessionHandler::write - Write session data
  • SessionHandlerInterface::close - Close the session
  • SessionHandlerInterface::destroy - Destroy a session
  • SessionHandlerInterface::gc - Cleanup old sessions
  • SessionHandlerInterface::open - Initialize session
  • SessionHandlerInterface::read - Read session data
  • SessionHandlerInterface::write - Write session data
  • session_cache_expire - Ritorna il valore corrente di scadenza della cache
  • session_cache_limiter - Assume o imposta il limitatore di cache corrente
  • session_commit - Alias di session_write_close
  • session_decode - Decodifica i dati di sessione da una stringa
  • session_destroy - Distrugge tutti i dati registrati in una sessione
  • session_encode - Codifica i dati della sessione corrente in una stringa
  • session_get_cookie_params - Restituisce i parametri del cookie di sessione
  • session_id - Assume o imposta l'id di sessione corrente
  • session_is_registered - Scopre se una variabile è registrata nella sessione
  • session_module_name - Assume o imposta il corrente modulo di sessione
  • session_name - Recupera e/o imposta il nome della sessione corrente
  • session_pgsql_add_error - Increments error counts and sets last error message
  • session_pgsql_get_error - Returns number of errors and last error message
  • session_pgsql_get_field - Get custom field value
  • session_pgsql_reset - Reset connection to session database servers
  • session_pgsql_set_field - Set custom field value
  • session_pgsql_status - Get current save handler status
  • session_regenerate_id - Update the current session id with a newly generated one
  • session_register - Registra una o più variabili con la sessione corrente
  • session_register_shutdown - Session shutdown function
  • session_save_path - Assume o stabilisce il percorso di salvataggio sessione corrente
  • session_set_cookie_params - Imposta i parametri del cookie di sessione
  • session_set_save_handler - Imposta le funzioni di archiviazione sessioni a livello utente
  • session_start - Inizializza i dati di sessione
  • session_status - Returns the current session status
  • session_unregister - Deregistra una variabile dalla sessione corrente
  • session_unset - Libera tutte le variabili di sessione
  • session_write_close - Scrive i dati di sessione e termina la sessione
  • setcookie - Send a cookie
  • setlocale - Imposta i parametri di localizzazione
  • setproctitle - Set the process title
  • setrawcookie - Send a cookie without urlencoding the cookie value
  • setthreadtitle - Set the thread title
  • settype - Definisce il tipo di una variabile
  • set_error_handler - Configura una funzione di gestione dell'errore definita dall'utente.
  • set_exception_handler - Imposta una funzione di gestione delle eccezioni definita dall'utente
  • set_file_buffer - Alias di stream_set_write_buffer
  • set_include_path - Imposta include_path
  • set_magic_quotes_runtime - Imposta il valore attuale di magic_quotes_runtime
  • set_socket_blocking - Alias di stream_set_blocking
  • set_time_limit - Limita il tempo massimo di esecuzione
  • sha1 - Calcola l'hash sha1 di una stringa
  • sha1_file - Calcola l'hash sha1 di un file
  • shell_exec - Esegue un comando attraverso la shell e restituisce l'output completo come stringa
  • shmop_close - Chiusura di un blocco di memoria condivisa
  • shmop_delete - Cancella un blocco di memoria condivisa
  • shmop_open - Crea oppure apre un segmento di memoria condivisa
  • shmop_read - Legge i dati da un segmento di memoria condivisa
  • shmop_size - Restituisce la dimensione di un blocco di memoria condivisa
  • shmop_write - Scrittura di dati nel blocco di memoria condivisa
  • shm_attach - Crea oppure apre un segmento di memoria condivisa
  • shm_detach - Disconnette da un segmento di memoria condivisa
  • shm_get_var - Restituisce una variabile dalla memoria condivisa
  • shm_has_var - Check whether a specific entry exists
  • shm_put_var - Inserisce o aggiorna una variabile nella memoria condivisa
  • shm_remove - Rimuove un segmento di memoria condivisa dal sistema Unix
  • shm_remove_var - Rimuove una variabile dalla memoria condivisa
  • show_source - Alias di highlight_file
  • shuffle - Mescola un array
  • signeurlpaiement - Obtain the payment url (needs 2 arguments)
  • similar_text - Calcola la similitudine tra due stringhe
  • SimpleXMLElement::addAttribute - Adds an attribute to the SimpleXML element
  • SimpleXMLElement::addChild - Adds a child element to the XML node
  • SimpleXMLElement::asXML - Return a well-formed XML string based on SimpleXML element
  • SimpleXMLElement::attributes - Identifies an element's attributes
  • SimpleXMLElement::children - Finds children of given node
  • SimpleXMLElement::count - Counts the children of an element
  • SimpleXMLElement::getDocNamespaces - Returns namespaces declared in document
  • SimpleXMLElement::getName - Gets the name of the XML element
  • SimpleXMLElement::getNamespaces - Returns namespaces used in document
  • SimpleXMLElement::registerXPathNamespace - Creates a prefix/ns context for the next XPath query
  • SimpleXMLElement::saveXML - Alias di SimpleXMLElement::asXML
  • SimpleXMLElement::xpath - Runs XPath query on XML data
  • SimpleXMLElement::__construct - Creates a new SimpleXMLElement object
  • SimpleXMLIterator::current - Returns the current element
  • SimpleXMLIterator::getChildren - Returns the sub-elements of the current element
  • SimpleXMLIterator::hasChildren - Checks whether the current element has sub elements.
  • SimpleXMLIterator::key - Return current key
  • SimpleXMLIterator::next - Move to next element
  • SimpleXMLIterator::rewind - Rewind to the first element
  • SimpleXMLIterator::valid - Check whether the current element is valid
  • simplexml_import_dom - Get a SimpleXMLElement object from a DOM node.
  • simplexml_load_file - Interprets an XML file into an object
  • simplexml_load_string - Interprets a string of XML into an object
  • sin - Seno
  • sinh - Seno iperbolico
  • sizeof - Alias di count
  • sleep - Delay execution
  • snmp2_get - Fetch an SNMP object
  • snmp2_getnext - Fetch the SNMP object which follows the given object id
  • snmp2_real_walk - Return all objects including their respective object ID within the specified one
  • snmp2_set - Set the value of an SNMP object
  • snmp2_walk - Fetch all the SNMP objects from an agent
  • snmp3_get - Fetch an SNMP object
  • snmp3_getnext - Fetch the SNMP object which follows the given object id
  • snmp3_real_walk - Return all objects including their respective object ID within the specified one
  • snmp3_set - Set the value of an SNMP object
  • snmp3_walk - Fetch all the SNMP objects from an agent
  • SNMP::close - Close SNMP session
  • SNMP::get - Fetch an SNMP object
  • SNMP::getErrno - Get last error code
  • SNMP::getError - Get last error message
  • SNMP::getnext - Fetch an SNMP object which follows the given object id
  • SNMP::set - Set the value of an SNMP object
  • SNMP::setSecurity - Configures security-related SNMPv3 session parameters
  • SNMP::walk - Fetch SNMP object subtree
  • SNMP::__construct - Creates SNMP instance representing session to remote SNMP agent
  • snmpget - Preleva un oggetto SNMP
  • snmpgetnext - Fetch the SNMP object which follows the given object id
  • snmprealwalk - Restituisce tutti gli oggetti compresi i rispettivi ID di oggetto
  • snmpset - Valorizza un oggetto SNMP
  • snmpwalk - Scarica tutti gli oggetti SNMP da un agente
  • snmpwalkoid - Richiesta dell'albero delle informazioni di una macchina di rete
  • snmp_get_quick_print - Restituisce il valore corrente per il parametro quick_print della libreria UCD
  • snmp_get_valueretrieval - Return the method how the SNMP values will be returned
  • snmp_read_mib - Reads and parses a MIB file into the active MIB tree
  • snmp_set_enum_print - Return all values that are enums with their enum value instead of the raw integer
  • snmp_set_oid_numeric_print - Return all objects including their respective object id within the specified one
  • snmp_set_oid_output_format - Set the OID output format
  • snmp_set_quick_print - Setta il valore di quick_print
  • snmp_set_valueretrieval - Specify the method how the SNMP values will be returned
  • SoapClient::SoapClient - SoapClient constructor
  • SoapClient::__call - Calls a SOAP function (deprecated)
  • SoapClient::__construct - SoapClient constructor
  • SoapClient::__doRequest - Performs a SOAP request
  • SoapClient::__getFunctions - Returns list of available SOAP functions
  • SoapClient::__getLastRequest - Returns last SOAP request
  • SoapClient::__getLastRequestHeaders - Returns the SOAP headers from the last request
  • SoapClient::__getLastResponse - Returns last SOAP response
  • SoapClient::__getLastResponseHeaders - Returns the SOAP headers from the last response
  • SoapClient::__getTypes - Returns a list of SOAP types
  • SoapClient::__setCookie - The __setCookie purpose
  • SoapClient::__setLocation - Sets the location of the Web service to use
  • SoapClient::__setSoapHeaders - Sets SOAP headers for subsequent calls
  • SoapClient::__soapCall - Calls a SOAP function
  • SoapFault::SoapFault - SoapFault constructor
  • SoapFault::__construct - SoapFault constructor
  • SoapFault::__toString - Obtain a string representation of a SoapFault
  • SoapHeader::SoapHeader - SoapHeader constructor
  • SoapHeader::__construct - SoapHeader constructor
  • SoapParam::SoapParam - SoapParam constructor
  • SoapParam::__construct - SoapParam constructor
  • SoapServer::addFunction - Adds one or more functions to handle SOAP requests
  • SoapServer::addSoapHeader - Add a SOAP header to the response
  • SoapServer::fault - Issue SoapServer fault indicating an error
  • SoapServer::getFunctions - Returns list of defined functions
  • SoapServer::handle - Handles a SOAP request
  • SoapServer::setClass - Sets the class which handles SOAP requests
  • SoapServer::setObject - Sets the object which will be used to handle SOAP requests
  • SoapServer::setPersistence - Sets SoapServer persistence mode
  • SoapServer::SoapServer - SoapServer constructor
  • SoapServer::__construct - SoapServer constructor
  • SoapVar::SoapVar - SoapVar constructor
  • SoapVar::__construct - SoapVar constructor
  • Socket context options - Socket context option listing
  • socket_accept - Accetta una connessione su un socket
  • socket_bind - Bind di un nome ad un socket
  • socket_clear_error - Azzera gli erorri di un socket, oppure l'ultimo codice d'errore
  • socket_close - Chiude una risorsa di tipo socket
  • socket_connect - Inizia una connessione su un socket
  • socket_create - Crea un socket (punto terminale di una comunicazione).
  • socket_create_listen - Apre un socket per accettare connessioni su una porta
  • socket_create_pair - Crea una coppia di socket non distinguibili e li memorizza in una matrice
  • socket_getpeername - Interroga il lato remoto di un dato socket per ottenere o la combinazione host/porta od un percorso Unix, in base al tipo di socket
  • socket_getsockname - Interroga il lato locale di un dato socket e restituisce o la combinazione host/porta oppure un percorso Unix in base al tipo di socket
  • socket_get_option - Ottiene le opzioni per un socket
  • socket_get_status - Alias di stream_get_meta_data
  • socket_import_stream - Import a stream
  • socket_last_error - Restituisce l'ultimo errore su un socket.
  • socket_listen - Attende una richiesta di connessione su un socket
  • socket_read - Legge fino ad un massimo di byte predefiniti da un socket
  • socket_recv - Riceve i dati da un socket collegato
  • socket_recvfrom - Riceve i dati da un socket, che sia connesso o meno
  • socket_select - Esegue la system call select() su un set di socket con un dato timeout
  • socket_send - Invia i dati ad un socket collegato
  • socket_sendto - Invia un messaggio ad un socket, a prescindere che sia connesso o meno
  • socket_set_block - Sets blocking mode on a socket resource
  • socket_set_blocking - Alias di stream_set_blocking
  • socket_set_nonblock - Attiva la modalità "nonblocking" per il descrittore di file fd
  • socket_set_option - Valorizza le opzioni per un socket
  • socket_set_timeout - Alias di stream_set_timeout
  • socket_shutdown - Chiude un socket in ricezione, in invio o in entrambi i sensi
  • socket_strerror - Restituisce una stringa con la descrizione dell'errore.
  • socket_write - Scrive su un socket.
  • SolrClient::addDocument - Adds a document to the index
  • SolrClient::addDocuments - Adds a collection of SolrInputDocument instances to the index
  • SolrClient::commit - Finalizes all add/deletes made to the index
  • SolrClient::deleteById - Delete by Id
  • SolrClient::deleteByIds - Deletes by Ids
  • SolrClient::deleteByQueries - Removes all documents matching any of the queries
  • SolrClient::deleteByQuery - Deletes all documents matching the given query
  • SolrClient::getDebug - Returns the debug data for the last connection attempt
  • SolrClient::getOptions - Returns the client options set internally
  • SolrClient::optimize - Defragments the index
  • SolrClient::ping - Checks if Solr server is still up
  • SolrClient::query - Sends a query to the server
  • SolrClient::request - Sends a raw update request
  • SolrClient::rollback - Rollbacks all add/deletes made to the index since the last commit
  • SolrClient::setResponseWriter - Sets the response writer used to prepare the response from Solr
  • SolrClient::setServlet - Changes the specified servlet type to a new value
  • SolrClient::threads - Checks the threads status
  • SolrClient::__construct - Constructor for the SolrClient object
  • SolrClient::__destruct - Destructor for SolrClient
  • SolrClientException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
  • SolrDocument::addField - Adds a field to the document
  • SolrDocument::clear - Drops all the fields in the document
  • SolrDocument::current - Retrieves the current field
  • SolrDocument::deleteField - Removes a field from the document
  • SolrDocument::fieldExists - Checks if a field exists in the document
  • SolrDocument::getField - Retrieves a field by name
  • SolrDocument::getFieldCount - Returns the number of fields in this document
  • SolrDocument::getFieldNames - Returns an array of fields names in the document
  • SolrDocument::getInputDocument - Returns a SolrInputDocument equivalent of the object
  • SolrDocument::key - Retrieves the current key
  • SolrDocument::merge - Merges source to the current SolrDocument
  • SolrDocument::next - Moves the internal pointer to the next field
  • SolrDocument::offsetExists - Checks if a particular field exists
  • SolrDocument::offsetGet - Retrieves a field
  • SolrDocument::offsetSet - Adds a field to the document
  • SolrDocument::offsetUnset - Removes a field
  • SolrDocument::reset - This is an alias to SolrDocument::clear()
  • SolrDocument::rewind - Resets the internal pointer to the beginning
  • SolrDocument::serialize - Used for custom serialization
  • SolrDocument::sort - Sorts the fields in the document
  • SolrDocument::toArray - Returns an array representation of the document
  • SolrDocument::unserialize - Custom serialization of SolrDocument objects
  • SolrDocument::valid - Checks if the current position internally is still valid
  • SolrDocument::__clone - Creates a copy of a SolrDocument object
  • SolrDocument::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrDocument::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrDocument::__get - Acess the field as a property
  • SolrDocument::__isset - Checks if a field exists
  • SolrDocument::__set - Adds another field to the document
  • SolrDocument::__unset - Removes a field from the document
  • SolrDocumentField::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrDocumentField::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
  • SolrGenericResponse::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrGenericResponse::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrIllegalArgumentException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
  • SolrIllegalOperationException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
  • SolrInputDocument::addField - Adds a field to the document
  • SolrInputDocument::clear - Resets the input document
  • SolrInputDocument::deleteField - Removes a field from the document
  • SolrInputDocument::fieldExists - Checks if a field exists
  • SolrInputDocument::getBoost - Retrieves the current boost value for the document
  • SolrInputDocument::getField - Retrieves a field by name
  • SolrInputDocument::getFieldBoost - Retrieves the boost value for a particular field
  • SolrInputDocument::getFieldCount - Returns the number of fields in the document
  • SolrInputDocument::getFieldNames - Returns an array containing all the fields in the document
  • SolrInputDocument::merge - Merges one input document into another
  • SolrInputDocument::reset - This is an alias of SolrInputDocument::clear
  • SolrInputDocument::setBoost - Sets the boost value for this document
  • SolrInputDocument::setFieldBoost - Sets the index-time boost value for a field
  • SolrInputDocument::sort - Sorts the fields within the document
  • SolrInputDocument::toArray - Returns an array representation of the input document
  • SolrInputDocument::__clone - Creates a copy of a SolrDocument
  • SolrInputDocument::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrInputDocument::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrModifiableParams::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrModifiableParams::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrObject::getPropertyNames - Returns an array of all the names of the properties
  • SolrObject::offsetExists - Checks if the property exists
  • SolrObject::offsetGet - Used to retrieve a property
  • SolrObject::offsetSet - Sets the value for a property
  • SolrObject::offsetUnset - Sets the value for the property
  • SolrObject::__construct - Creates Solr object
  • SolrObject::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrParams::add - This is an alias for SolrParams::addParam
  • SolrParams::addParam - Adds a parameter to the object
  • SolrParams::get - This is an alias for SolrParams::getParam
  • SolrParams::getParam - Returns a parameter value
  • SolrParams::getParams - Returns an array of non URL-encoded parameters
  • SolrParams::getPreparedParams - Returns an array of URL-encoded parameters
  • SolrParams::serialize - Used for custom serialization
  • SolrParams::set - An alias of SolrParams::setParam
  • SolrParams::setParam - Sets the parameter to the specified value
  • SolrParams::toString - Returns all the name-value pair parameters in the object
  • SolrParams::unserialize - Used for custom serialization
  • SolrPingResponse::getResponse - Returns the response from the server
  • SolrPingResponse::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrPingResponse::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrQuery::addFacetDateField - Maps to facet.date
  • SolrQuery::addFacetDateOther - Adds another facet.date.other parameter
  • SolrQuery::addFacetField - Adds another field to the facet
  • SolrQuery::addFacetQuery - Adds a facet query
  • SolrQuery::addField - Specifies which fields to return in the result
  • SolrQuery::addFilterQuery - Specifies a filter query
  • SolrQuery::addHighlightField - Maps to hl.fl
  • SolrQuery::addMltField - Sets a field to use for similarity
  • SolrQuery::addMltQueryField - Maps to mlt.qf
  • SolrQuery::addSortField - Used to control how the results should be sorted
  • SolrQuery::addStatsFacet - Requests a return of sub results for values within the given facet
  • SolrQuery::addStatsField - Maps to stats.field parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacet - Returns the value of the facet parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateEnd - Returns the value for the facet.date.end parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateFields - Returns all the facet.date fields
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateGap - Returns the value of the facet.date.gap parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateHardEnd - Returns the value of the facet.date.hardend parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateOther - Returns the value for the facet.date.other parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateStart - Returns the lower bound for the first date range for all date faceting on this field
  • SolrQuery::getFacetFields - Returns all the facet fields
  • SolrQuery::getFacetLimit - Returns the maximum number of constraint counts that should be returned for the facet fields
  • SolrQuery::getFacetMethod - Returns the value of the facet.method parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetMinCount - Returns the minimum counts for facet fields should be included in the response
  • SolrQuery::getFacetMissing - Returns the current state of the facet.missing parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetOffset - Returns an offset into the list of constraints to be used for pagination
  • SolrQuery::getFacetPrefix - Returns the facet prefix
  • SolrQuery::getFacetQueries - Returns all the facet queries
  • SolrQuery::getFacetSort - Returns the facet sort type
  • SolrQuery::getFields - Returns the list of fields that will be returned in the response
  • SolrQuery::getFilterQueries - Returns an array of filter queries
  • SolrQuery::getHighlight - Returns the state of the hl parameter
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightAlternateField - Returns the highlight field to use as backup or default
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightFields - Returns all the fields that Solr should generate highlighted snippets for
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightFormatter - Returns the formatter for the highlighted output
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightFragmenter - Returns the text snippet generator for highlighted text
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightFragsize - Returns the number of characters of fragments to consider for highlighting
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightHighlightMultiTerm - Returns whether or not to enable highlighting for range/wildcard/fuzzy/prefix queries
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightMaxAlternateFieldLength - Returns the maximum number of characters of the field to return
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightMaxAnalyzedChars - Returns the maximum number of characters into a document to look for suitable snippets
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightMergeContiguous - Returns whether or not the collapse contiguous fragments into a single fragment
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightRegexMaxAnalyzedChars - Returns the maximum number of characters from a field when using the regex fragmenter
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightRegexPattern - Returns the regular expression for fragmenting
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightRegexSlop - Returns the deviation factor from the ideal fragment size
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightRequireFieldMatch - Returns if a field will only be highlighted if the query matched in this particular field
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightSimplePost - Returns the text which appears after a highlighted term
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightSimplePre - Returns the text which appears before a highlighted term
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightSnippets - Returns the maximum number of highlighted snippets to generate per field
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightUsePhraseHighlighter - Returns the state of the hl.usePhraseHighlighter parameter
  • SolrQuery::getMlt - Returns whether or not MoreLikeThis results should be enabled
  • SolrQuery::getMltBoost - Returns whether or not the query will be boosted by the interesting term relevance
  • SolrQuery::getMltCount - Returns the number of similar documents to return for each result
  • SolrQuery::getMltFields - Returns all the fields to use for similarity
  • SolrQuery::getMltMaxNumQueryTerms - Returns the maximum number of query terms that will be included in any generated query
  • SolrQuery::getMltMaxNumTokens - Returns the maximum number of tokens to parse in each document field that is not stored with TermVector support
  • SolrQuery::getMltMaxWordLength - Returns the maximum word length above which words will be ignored
  • SolrQuery::getMltMinDocFrequency - Returns the treshold frequency at which words will be ignored which do not occur in at least this many docs
  • SolrQuery::getMltMinTermFrequency - Returns the frequency below which terms will be ignored in the source document
  • SolrQuery::getMltMinWordLength - Returns the minimum word length below which words will be ignored
  • SolrQuery::getMltQueryFields - Returns the query fields and their boosts
  • SolrQuery::getQuery - Returns the main query
  • SolrQuery::getRows - Returns the maximum number of documents
  • SolrQuery::getSortFields - Returns all the sort fields
  • SolrQuery::getStart - Returns the offset in the complete result set
  • SolrQuery::getStats - Returns whether or not stats is enabled
  • SolrQuery::getStatsFacets - Returns all the stats facets that were set
  • SolrQuery::getStatsFields - Returns all the statistics fields
  • SolrQuery::getTerms - Returns whether or not the TermsComponent is enabled
  • SolrQuery::getTermsField - Returns the field from which the terms are retrieved
  • SolrQuery::getTermsIncludeLowerBound - Returns whether or not to include the lower bound in the result set
  • SolrQuery::getTermsIncludeUpperBound - Returns whether or not to include the upper bound term in the result set
  • SolrQuery::getTermsLimit - Returns the maximum number of terms Solr should return
  • SolrQuery::getTermsLowerBound - Returns the term to start at
  • SolrQuery::getTermsMaxCount - Returns the maximum document frequency
  • SolrQuery::getTermsMinCount - Returns the minimum document frequency to return in order to be included
  • SolrQuery::getTermsPrefix - Returns the term prefix
  • SolrQuery::getTermsReturnRaw - Whether or not to return raw characters
  • SolrQuery::getTermsSort - Returns an integer indicating how terms are sorted
  • SolrQuery::getTermsUpperBound - Returns the term to stop at
  • SolrQuery::getTimeAllowed - Returns the time in milliseconds allowed for the query to finish
  • SolrQuery::removeFacetDateField - Removes one of the facet date fields
  • SolrQuery::removeFacetDateOther - Removes one of the facet.date.other parameters
  • SolrQuery::removeFacetField - Removes one of the facet.date parameters
  • SolrQuery::removeFacetQuery - Removes one of the facet.query parameters
  • SolrQuery::removeField - Removes a field from the list of fields
  • SolrQuery::removeFilterQuery - Removes a filter query
  • SolrQuery::removeHighlightField - Removes one of the fields used for highlighting
  • SolrQuery::removeMltField - Removes one of the moreLikeThis fields
  • SolrQuery::removeMltQueryField - Removes one of the moreLikeThis query fields
  • SolrQuery::removeSortField - Removes one of the sort fields
  • SolrQuery::removeStatsFacet - Removes one of the stats.facet parameters
  • SolrQuery::removeStatsField - Removes one of the stats.field parameters
  • SolrQuery::setEchoHandler - Toggles the echoHandler parameter
  • SolrQuery::setEchoParams - Determines what kind of parameters to include in the response
  • SolrQuery::setExplainOther - Sets the explainOther common query parameter
  • SolrQuery::setFacet - Maps to the facet parameter. Enables or disables facetting
  • SolrQuery::setFacetDateEnd - Maps to facet.date.end
  • SolrQuery::setFacetDateGap - Maps to facet.date.gap
  • SolrQuery::setFacetDateHardEnd - Maps to facet.date.hardend
  • SolrQuery::setFacetDateStart - Maps to facet.date.start
  • SolrQuery::setFacetEnumCacheMinDefaultFrequency - Sets the minimum document frequency used for determining term count
  • SolrQuery::setFacetLimit - Maps to facet.limit
  • SolrQuery::setFacetMethod - Specifies the type of algorithm to use when faceting a field
  • SolrQuery::setFacetMinCount - Maps to facet.mincount
  • SolrQuery::setFacetMissing - Maps to facet.missing
  • SolrQuery::setFacetOffset - Sets the offset into the list of constraints to allow for pagination
  • SolrQuery::setFacetPrefix - Specifies a string prefix with which to limits the terms on which to facet
  • SolrQuery::setFacetSort - Determines the ordering of the facet field constraints
  • SolrQuery::setHighlight - Enables or disables highlighting
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightAlternateField - Specifies the backup field to use
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightFormatter - Specify a formatter for the highlight output
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightFragmenter - Sets a text snippet generator for highlighted text
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightFragsize - The size of fragments to consider for highlighting
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightHighlightMultiTerm - Use SpanScorer to highlight phrase terms
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightMaxAlternateFieldLength - Sets the maximum number of characters of the field to return
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightMaxAnalyzedChars - Specifies the number of characters into a document to look for suitable snippets
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightMergeContiguous - Whether or not to collapse contiguous fragments into a single fragment
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightRegexMaxAnalyzedChars - Specify the maximum number of characters to analyze
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightRegexPattern - Specify the regular expression for fragmenting
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightRegexSlop - Sets the factor by which the regex fragmenter can stray from the ideal fragment size
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightRequireFieldMatch - Require field matching during highlighting
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightSimplePost - Sets the text which appears after a highlighted term
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightSimplePre - Sets the text which appears before a highlighted term
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightSnippets - Sets the maximum number of highlighted snippets to generate per field
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightUsePhraseHighlighter - Whether to highlight phrase terms only when they appear within the query phrase
  • SolrQuery::setMlt - Enables or disables moreLikeThis
  • SolrQuery::setMltBoost - Set if the query will be boosted by the interesting term relevance
  • SolrQuery::setMltCount - Set the number of similar documents to return for each result
  • SolrQuery::setMltMaxNumQueryTerms - Sets the maximum number of query terms included
  • SolrQuery::setMltMaxNumTokens - Specifies the maximum number of tokens to parse
  • SolrQuery::setMltMaxWordLength - Sets the maximum word length
  • SolrQuery::setMltMinDocFrequency - Sets the mltMinDoc frequency
  • SolrQuery::setMltMinTermFrequency - Sets the frequency below which terms will be ignored in the source docs
  • SolrQuery::setMltMinWordLength - Sets the minimum word length
  • SolrQuery::setOmitHeader - Exclude the header from the returned results
  • SolrQuery::setQuery - Sets the search query
  • SolrQuery::setRows - Specifies the maximum number of rows to return in the result
  • SolrQuery::setShowDebugInfo - Flag to show debug information
  • SolrQuery::setStart - Specifies the number of rows to skip
  • SolrQuery::setStats - Enables or disables the Stats component
  • SolrQuery::setTerms - Enables or disables the TermsComponent
  • SolrQuery::setTermsField - Sets the name of the field to get the Terms from
  • SolrQuery::setTermsIncludeLowerBound - Include the lower bound term in the result set
  • SolrQuery::setTermsIncludeUpperBound - Include the upper bound term in the result set
  • SolrQuery::setTermsLimit - Sets the maximum number of terms to return
  • SolrQuery::setTermsLowerBound - Specifies the Term to start from
  • SolrQuery::setTermsMaxCount - Sets the maximum document frequency
  • SolrQuery::setTermsMinCount - Sets the minimum document frequency
  • SolrQuery::setTermsPrefix - Restrict matches to terms that start with the prefix
  • SolrQuery::setTermsReturnRaw - Return the raw characters of the indexed term
  • SolrQuery::setTermsSort - Specifies how to sort the returned terms
  • SolrQuery::setTermsUpperBound - Sets the term to stop at
  • SolrQuery::setTimeAllowed - The time allowed for search to finish
  • SolrQuery::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrQuery::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrQueryResponse::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrQueryResponse::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrResponse::getDigestedResponse - Returns the XML response as serialized PHP data
  • SolrResponse::getHttpStatus - Returns the HTTP status of the response
  • SolrResponse::getHttpStatusMessage - Returns more details on the HTTP status
  • SolrResponse::getRawRequest - Returns the raw request sent to the Solr server
  • SolrResponse::getRawRequestHeaders - Returns the raw request headers sent to the Solr server
  • SolrResponse::getRawResponse - Returns the raw response from the server
  • SolrResponse::getRawResponseHeaders - Returns the raw response headers from the server
  • SolrResponse::getRequestUrl - Returns the full URL the request was sent to
  • SolrResponse::getResponse - Returns a SolrObject representing the XML response from the server
  • SolrResponse::setParseMode - Sets the parse mode
  • SolrResponse::success - Was the request a success
  • SolrUpdateResponse::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrUpdateResponse::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrUtils::digestXmlResponse - Parses an response XML string into a SolrObject
  • SolrUtils::escapeQueryChars - Escapes a lucene query string
  • SolrUtils::getSolrVersion - Returns the current version of the Solr extension
  • SolrUtils::queryPhrase - Prepares a phrase from an unescaped lucene string
  • solr_get_version - Returns the current version of the Apache Solr extension
  • sort - Ordina un array
  • soundex - Calcola la chiave soundex di una data stringa
  • SphinxClient::addQuery - Add query to multi-query batch
  • SphinxClient::buildExcerpts - Build text snippets
  • SphinxClient::buildKeywords - Extract keywords from query
  • SphinxClient::close - Closes previously opened persistent connection
  • SphinxClient::escapeString - Escape special characters
  • SphinxClient::getLastError - Get the last error message
  • SphinxClient::getLastWarning - Get the last warning
  • SphinxClient::open - Opens persistent connection to the server
  • SphinxClient::query - Execute search query
  • SphinxClient::resetFilters - Clear all filters
  • SphinxClient::resetGroupBy - Clear all group-by settings
  • SphinxClient::runQueries - Run a batch of search queries
  • SphinxClient::setArrayResult - Change the format of result set array
  • SphinxClient::setConnectTimeout - Set connection timeout
  • SphinxClient::setFieldWeights - Set field weights
  • SphinxClient::setFilter - Add new integer values set filter
  • SphinxClient::setFilterFloatRange - Add new float range filter
  • SphinxClient::setFilterRange - Add new integer range filter
  • SphinxClient::setGeoAnchor - Set anchor point for a geosphere distance calculations
  • SphinxClient::setGroupBy - Set grouping attribute
  • SphinxClient::setGroupDistinct - Set attribute name for per-group distinct values count calculations
  • SphinxClient::setIDRange - Set a range of accepted document IDs
  • SphinxClient::setIndexWeights - Set per-index weights
  • SphinxClient::setLimits - Set offset and limit of the result set
  • SphinxClient::setMatchMode - Set full-text query matching mode
  • SphinxClient::setMaxQueryTime - Set maximum query time
  • SphinxClient::setOverride - Sets temporary per-document attribute value overrides
  • SphinxClient::setRankingMode - Set ranking mode
  • SphinxClient::setRetries - Set retry count and delay
  • SphinxClient::setSelect - Set select clause
  • SphinxClient::setServer - Set searchd host and port
  • SphinxClient::setSortMode - Set matches sorting mode
  • SphinxClient::status - Queries searchd status
  • SphinxClient::updateAttributes - Update document attributes
  • SphinxClient::__construct - Create a new SphinxClient object
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::bottom - Peeks at the node from the beginning of the doubly linked list
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::count - Counts the number of elements in the doubly linked list.
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::current - Return current array entry
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::getIteratorMode - Returns the mode of iteration
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::isEmpty - Checks whether the doubly linked list is empty.
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::key - Return current node index
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::next - Move to next entry
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::offsetExists - Returns whether the requested $index exists
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::offsetGet - Returns the value at the specified $index
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::offsetSet - Sets the value at the specified $index to $newval
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::offsetUnset - Unsets the value at the specified $index
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::pop - Pops a node from the end of the doubly linked list
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::prev - Move to previous entry
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::push - Pushes an element at the end of the doubly linked list
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::rewind - Rewind iterator back to the start
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::serialize - Serializes the storage
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::setIteratorMode - Sets the mode of iteration
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::shift - Shifts a node from the beginning of the doubly linked list
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::top - Peeks at the node from the end of the doubly linked list
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::unserialize - Unserializes the storage
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::unshift - Prepends the doubly linked list with an element
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::valid - Check whether the doubly linked list contains more nodes
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::__construct - Constructs a new doubly linked list
  • SplEnum::getConstList - Returns all consts (possible values) as an array.
  • SplFileInfo::getATime - Gets last access time of the file
  • SplFileInfo::getBasename - Gets the base name of the file
  • SplFileInfo::getCTime - Gets the inode change time
  • SplFileInfo::getExtension - Gets the file extension
  • SplFileInfo::getFileInfo - Gets an SplFileInfo object for the file
  • SplFileInfo::getFilename - Gets the filename
  • SplFileInfo::getGroup - Gets the file group
  • SplFileInfo::getInode - Gets the inode for the file
  • SplFileInfo::getLinkTarget - Gets the target of a link
  • SplFileInfo::getMTime - Gets the last modified time
  • SplFileInfo::getOwner - Gets the owner of the file
  • SplFileInfo::getPath - Gets the path without filename
  • SplFileInfo::getPathInfo - Gets an SplFileInfo object for the path
  • SplFileInfo::getPathname - Gets the path to the file
  • SplFileInfo::getPerms - Gets file permissions
  • SplFileInfo::getRealPath - Gets absolute path to file
  • SplFileInfo::getSize - Gets file size
  • SplFileInfo::getType - Gets file type
  • SplFileInfo::isDir - Tells if the file is a directory
  • SplFileInfo::isExecutable - Tells if the file is executable
  • SplFileInfo::isFile - Tells if the object references a regular file
  • SplFileInfo::isLink - Tells if the file is a link
  • SplFileInfo::isReadable - Tells if file is readable
  • SplFileInfo::isWritable - Tells if the entry is writable
  • SplFileInfo::openFile - Gets an SplFileObject object for the file
  • SplFileInfo::setFileClass - Sets the class name used with SplFileInfo::openFile
  • SplFileInfo::setInfoClass - Sets the class used with getFileInfo and getPathInfo
  • SplFileInfo::__construct - Construct a new SplFileInfo object
  • SplFileInfo::__toString - Returns the path to the file as a string
  • SplFileObject::current - Retrieve current line of file
  • SplFileObject::eof - Reached end of file
  • SplFileObject::fflush - Flushes the output to the file
  • SplFileObject::fgetc - Gets character from file
  • SplFileObject::fgetcsv - Gets line from file and parse as CSV fields
  • SplFileObject::fgets - Gets line from file
  • SplFileObject::fgetss - Gets line from file and strip HTML tags
  • SplFileObject::flock - Portable file locking
  • SplFileObject::fpassthru - Output all remaining data on a file pointer
  • SplFileObject::fputcsv - Write a field array as a CSV line
  • SplFileObject::fscanf - Parses input from file according to a format
  • SplFileObject::fseek - Seek to a position
  • SplFileObject::fstat - Gets information about the file
  • SplFileObject::ftell - Return current file position
  • SplFileObject::ftruncate - Truncates the file to a given length
  • SplFileObject::fwrite - Write to file
  • SplFileObject::getChildren - No purpose
  • SplFileObject::getCsvControl - Get the delimiter and enclosure character for CSV
  • SplFileObject::getCurrentLine - Alias of SplFileObject::fgets
  • SplFileObject::getFlags - Gets flags for the SplFileObject
  • SplFileObject::getMaxLineLen - Get maximum line length
  • SplFileObject::hasChildren - SplFileObject does not have children
  • SplFileObject::key - Get line number
  • SplFileObject::next - Read next line
  • SplFileObject::rewind - Rewind the file to the first line
  • SplFileObject::seek - Seek to specified line
  • SplFileObject::setCsvControl - Set the delimiter and enclosure character for CSV
  • SplFileObject::setFlags - Sets flags for the SplFileObject
  • SplFileObject::setMaxLineLen - Set maximum line length
  • SplFileObject::valid - Not at EOF
  • SplFileObject::__construct - Construct a new file object.
  • SplFileObject::__toString - Alias of SplFileObject::current
  • SplFixedArray::count - Returns the size of the array
  • SplFixedArray::current - Return current array entry
  • SplFixedArray::fromArray - Import a PHP array in a SplFixedArray instance
  • SplFixedArray::getSize - Gets the size of the array
  • SplFixedArray::key - Return current array index
  • SplFixedArray::next - Move to next entry
  • SplFixedArray::offsetExists - Returns whether the requested index exists
  • SplFixedArray::offsetGet - Returns the value at the specified index
  • SplFixedArray::offsetSet - Sets a new value at a specified index
  • SplFixedArray::offsetUnset - Unsets the value at the specified $index
  • SplFixedArray::rewind - Rewind iterator back to the start
  • SplFixedArray::setSize - Change the size of an array
  • SplFixedArray::toArray - Returns a PHP array from the fixed array
  • SplFixedArray::valid - Check whether the array contains more elements
  • SplFixedArray::__construct - Constructs a new fixed array
  • SplFixedArray::__wakeup - Reinitialises the array after being unserialised
  • SplHeap::compare - Compare elements in order to place them correctly in the heap while sifting up.
  • SplHeap::count - Counts the number of elements in the heap.
  • SplHeap::current - Return current node pointed by the iterator
  • SplHeap::extract - Extracts a node from top of the heap and sift up.
  • SplHeap::insert - Inserts an element in the heap by sifting it up.
  • SplHeap::isEmpty - Checks whether the heap is empty.
  • SplHeap::key - Return current node index
  • SplHeap::next - Move to the next node
  • SplHeap::recoverFromCorruption - Recover from the corrupted state and allow further actions on the heap.
  • SplHeap::rewind - Rewind iterator back to the start (no-op)
  • SplHeap::top - Peeks at the node from the top of the heap
  • SplHeap::valid - Check whether the heap contains more nodes
  • SplHeap::__construct - Constructs a new empty heap
  • split - Suddivide una stringa in una matrice utilizzando le espressioni regolari
  • spliti - Suddivide una stringa in una matrice usando le espressioni regolari senza distinguere tra maiuscole e minuscole
  • SplMaxHeap::compare - Compare elements in order to place them correctly in the heap while sifting up.
  • SplMinHeap::compare - Compare elements in order to place them correctly in the heap while sifting up.
  • SplObjectStorage::addAll - Adds all objects from another storage
  • SplObjectStorage::attach - Adds an object in the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::contains - Checks if the storage contains a specific object
  • SplObjectStorage::count - Returns the number of objects in the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::current - Returns the current storage entry
  • SplObjectStorage::detach - Removes an object from the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::getHash - Calculate a unique identifier for the contained objects
  • SplObjectStorage::getInfo - Returns the data associated with the current iterator entry
  • SplObjectStorage::key - Returns the index at which the iterator currently is
  • SplObjectStorage::next - Move to the next entry
  • SplObjectStorage::offsetExists - Checks whether an object exists in the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::offsetGet - Returns the data associated with an object
  • SplObjectStorage::offsetSet - Associates data to an object in the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::offsetUnset - Removes an object from the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::removeAll - Removes objects contained in another storage from the current storage
  • SplObjectStorage::removeAllExcept - Removes all objects except for those contained in another storage from the current storage
  • SplObjectStorage::rewind - Rewind the iterator to the first storage element
  • SplObjectStorage::serialize - Serializes the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::setInfo - Sets the data associated with the current iterator entry
  • SplObjectStorage::unserialize - Unserializes a storage from its string representation
  • SplObjectStorage::valid - Returns if the current iterator entry is valid
  • SplObserver::update - Receive update from subject
  • SplPriorityQueue::compare - Compare priorities in order to place elements correctly in the heap while sifting up.
  • SplPriorityQueue::count - Counts the number of elements in the queue.
  • SplPriorityQueue::current - Return current node pointed by the iterator
  • SplPriorityQueue::extract - Extracts a node from top of the heap and sift up.
  • SplPriorityQueue::insert - Inserts an element in the queue by sifting it up.
  • SplPriorityQueue::isEmpty - Checks whether the queue is empty.
  • SplPriorityQueue::key - Return current node index
  • SplPriorityQueue::next - Move to the next node
  • SplPriorityQueue::recoverFromCorruption - Recover from the corrupted state and allow further actions on the queue.
  • SplPriorityQueue::rewind - Rewind iterator back to the start (no-op)
  • SplPriorityQueue::setExtractFlags - Sets the mode of extraction
  • SplPriorityQueue::top - Peeks at the node from the top of the queue
  • SplPriorityQueue::valid - Check whether the queue contains more nodes
  • SplPriorityQueue::__construct - Constructs a new empty queue
  • SplQueue::dequeue - Dequeues a node from the queue
  • SplQueue::enqueue - Adds an element to the queue.
  • SplQueue::setIteratorMode - Sets the mode of iteration
  • SplQueue::__construct - Constructs a new queue implemented using a doubly linked list
  • SplStack::setIteratorMode - Sets the mode of iteration
  • SplStack::__construct - Constructs a new stack implemented using a doubly linked list
  • SplSubject::attach - Attach an SplObserver
  • SplSubject::detach - Detach an observer
  • SplSubject::notify - Notify an observer
  • SplTempFileObject::__construct - Construct a new temporary file object
  • SplType::__construct - Creates a new value of some type
  • spl_autoload - Default implementation for __autoload()
  • spl_autoload_call - Try all registered __autoload() function to load the requested class
  • spl_autoload_extensions - Register and return default file extensions for spl_autoload
  • spl_autoload_functions - Return all registered __autoload() functions
  • spl_autoload_register - Register given function as __autoload() implementation
  • spl_autoload_unregister - Unregister given function as __autoload() implementation
  • spl_classes - Return available SPL classes
  • spl_object_hash - Return hash id for given object
  • Spoofchecker::areConfusable - Checks if a given text contains any confusable characters
  • Spoofchecker::isSuspicious - Checks if a given text contains any suspicious characters
  • Spoofchecker::setAllowedLocales - Locales to use when running checks
  • Spoofchecker::setChecks - Set the checks to run
  • Spoofchecker::__construct - Constructor
  • sprintf - Restituisce una stringa formattata
  • SQL acceptable by 4D - PDO and SQL 4D
  • SQLite3::busyTimeout - Sets the busy connection handler
  • SQLite3::changes - Returns the number of database rows that were changed (or inserted or deleted) by the most recent SQL statement
  • SQLite3::close - Closes the database connection
  • SQLite3::createAggregate - Registers a PHP function for use as an SQL aggregate function
  • SQLite3::createFunction - Registers a PHP function for use as an SQL scalar function
  • SQLite3::escapeString - Returns a string that has been properly escaped
  • SQLite3::exec - Executes a result-less query against a given database
  • SQLite3::lastErrorCode - Returns the numeric result code of the most recent failed SQLite request
  • SQLite3::lastErrorMsg - Returns English text describing the most recent failed SQLite request
  • SQLite3::lastInsertRowID - Returns the row ID of the most recent INSERT into the database
  • SQLite3::loadExtension - Attempts to load an SQLite extension library
  • SQLite3::open - Opens an SQLite database
  • SQLite3::prepare - Prepares an SQL statement for execution
  • SQLite3::query - Executes an SQL query
  • SQLite3::querySingle - Executes a query and returns a single result
  • SQLite3::version - Returns the SQLite3 library version as a string constant and as a number
  • SQLite3::__construct - Instantiates an SQLite3 object and opens an SQLite 3 database
  • SQLite3Result::columnName - Returns the name of the nth column
  • SQLite3Result::columnType - Returns the type of the nth column
  • SQLite3Result::fetchArray - Fetches a result row as an associative or numerically indexed array or both
  • SQLite3Result::finalize - Closes the result set
  • SQLite3Result::numColumns - Returns the number of columns in the result set
  • SQLite3Result::reset - Resets the result set back to the first row
  • SQLite3Stmt::bindParam - Binds a parameter to a statement variable
  • SQLite3Stmt::bindValue - Binds the value of a parameter to a statement variable
  • SQLite3Stmt::clear - Clears all current bound parameters
  • SQLite3Stmt::close - Closes the prepared statement
  • SQLite3Stmt::execute - Executes a prepared statement and returns a result set object
  • SQLite3Stmt::paramCount - Returns the number of parameters within the prepared statement
  • SQLite3Stmt::reset - Resets the prepared statement
  • sqlite_array_query - Esegue una query in un dato database e restituisce una matrice
  • sqlite_busy_timeout - Imposta il timeout di 'in uso', o disabilita l'handle di 'in uso'
  • sqlite_changes - Restituisce il numero di righe modificate dall'ultima istruzione SQL
  • sqlite_close - Chiude un database SQLite
  • sqlite_column - Scarica una colonna dal set di risultati corrente
  • sqlite_create_aggregate - Registra un aggregato UDF da utilizzare nelle istruzioni SQL
  • sqlite_create_function - Registra una funzione utente "regolare" da utilizzare nelle istruzioni SQL
  • sqlite_current - Scarica la riga corrente di un set di risultati in un array
  • sqlite_error_string - Restituisce la descrizione testuale di un codice di errore
  • sqlite_escape_string - Inserisce il carattere di escape in una stringa da utilizzare in una query
  • sqlite_exec - Esegue una query priva di risultato in un dato database
  • sqlite_factory - Apre un database SQLite e restituisce un oggetto SQLiteDatabase
  • sqlite_fetch_all - Scarica tutte le righe di un risultato in un array di array
  • sqlite_fetch_array - Scarica in un array la riga successiva da un set di risultati
  • sqlite_fetch_column_types - Restituisce un array con il tipo delle colonne di una tabella
  • sqlite_fetch_object - Scarica i dati della riga successiva da un set di risultati come oggetto
  • sqlite_fetch_single - Scarica come stringa la prima colonna di un set di risultati
  • sqlite_fetch_string - Alias di sqlite_fetch_single
  • sqlite_field_name - Restituisce il nome di un particolare campo
  • sqlite_has_more - Restituisce se sono disponibili o meno ulteriori righe
  • sqlite_has_prev - Indica se è disponibile o meno una riga precedente
  • sqlite_key - Restituisce l'indice di riga corrente
  • sqlite_last_error - Restituisce il codice di errore dell'ultimo errore accorso sul database
  • sqlite_last_insert_rowid - Restituisce l'identificativo di riga dell'ultima riga inserita
  • sqlite_libencoding - Restituisce la codifica della libreria SQLite
  • sqlite_libversion - Restituisce la versione della libreria SQLite
  • sqlite_next - Si sposta al successivo numero di riga
  • sqlite_num_fields - Resituitsce il numero di campi da un set di risultati
  • sqlite_num_rows - Restituisce il numero di righe da un set di risultati bufferizzato
  • sqlite_open - Apre un database SQLite e crea il database se non esiste
  • sqlite_popen - Apre una connessione persistente ad un database SQLite e crea il database se non esiste
  • sqlite_prev - Si posiziona sulla riga precedente di un set di risultati
  • sqlite_query - Esegue una query su un database e restituisce un puntatore al set di risultati
  • sqlite_rewind - Si posiziona sulla prima riga
  • sqlite_seek - Posizionamento su una data riga di un set di risultati bufferizzato
  • sqlite_single_query - Esegue una query e restituisce o un array per ogni singola colonna o il valore della prima riga
  • sqlite_udf_decode_binary - Decodifica dati binari passati come parametri in UDF
  • sqlite_udf_encode_binary - Codifica i dati binari prima di restituirli da un UDF
  • sqlite_unbuffered_query - Esegue una query senza scaricare e bufferizzare i dati
  • sqlite_valid - Indica se una o più righe sono disponibili
  • sqlsrv_begin_transaction - Begins a database transaction
  • sqlsrv_cancel - Cancels a statement
  • sqlsrv_client_info - Returns information about the client and specified connection
  • sqlsrv_close - Closes an open connection and releases resourses associated with the connection
  • sqlsrv_commit - Commits a transaction that was begun with sqlsrv_begin_transaction
  • sqlsrv_configure - Changes the driver error handling and logging configurations
  • sqlsrv_connect - Opens a connection to a Microsoft SQL Server database
  • sqlsrv_errors - Returns error and warning information about the last SQLSRV operation performed
  • sqlsrv_execute - Executes a statement prepared with sqlsrv_prepare
  • sqlsrv_fetch - Makes the next row in a result set available for reading
  • sqlsrv_fetch_array - Returns a row as an array
  • sqlsrv_fetch_object - Retrieves the next row of data in a result set as an object
  • sqlsrv_field_metadata - Retrieves metadata for the fields of a statement prepared by sqlsrv_prepare or sqlsrv_query
  • sqlsrv_free_stmt - Frees all resources for the specified statement
  • sqlsrv_get_config - Returns the value of the specified configuration setting
  • sqlsrv_get_field - Gets field data from the currently selected row
  • sqlsrv_has_rows - Indicates whether the specified statement has rows
  • sqlsrv_next_result - Makes the next result of the specified statement active
  • sqlsrv_num_fields - Retrieves the number of fields (columns) on a statement
  • sqlsrv_num_rows - Retrieves the number of rows in a result set
  • sqlsrv_prepare - Prepares a query for execution
  • sqlsrv_query - Prepares and executes a query.
  • sqlsrv_rollback - Rolls back a transaction that was begun with sqlsrv_begin_transaction
  • sqlsrv_rows_affected - Returns the number of rows modified by the last INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE query executed
  • sqlsrv_send_stream_data - Sends data from parameter streams to the server
  • sqlsrv_server_info - Returns information about the server
  • SQL types with PDO_4D and PHP - SQL types with PDO_4D and PHP
  • sql_regcase - Genera una espressione regolare per riconoscimenti senza distinguere tra maiuscole e minuscole
  • sqrt - Radice quadrata
  • srand - inizializza il generatore di numeri casuali
  • sscanf - Analizza l'input da una string in base al formato
  • ssdeep_fuzzy_compare - Calculates the match score between two fuzzy hash signatures
  • ssdeep_fuzzy_hash - Create a fuzzy hash from a string
  • ssdeep_fuzzy_hash_filename - Create a fuzzy hash from a file
  • ssh2:// - Secure Shell 2
  • ssh2_auth_agent - Authenticate over SSH using the ssh agent
  • ssh2_auth_hostbased_file - Authenticate using a public hostkey
  • ssh2_auth_none - Authenticate as "none"
  • ssh2_auth_password - Authenticate over SSH using a plain password
  • ssh2_auth_pubkey_file - Authenticate using a public key
  • ssh2_connect - Connect to an SSH server
  • ssh2_exec - Execute a command on a remote server
  • ssh2_fetch_stream - Fetch an extended data stream
  • ssh2_fingerprint - Retrieve fingerprint of remote server
  • ssh2_methods_negotiated - Return list of negotiated methods
  • ssh2_publickey_add - Add an authorized publickey
  • ssh2_publickey_init - Initialize Publickey subsystem
  • ssh2_publickey_list - List currently authorized publickeys
  • ssh2_publickey_remove - Remove an authorized publickey
  • ssh2_scp_recv - Request a file via SCP
  • ssh2_scp_send - Send a file via SCP
  • ssh2_sftp - Initialize SFTP subsystem
  • ssh2_sftp_chmod - Changes file mode
  • ssh2_sftp_lstat - Stat a symbolic link
  • ssh2_sftp_mkdir - Create a directory
  • ssh2_sftp_readlink - Return the target of a symbolic link
  • ssh2_sftp_realpath - Resolve the realpath of a provided path string
  • ssh2_sftp_rename - Rename a remote file
  • ssh2_sftp_rmdir - Remove a directory
  • ssh2_sftp_stat - Stat a file on a remote filesystem
  • ssh2_sftp_symlink - Create a symlink
  • ssh2_sftp_unlink - Delete a file
  • ssh2_shell - Request an interactive shell
  • ssh2_tunnel - Open a tunnel through a remote server
  • SSL context options - SSL context option listing
  • Stackable::isRunning - State Detection
  • Stackable::isWaiting - State Detection
  • Stackable::lock - Synchronization
  • Stackable::notify - Synchronization
  • Stackable::run - Execution
  • Stackable::synchronized - Synchronization
  • Stackable::unlock - Synchronization
  • Stackable::wait - Synchronization
  • stat - Da informazioni su un file
  • stats_absolute_deviation - Returns the absolute deviation of an array of values
  • stats_cdf_beta - CDF function for BETA Distribution. Calculates any one parameter of the beta distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_binomial - Calculates any one parameter of the binomial distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_cauchy - Not documented
  • stats_cdf_chisquare - Calculates any one parameter of the chi-square distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_exponential - Not documented
  • stats_cdf_f - Calculates any one parameter of the F distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_gamma - Calculates any one parameter of the gamma distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_laplace - Not documented
  • stats_cdf_logistic - Not documented
  • stats_cdf_negative_binomial - Calculates any one parameter of the negative binomial distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_noncentral_chisquare - Calculates any one parameter of the non-central chi-square distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_noncentral_f - Calculates any one parameter of the Non-central F distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_poisson - Calculates any one parameter of the Poisson distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_t - Calculates any one parameter of the T distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_uniform - Not documented
  • stats_cdf_weibull - Not documented
  • stats_covariance - Computes the covariance of two data sets
  • stats_dens_beta - Not documented
  • stats_dens_cauchy - Not documented
  • stats_dens_chisquare - Not documented
  • stats_dens_exponential - Not documented
  • stats_dens_f - Descrizione
  • stats_dens_gamma - Not documented
  • stats_dens_laplace - Not documented
  • stats_dens_logistic - Not documented
  • stats_dens_negative_binomial - Not documented
  • stats_dens_normal - Not documented
  • stats_dens_pmf_binomial - Not documented
  • stats_dens_pmf_hypergeometric - Descrizione
  • stats_dens_pmf_poisson - Not documented
  • stats_dens_t - Not documented
  • stats_dens_weibull - Not documented
  • stats_den_uniform - Not documented
  • stats_harmonic_mean - Returns the harmonic mean of an array of values
  • stats_kurtosis - Computes the kurtosis of the data in the array
  • stats_rand_gen_beta - Generates beta random deviate
  • stats_rand_gen_chisquare - Generates random deviate from the distribution of a chisquare with "df" degrees of freedom random variable.
  • stats_rand_gen_exponential - Generates a single random deviate from an exponential distribution with mean "av"
  • stats_rand_gen_f - Generates a random deviate
  • stats_rand_gen_funiform - Generates uniform float between low (exclusive) and high (exclusive)
  • stats_rand_gen_gamma - Generates random deviates from a gamma distribution
  • stats_rand_gen_ibinomial - Generates a single random deviate from a binomial distribution whose number of trials is "n" (n >= 0) and whose probability of an event in each trial is "pp" ([0;1]). Method : algorithm BTPE
  • stats_rand_gen_ibinomial_negative - Generates a single random deviate from a negative binomial distribution. Arguments : n - the number of trials in the negative binomial distribution from which a random deviate is to be generated (n > 0), p - the probability of an event (0 < p < 1)).
  • stats_rand_gen_int - Generates random integer between 1 and 2147483562
  • stats_rand_gen_ipoisson - Generates a single random deviate from a Poisson distribution with mean "mu" (mu >= 0.0).
  • stats_rand_gen_iuniform - Generates integer uniformly distributed between LOW (inclusive) and HIGH (inclusive)
  • stats_rand_gen_noncenral_chisquare - Generates random deviate from the distribution of a noncentral chisquare with "df" degrees of freedom and noncentrality parameter "xnonc". d must be >= 1.0, xnonc must >= 0.0
  • stats_rand_gen_noncentral_f - Generates a random deviate from the noncentral F (variance ratio) distribution with "dfn" degrees of freedom in the numerator, and "dfd" degrees of freedom in the denominator, and noncentrality parameter "xnonc". Method : directly generates ratio of noncentral numerator chisquare variate to central denominator chisquare variate.
  • stats_rand_gen_noncentral_t - Generates a single random deviate from a noncentral T distribution
  • stats_rand_gen_normal - Generates a single random deviate from a normal distribution with mean, av, and standard deviation, sd (sd >= 0). Method : Renames SNORM from TOMS as slightly modified by BWB to use RANF instead of SUNIF.
  • stats_rand_gen_t - Generates a single random deviate from a T distribution
  • stats_rand_get_seeds - Not documented
  • stats_rand_phrase_to_seeds - generate two seeds for the RGN random number generator
  • stats_rand_ranf - Returns a random floating point number from a uniform distribution over 0 - 1 (endpoints of this interval are not returned) using the current generator
  • stats_rand_setall - Not documented
  • stats_skew - Computes the skewness of the data in the array
  • stats_standard_deviation - Returns the standard deviation
  • stats_stat_binomial_coef - Not documented
  • stats_stat_correlation - Not documented
  • stats_stat_gennch - Not documented
  • stats_stat_independent_t - Not documented
  • stats_stat_innerproduct - Descrizione
  • stats_stat_noncentral_t - Calculates any one parameter of the noncentral t distribution give values for the others.
  • stats_stat_paired_t - Not documented
  • stats_stat_percentile - Not documented
  • stats_stat_powersum - Not documented
  • stats_variance - Returns the population variance
  • Stomp::abort - Rolls back a transaction in progress
  • Stomp::ack - Acknowledges consumption of a message
  • Stomp::begin - Starts a transaction
  • Stomp::commit - Commits a transaction in progress
  • Stomp::error - Gets the last stomp error
  • Stomp::getReadTimeout - Gets read timeout
  • Stomp::getSessionId - Gets the current stomp session ID
  • Stomp::hasFrame - Indicates whether or not there is a frame ready to read
  • Stomp::readFrame - Reads the next frame
  • Stomp::send - Sends a message
  • Stomp::setReadTimeout - Sets read timeout
  • Stomp::subscribe - Registers to listen to a given destination
  • Stomp::unsubscribe - Removes an existing subscription
  • Stomp::__construct - Opens a connection
  • Stomp::__destruct - Closes stomp connection
  • StompException::getDetails - Get exception details
  • StompFrame::__construct - Constructor
  • stomp_connect_error - Returns a string description of the last connect error
  • stomp_version - Gets the current stomp extension version
  • strcasecmp - Confronto non sensibile alle maiuscole e sicuro con i dati binari
  • strchr - Alias di strstr
  • strcmp - Confronto tra stringhe affidabile con dati binari
  • strcoll - Confronto tra stringhe basato sulle impostazioni locali
  • strcspn - Trova la lunghezza del segmento iniziale che non soddisfa una maschera
  • streamWrapper::dir_closedir - Close directory handle
  • streamWrapper::dir_opendir - Open directory handle
  • streamWrapper::dir_readdir - Read entry from directory handle
  • streamWrapper::dir_rewinddir - Rewind directory handle
  • streamWrapper::mkdir - Create a directory
  • streamWrapper::rename - Renames a file or directory
  • streamWrapper::rmdir - Removes a directory
  • streamWrapper::stream_cast - Retrieve the underlaying resource
  • streamWrapper::stream_close - Close an resource
  • streamWrapper::stream_eof - Tests for end-of-file on a file pointer
  • streamWrapper::stream_flush - Flushes the output
  • streamWrapper::stream_lock - Advisory file locking
  • streamWrapper::stream_metadata - Change stream options
  • streamWrapper::stream_open - Opens file or URL
  • streamWrapper::stream_read - Read from stream
  • streamWrapper::stream_seek - Seeks to specific location in a stream
  • streamWrapper::stream_set_option - Change stream options
  • streamWrapper::stream_stat - Retrieve information about a file resource
  • streamWrapper::stream_tell - Retrieve the current position of a stream
  • streamWrapper::stream_truncate - Truncate stream
  • streamWrapper::stream_write - Write to stream
  • streamWrapper::unlink - Delete a file
  • streamWrapper::url_stat - Retrieve information about a file
  • streamWrapper::__construct - Constructs a new stream wrapper
  • streamWrapper::__destruct - Destructs an existing stream wrapper
  • stream_bucket_append - Append bucket to brigade
  • stream_bucket_make_writeable - Return a bucket object from the brigade for operating on
  • stream_bucket_new - Create a new bucket for use on the current stream
  • stream_bucket_prepend - Prepend bucket to brigade
  • stream_context_create - Creates a stream context
  • stream_context_get_default - Retrieve the default stream context
  • stream_context_get_options - Retrieve options for a stream/wrapper/context
  • stream_context_get_params - Retrieves parameters from a context
  • stream_context_set_default - Set the default stream context
  • stream_context_set_option - Sets an option for a stream/wrapper/context
  • stream_context_set_params - Set parameters for a stream/wrapper/context
  • stream_copy_to_stream - Copies data from one stream to another
  • stream_encoding - Set character set for stream encoding
  • stream_filter_append - Attach a filter to a stream
  • stream_filter_prepend - Attach a filter to a stream
  • stream_filter_register - Register a user defined stream filter
  • stream_filter_remove - Remove a filter from a stream
  • stream_get_contents - Reads remainder of a stream into a string
  • stream_get_filters - Retrieve list of registered filters
  • stream_get_line - Gets line from stream resource up to a given delimiter
  • stream_get_meta_data - Retrieves header/meta data from streams/file pointers
  • stream_get_transports - Retrieve list of registered socket transports
  • stream_get_wrappers - Retrieve list of registered streams
  • stream_is_local - Checks if a stream is a local stream
  • stream_notification_callback - A callback function for the notification context paramater
  • stream_register_wrapper - Alias di stream_wrapper_register
  • stream_resolve_include_path - Resolve filename against the include path
  • stream_select - Runs the equivalent of the select() system call on the given arrays of streams with a timeout specified by tv_sec and tv_usec
  • stream_set_blocking - Set blocking/non-blocking mode on a stream
  • stream_set_chunk_size - Set the stream chunk size
  • stream_set_read_buffer - Set read file buffering on the given stream
  • stream_set_timeout - Set timeout period on a stream
  • stream_set_write_buffer - Sets write file buffering on the given stream
  • stream_socket_accept - Accept a connection on a socket created by stream_socket_server
  • stream_socket_client - Open Internet or Unix domain socket connection
  • stream_socket_enable_crypto - Turns encryption on/off on an already connected socket
  • stream_socket_get_name - Retrieve the name of the local or remote sockets
  • stream_socket_pair - Creates a pair of connected, indistinguishable socket streams
  • stream_socket_recvfrom - Receives data from a socket, connected or not
  • stream_socket_sendto - Sends a message to a socket, whether it is connected or not
  • stream_socket_server - Create an Internet or Unix domain server socket
  • stream_socket_shutdown - Shutdown a full-duplex connection
  • stream_supports_lock - Tells whether the stream supports locking.
  • stream_wrapper_register - Register a URL wrapper implemented as a PHP class
  • stream_wrapper_restore - Restores a previously unregistered built-in wrapper
  • stream_wrapper_unregister - Unregister a URL wrapper
  • strftime - Formatta una data/orario locale accordandola/o alle impostazioni locali according to locale settings
  • stripcslashes - Rimuove gli slash aggiunti con addcslashes
  • stripos - Trova la prima occorrenza in una stringa senza distinzione tra maiuscole e minuscole
  • stripslashes - Rimuove gli slash aggiunti con addslashes
  • strip_tags - Rimuove i tag HTML e PHP da una stringa
  • stristr - Versione insensibile alle maiuscole/minuscole di strstr
  • strlen - Restituisce la lunghezza di una stringa
  • strnatcasecmp - Versione insensibile alle maiuscole/minuscole di confronto tra stringhe tramite l'algoritmo dell"ordine naturale"
  • strnatcmp - Confronto tra stringhe con l'algoritmo dell' "ordine naturale"
  • strncasecmp - Confronto sicuro con i testi binari, insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole sui primi n caratteri
  • strncmp - Confronto tra stringhe sui primi n caratteri, sicuro con i dati binari
  • strpbrk - Ricerca in una stringa uno qualsiasi dei caratteri di un dato set
  • strpos - Trova la posizione della prima occorrenza di una stringa
  • strptime - Parse a time/date generated with strftime
  • strrchr - Trova l'ultima occorrenza di un carattere in una stringa
  • strrev - Inverte una stringa
  • strripos - Trova la posizione dell'ultima occorrenza di una stringa in un'altra indipendentemente dalle lettere minuscole/maiusole
  • strrpos - Trova la posizione dell'ultima occorrenza di un carattere in una stringa
  • strspn - Trova la lunghezza di un testo che corrisponde alla maschera data
  • strstr - Trova la prima occorrenza di una stringa
  • strtok - Suddivide una stringa in token
  • strtolower - Converte in minuscolo una stringa
  • strtotime - Analizza le descrizioni testuali di datetime in Inglese nell'UNIX timestamp
  • strtoupper - Converte in maiuscolo una stringa
  • strtr - Traduce certi caratteri
  • strval - Restituisce il valore di una variabile interpretato come stringa
  • str_getcsv - Parse a CSV string into an array
  • str_ireplace - Versione insensibile alle miuscole/minuscole di str_replace
  • str_pad - Riempie una stringa con un'altra stringa portando la prima ad una lunghezza pre-determinata
  • str_repeat - Ripete una stringa
  • str_replace - Sostituisce tutte le occorrenze della stringa cercata con la stringa di sostituzione
  • str_rot13 - Esegue la trasformazione rot13 di una stringa
  • str_shuffle - Mischia una stringa in modo casuale
  • str_split - Converte una stringa in una matrice
  • str_word_count - Restituisce informazioni sulle parole utilizzate in una stringa
  • substr - Restituisce parte di una stringa
  • substr_compare - Confronto tra due stringhe a partire da una data posizione per n caratteri, sicuro con i dati binari e, opzionalmente, senza distinguere tra lettere maiuscole e minuscole
  • substr_count - Conta il numero di occorrenze di un segmento di stringa
  • substr_replace - Sostuisce una porzione di testo
  • SVM::crossvalidate - Test training params on subsets of the training data.
  • SVM::getOptions - Return the current training parameters
  • SVM::setOptions - Set training parameters
  • SVM::train - Create a SVMModel based on training data
  • SVM::__construct - Construct a new SVM object
  • SVMModel::checkProbabilityModel - Returns true if the model has probability information
  • SVMModel::getLabels - Get the labels the model was trained on
  • SVMModel::getNrClass - Returns the number of classes the model was trained with
  • SVMModel::getSvmType - Get the SVM type the model was trained with
  • SVMModel::getSvrProbability - Get the sigma value for regression types
  • SVMModel::load - Load a saved SVM Model
  • SVMModel::predict - Predict a value for previously unseen data
  • SVMModel::predict_probability - Return class probabilities for previous unseen data
  • SVMModel::save - Save a model to a file
  • SVMModel::__construct - Construct a new SVMModel
  • svn_add - Schedules the addition of an item in a working directory
  • svn_auth_get_parameter - Retrieves authentication parameter
  • svn_auth_set_parameter - Sets an authentication parameter
  • svn_blame - Get the SVN blame for a file
  • svn_cat - Returns the contents of a file in a repository
  • svn_checkout - Checks out a working copy from the repository
  • svn_cleanup - Recursively cleanup a working copy directory, finishing incomplete operations and removing locks
  • svn_client_version - Returns the version of the SVN client libraries
  • svn_commit - Sends changes from the local working copy to the repository
  • svn_delete - Delete items from a working copy or repository.
  • svn_diff - Recursively diffs two paths
  • svn_export - Export the contents of a SVN directory
  • svn_fs_abort_txn - Abort a transaction, returns true if everything is okay, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_apply_text - Creates and returns a stream that will be used to replace
  • svn_fs_begin_txn2 - Create a new transaction
  • svn_fs_change_node_prop - Return true if everything is ok, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_check_path - Determines what kind of item lives at path in a given repository fsroot
  • svn_fs_contents_changed - Return true if content is different, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_copy - Copies a file or a directory, returns true if all is ok, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_delete - Deletes a file or a directory, return true if all is ok, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_dir_entries - Enumerates the directory entries under path; returns a hash of dir names to file type
  • svn_fs_file_contents - Returns a stream to access the contents of a file from a given version of the fs
  • svn_fs_file_length - Returns the length of a file from a given version of the fs
  • svn_fs_is_dir - Return true if the path points to a directory, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_is_file - Return true if the path points to a file, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_make_dir - Creates a new empty directory, returns true if all is ok, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_make_file - Creates a new empty file, returns true if all is ok, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_node_created_rev - Returns the revision in which path under fsroot was created
  • svn_fs_node_prop - Returns the value of a property for a node
  • svn_fs_props_changed - Return true if props are different, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_revision_prop - Fetches the value of a named property
  • svn_fs_revision_root - Get a handle on a specific version of the repository root
  • svn_fs_txn_root - Creates and returns a transaction root
  • svn_fs_youngest_rev - Returns the number of the youngest revision in the filesystem
  • svn_import - Imports an unversioned path into a repository
  • svn_log - Returns the commit log messages of a repository URL
  • svn_ls - Returns list of directory contents in repository URL, optionally at revision number
  • svn_mkdir - Creates a directory in a working copy or repository
  • svn_repos_create - Create a new subversion repository at path
  • svn_repos_fs - Gets a handle on the filesystem for a repository
  • svn_repos_fs_begin_txn_for_commit - Create a new transaction
  • svn_repos_fs_commit_txn - Commits a transaction and returns the new revision
  • svn_repos_hotcopy - Make a hot-copy of the repos at repospath; copy it to destpath
  • svn_repos_open - Open a shared lock on a repository.
  • svn_repos_recover - Run recovery procedures on the repository located at path.
  • svn_revert - Revert changes to the working copy
  • svn_status - Returns the status of working copy files and directories
  • svn_update - Update working copy
  • SWFAction::__construct - Creates a new SWFAction
  • SWFBitmap::getHeight - Returns the bitmap's height
  • SWFBitmap::getWidth - Returns the bitmap's width
  • SWFBitmap::__construct - Loads Bitmap object
  • SWFButton::addAction - Adds an action
  • SWFButton::addASound - Associates a sound with a button transition
  • SWFButton::addShape - Adds a shape to a button
  • SWFButton::setAction - Sets the action
  • SWFButton::setDown - Alias for addShape(shape, SWFBUTTON_DOWN)
  • SWFButton::setHit - Alias for addShape(shape, SWFBUTTON_HIT)
  • SWFButton::setMenu - enable track as menu button behaviour
  • SWFButton::setOver - Alias for addShape(shape, SWFBUTTON_OVER)
  • SWFButton::setUp - Alias for addShape(shape, SWFBUTTON_UP)
  • SWFButton::__construct - Creates a new Button
  • SWFDisplayItem::addAction - Adds this SWFAction to the given SWFSprite instance
  • SWFDisplayItem::addColor - Adds the given color to this item's color transform
  • SWFDisplayItem::endMask - Another way of defining a MASK layer
  • SWFDisplayItem::getRot - Descrizione
  • SWFDisplayItem::getX - Descrizione
  • SWFDisplayItem::getXScale - Descrizione
  • SWFDisplayItem::getXSkew - Descrizione
  • SWFDisplayItem::getY - Descrizione
  • SWFDisplayItem::getYScale - Descrizione
  • SWFDisplayItem::getYSkew - Descrizione
  • SWFDisplayItem::move - Moves object in relative coordinates
  • SWFDisplayItem::moveTo - Moves object in global coordinates
  • SWFDisplayItem::multColor - Multiplies the item's color transform
  • SWFDisplayItem::remove - Removes the object from the movie
  • SWFDisplayItem::rotate - Rotates in relative coordinates
  • SWFDisplayItem::rotateTo - Rotates the object in global coordinates
  • SWFDisplayItem::scale - Scales the object in relative coordinates
  • SWFDisplayItem::scaleTo - Scales the object in global coordinates
  • SWFDisplayItem::setDepth - Sets z-order
  • SWFDisplayItem::setMaskLevel - Defines a MASK layer at level
  • SWFDisplayItem::setMatrix - Sets the item's transform matrix
  • SWFDisplayItem::setName - Sets the object's name
  • SWFDisplayItem::setRatio - Sets the object's ratio
  • SWFDisplayItem::skewX - Sets the X-skew
  • SWFDisplayItem::skewXTo - Sets the X-skew
  • SWFDisplayItem::skewY - Sets the Y-skew
  • SWFDisplayItem::skewYTo - Sets the Y-skew
  • SWFFill::moveTo - Moves fill origin
  • SWFFill::rotateTo - Sets fill's rotation
  • SWFFill::scaleTo - Sets fill's scale
  • SWFFill::skewXTo - Sets fill x-skew
  • SWFFill::skewYTo - Sets fill y-skew
  • SWFFont::getAscent - Returns the ascent of the font, or 0 if not available
  • SWFFont::getDescent - Returns the descent of the font, or 0 if not available
  • SWFFont::getLeading - Returns the leading of the font, or 0 if not available
  • SWFFont::getShape - Returns the glyph shape of a char as a text string
  • SWFFont::getUTF8Width - Calculates the width of the given string in this font at full height
  • SWFFont::getWidth - Returns the string's width
  • SWFFont::__construct - Loads a font definition
  • SWFFontChar::addChars - Adds characters to a font for exporting font
  • SWFFontChar::addUTF8Chars - Adds characters to a font for exporting font
  • SWFGradient::addEntry - Adds an entry to the gradient list
  • SWFGradient::__construct - Creates a gradient object
  • SWFMorph::getShape1 - Gets a handle to the starting shape
  • SWFMorph::getShape2 - Gets a handle to the ending shape
  • SWFMorph::__construct - Creates a new SWFMorph object
  • SWFMovie::add - Adds any type of data to a movie
  • SWFMovie::addExport - Descrizione
  • SWFMovie::addFont - Descrizione
  • SWFMovie::importChar - Descrizione
  • SWFMovie::importFont - Descrizione
  • SWFMovie::labelFrame - Labels a frame
  • SWFMovie::nextFrame - Moves to the next frame of the animation
  • SWFMovie::output - Dumps your lovingly prepared movie out
  • SWFMovie::remove - Removes the object instance from the display list
  • SWFMovie::save - Saves the SWF movie in a file
  • SWFMovie::saveToFile - Descrizione
  • SWFMovie::setbackground - Sets the background color
  • SWFMovie::setDimension - Sets the movie's width and height
  • SWFMovie::setFrames - Sets the total number of frames in the animation
  • SWFMovie::setRate - Sets the animation's frame rate
  • SWFMovie::startSound - Descrizione
  • SWFMovie::stopSound - Descrizione
  • SWFMovie::streamMP3 - Streams a MP3 file
  • SWFMovie::writeExports - Descrizione
  • SWFMovie::__construct - Creates a new movie object, representing an SWF version 4 movie
  • SWFPrebuiltClip::__construct - Returns a SWFPrebuiltClip object
  • SWFShape::addFill - Adds a solid fill to the shape
  • SWFShape::drawArc - Draws an arc of radius r centered at the current location, from angle startAngle to angle endAngle measured clockwise from 12 o'clock
  • SWFShape::drawCircle - Draws a circle of radius r centered at the current location, in a counter-clockwise fashion
  • SWFShape::drawCubic - Draws a cubic bezier curve using the current position and the three given points as control points
  • SWFShape::drawCubicTo - Draws a cubic bezier curve using the current position and the three given points as control points
  • SWFShape::drawCurve - Draws a curve (relative)
  • SWFShape::drawCurveTo - Draws a curve
  • SWFShape::drawGlyph - Draws the first character in the given string into the shape using the glyph definition from the given font
  • SWFShape::drawLine - Draws a line (relative)
  • SWFShape::drawLineTo - Draws a line
  • SWFShape::movePen - Moves the shape's pen (relative)
  • SWFShape::movePenTo - Moves the shape's pen
  • SWFShape::setLeftFill - Sets left rasterizing color
  • SWFShape::setLine - Sets the shape's line style
  • SWFShape::setRightFill - Sets right rasterizing color
  • SWFShape::__construct - Creates a new shape object
  • SWFSound::__construct - Returns a new SWFSound object from given file
  • SWFSoundInstance::loopCount - Descrizione
  • SWFSoundInstance::loopInPoint - Descrizione
  • SWFSoundInstance::loopOutPoint - Descrizione
  • SWFSoundInstance::noMultiple - Descrizione
  • SWFSprite::add - Adds an object to a sprite
  • SWFSprite::labelFrame - Labels frame
  • SWFSprite::nextFrame - Moves to the next frame of the animation
  • SWFSprite::remove - Removes an object to a sprite
  • SWFSprite::setFrames - Sets the total number of frames in the animation
  • SWFSprite::startSound - Descrizione
  • SWFSprite::stopSound - Descrizione
  • SWFSprite::__construct - Creates a movie clip (a sprite)
  • SWFText::addString - Draws a string
  • SWFText::addUTF8String - Writes the given text into this SWFText object at the current pen position, using the current font, height, spacing, and color
  • SWFText::getAscent - Returns the ascent of the current font at its current size, or 0 if not available
  • SWFText::getDescent - Returns the descent of the current font at its current size, or 0 if not available
  • SWFText::getLeading - Returns the leading of the current font at its current size, or 0 if not available
  • SWFText::getUTF8Width - calculates the width of the given string in this text objects current font and size
  • SWFText::getWidth - Computes string's width
  • SWFText::moveTo - Moves the pen
  • SWFText::setColor - Sets the current text color
  • SWFText::setFont - Sets the current font
  • SWFText::setHeight - Sets the current font height
  • SWFText::setSpacing - Sets the current font spacing
  • SWFText::__construct - Creates a new SWFText object
  • SWFTextField::addChars - adds characters to a font that will be available within a textfield
  • SWFTextField::addString - Concatenates the given string to the text field
  • SWFTextField::align - Sets the text field alignment
  • SWFTextField::setBounds - Sets the text field width and height
  • SWFTextField::setColor - Sets the color of the text field
  • SWFTextField::setFont - Sets the text field font
  • SWFTextField::setHeight - Sets the font height of this text field font
  • SWFTextField::setIndentation - Sets the indentation of the first line
  • SWFTextField::setLeftMargin - Sets the left margin width of the text field
  • SWFTextField::setLineSpacing - Sets the line spacing of the text field
  • SWFTextField::setMargins - Sets the margins width of the text field
  • SWFTextField::setName - Sets the variable name
  • SWFTextField::setPadding - Sets the padding of this textfield
  • SWFTextField::setRightMargin - Sets the right margin width of the text field
  • SWFTextField::__construct - Creates a text field object
  • SWFVideoStream::getNumFrames - Returns the number of frames in the video
  • SWFVideoStream::setDimension - Sets video dimension
  • SWFVideoStream::__construct - Returns a SWFVideoStream object
  • swf_actiongeturl - Get a URL from a Shockwave Flash movie
  • swf_actiongotoframe - Play a frame and then stop
  • swf_actiongotolabel - Display a frame with the specified label
  • swf_actionnextframe - Go forward one frame
  • swf_actionplay - Start playing the flash movie from the current frame
  • swf_actionprevframe - Go backwards one frame
  • swf_actionsettarget - Set the context for actions
  • swf_actionstop - Stop playing the flash movie at the current frame
  • swf_actiontogglequality - Toggle between low and high quality
  • swf_actionwaitforframe - Skip actions if a frame has not been loaded
  • swf_addbuttonrecord - Controls location, appearance and active area of the current button
  • swf_addcolor - Set the global add color to the rgba value specified
  • swf_closefile - Close the current Shockwave Flash file
  • swf_definebitmap - Define a bitmap
  • swf_definefont - Defines a font
  • swf_defineline - Define a line
  • swf_definepoly - Define a polygon
  • swf_definerect - Define a rectangle
  • swf_definetext - Define a text string
  • swf_endbutton - End the definition of the current button
  • swf_enddoaction - End the current action
  • swf_endshape - Completes the definition of the current shape
  • swf_endsymbol - End the definition of a symbol
  • swf_fontsize - Change the font size
  • swf_fontslant - Set the font slant
  • swf_fonttracking - Set the current font tracking
  • swf_getbitmapinfo - Get information about a bitmap
  • swf_getfontinfo - Gets font information
  • swf_getframe - Get the frame number of the current frame
  • swf_labelframe - Label the current frame
  • swf_lookat - Define a viewing transformation
  • swf_modifyobject - Modify an object
  • swf_mulcolor - Sets the global multiply color to the rgba value specified
  • swf_nextid - Returns the next free object id
  • swf_oncondition - Describe a transition used to trigger an action list
  • swf_openfile - Open a new Shockwave Flash file
  • swf_ortho - Defines an orthographic mapping of user coordinates onto the current viewport
  • swf_ortho2 - Defines 2D orthographic mapping of user coordinates onto the current viewport
  • swf_perspective - Define a perspective projection transformation
  • swf_placeobject - Place an object onto the screen
  • swf_polarview - Define the viewer's position with polar coordinates
  • swf_popmatrix - Restore a previous transformation matrix
  • swf_posround - Enables or Disables the rounding of the translation when objects are placed or moved
  • swf_pushmatrix - Push the current transformation matrix back onto the stack
  • swf_removeobject - Remove an object
  • swf_rotate - Rotate the current transformation
  • swf_scale - Scale the current transformation
  • swf_setfont - Change the current font
  • swf_setframe - Switch to a specified frame
  • swf_shapearc - Draw a circular arc
  • swf_shapecurveto - Draw a quadratic bezier curve between two points
  • swf_shapecurveto3 - Draw a cubic bezier curve
  • swf_shapefillbitmapclip - Set current fill mode to clipped bitmap
  • swf_shapefillbitmaptile - Set current fill mode to tiled bitmap
  • swf_shapefilloff - Turns off filling
  • swf_shapefillsolid - Set the current fill style to the specified color
  • swf_shapelinesolid - Set the current line style
  • swf_shapelineto - Draw a line
  • swf_shapemoveto - Move the current position
  • swf_showframe - Display the current frame
  • swf_startbutton - Start the definition of a button
  • swf_startdoaction - Start a description of an action list for the current frame
  • swf_startshape - Start a complex shape
  • swf_startsymbol - Define a symbol
  • swf_textwidth - Get the width of a string
  • swf_translate - Translate the current transformations
  • swf_viewport - Select an area for future drawing
  • Swish::getMetaList - Get the list of meta entries for the index
  • Swish::getPropertyList - Get the list of properties for the index
  • Swish::prepare - Prepare a search query
  • Swish::query - Execute a query and return results object
  • Swish::__construct - Construct a Swish object
  • SwishResult::getMetaList - Get a list of meta entries
  • SwishResult::stem - Stems the given word
  • SwishResults::getParsedWords - Get an array of parsed words
  • SwishResults::getRemovedStopwords - Get an array of stopwords removed from the query
  • SwishResults::nextResult - Get the next search result
  • SwishResults::seekResult - Set current seek pointer to the given position
  • SwishSearch::execute - Execute the search and get the results
  • SwishSearch::resetLimit - Reset the search limits
  • SwishSearch::setLimit - Set the search limits
  • SwishSearch::setPhraseDelimiter - Set the phrase delimiter
  • SwishSearch::setSort - Set the sort order
  • SwishSearch::setStructure - Set the structure flag in the search object
  • sybase_affected_rows - Gets number of affected rows in last query
  • sybase_close - Closes a Sybase connection
  • sybase_connect - Opens a Sybase server connection
  • sybase_data_seek - Moves internal row pointer
  • sybase_deadlock_retry_count - Sets the deadlock retry count
  • sybase_fetch_array - Fetch row as array
  • sybase_fetch_assoc - Fetch a result row as an associative array
  • sybase_fetch_field - Get field information from a result
  • sybase_fetch_object - Fetch a row as an object
  • sybase_fetch_row - Get a result row as an enumerated array
  • sybase_field_seek - Sets field offset
  • sybase_free_result - Frees result memory
  • sybase_get_last_message - Returns the last message from the server
  • sybase_min_client_severity - Sets minimum client severity
  • sybase_min_error_severity - Sets minimum error severity
  • sybase_min_message_severity - Sets minimum message severity
  • sybase_min_server_severity - Sets minimum server severity
  • sybase_num_fields - Gets the number of fields in a result set
  • sybase_num_rows - Get number of rows in a result set
  • sybase_pconnect - Open persistent Sybase connection
  • sybase_query - Sends a Sybase query
  • sybase_result - Get result data
  • sybase_select_db - Selects a Sybase database
  • sybase_set_message_handler - Sets the handler called when a server message is raised
  • sybase_unbuffered_query - Send a Sybase query and do not block
  • symlink - Crea un link simbolico
  • syslog - Genera un messaggio del system log
  • system - Esegue un programma esterno e mostra l'output
  • sys_getloadavg - Gets system load average
  • sys_get_temp_dir - Returns directory path used for temporary files
• t
  • taint - Taint a string
  • tan - Tangente
  • tanh - Tangente iperbolica
  • tcpwrap_check - Performs a tcpwrap check
  • tempnam - Crea file con unico nome file
  • textdomain - Sets the default domain
  • Thread::getCreatorId - Identification
  • Thread::getThreadId - Identification
  • Thread::isJoined - State Detection
  • Thread::isRunning - State Detection
  • Thread::isStarted - State Detection
  • Thread::isWaiting - State Detection
  • Thread::join - Synchronization
  • Thread::lock - Synchronization
  • Thread::notify - Synchronization
  • Thread::run - Execution
  • Thread::start - Execution
  • Thread::synchronized - Synchronization
  • Thread::unlock - Synchronization
  • Thread::wait - Synchronization
  • tidy::$errorBuffer - Return warnings and errors which occurred parsing the specified document
  • tidy::body - Returns a tidyNode object starting from the <body> tag of the tidy parse tree
  • tidy::cleanRepair - Execute configured cleanup and repair operations on parsed markup
  • tidy::diagnose - Run configured diagnostics on parsed and repaired markup
  • tidy::getConfig - Get current Tidy configuration
  • tidy::getHtmlVer - Get the Detected HTML version for the specified document
  • tidy::getOpt - Returns the value of the specified configuration option for the tidy document
  • tidy::getoptdoc - Returns the documentation for the given option name
  • tidy::getRelease - Get release date (version) for Tidy library
  • tidy::getStatus - Get status of specified document
  • tidy::head - Returns a tidyNode object starting from the <head> tag of the tidy parse tree
  • tidy::html - Returns a tidyNode object starting from the <html> tag of the tidy parse tree
  • tidy::isXhtml - Indicates if the document is a XHTML document
  • tidy::isXml - Indicates if the document is a generic (non HTML/XHTML) XML document
  • tidy::parseFile - Parse markup in file or URI
  • tidy::parseString - Parse a document stored in a string
  • tidy::repairFile - Repair a file and return it as a string
  • tidy::repairString - Repair a string using an optionally provided configuration file
  • tidy::root - Returns a tidyNode object representing the root of the tidy parse tree
  • tidy::__construct - Constructs a new tidy object
  • tidyNode::getParent - Returns the parent node of the current node
  • tidyNode::hasChildren - Checks if a node has children
  • tidyNode::hasSiblings - Checks if a node has siblings
  • tidyNode::isAsp - Checks if this node is ASP
  • tidyNode::isComment - Checks if a node represents a comment
  • tidyNode::isHtml - Checks if a node is part of a HTML document
  • tidyNode::isJste - Checks if this node is JSTE
  • tidyNode::isPhp - Checks if a node is PHP
  • tidyNode::isText - Checks if a node represents text (no markup)
  • tidy_access_count - Returns the Number of Tidy accessibility warnings encountered for specified document
  • tidy_config_count - Returns the Number of Tidy configuration errors encountered for specified document
  • tidy_error_count - Returns the Number of Tidy errors encountered for specified document
  • tidy_get_output - Return a string representing the parsed tidy markup
  • tidy_load_config - Load an ASCII Tidy configuration file with the specified encoding
  • tidy_reset_config - Restore Tidy configuration to default values
  • tidy_save_config - Save current settings to named file
  • tidy_setopt - Updates the configuration settings for the specified tidy document
  • tidy_set_encoding - Set the input/output character encoding for parsing markup
  • tidy_warning_count - Returns the Number of Tidy warnings encountered for specified document
  • time - Restituisce l'attuale UNIX timestamp
  • timezone_abbreviations_list - Alias di DateTimeZone::listAbbreviations
  • timezone_identifiers_list - Alias di DateTimeZone::listIdentifiers
  • timezone_location_get - Alias di DateTimeZone::getLocation
  • timezone_name_from_abbr - Returns the timezone name from abbreviation
  • timezone_name_get - Alias di DateTimeZone::getName
  • timezone_offset_get - Alias di DateTimeZone::getOffset
  • timezone_open - Alias di DateTimeZone::__construct
  • timezone_transitions_get - Alias di DateTimeZone::getTransitions
  • timezone_version_get - Gets the version of the timezonedb
  • time_nanosleep - Delay for a number of seconds and nanoseconds
  • time_sleep_until - Make the script sleep until the specified time
  • tmpfile - Crea un file temporaneo
  • token_get_all - Split given source into PHP tokens
  • token_name - Get the symbolic name of a given PHP token
  • TokyoTyrant::add - Adds to a numeric key
  • TokyoTyrant::connect - Connect to a database
  • TokyoTyrant::connectUri - Connects to a database
  • TokyoTyrant::copy - Copies the database
  • TokyoTyrant::ext - Execute a remote script
  • TokyoTyrant::fwmKeys - Returns the forward matching keys
  • TokyoTyrant::get - The get purpose
  • TokyoTyrant::getIterator - Get an iterator
  • TokyoTyrant::num - Number of records in the database
  • TokyoTyrant::out - Removes records
  • TokyoTyrant::put - Puts values
  • TokyoTyrant::putCat - Concatenates to a record
  • TokyoTyrant::putKeep - Puts a record
  • TokyoTyrant::putNr - Puts value
  • TokyoTyrant::putShl - Concatenates to a record
  • TokyoTyrant::restore - Restore the database
  • TokyoTyrant::setMaster - Set the replication master
  • TokyoTyrant::size - Returns the size of the value
  • TokyoTyrant::stat - Get statistics
  • TokyoTyrant::sync - Synchronize the database
  • TokyoTyrant::tune - Tunes connection values
  • TokyoTyrant::vanish - Empties the database
  • TokyoTyrant::__construct - Construct a new TokyoTyrant object
  • TokyoTyrantIterator::current - Get the current value
  • TokyoTyrantIterator::key - Returns the current key
  • TokyoTyrantIterator::next - Move to next key
  • TokyoTyrantIterator::rewind - Rewinds the iterator
  • TokyoTyrantIterator::valid - Rewinds the iterator
  • TokyoTyrantIterator::__construct - Construct an iterator
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::addCond - Adds a condition to the query
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::count - Counts records
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::current - Returns the current element
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::hint - Get the hint string of the query
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::key - Returns the current key
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::metaSearch - Retrieve records with multiple queries
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::next - Moves the iterator to next entry
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::out - Removes records based on query
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::rewind - Rewinds the iterator
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::search - Searches records
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::setLimit - Limit results
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::setOrder - Orders results
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::valid - Checks the validity of current item
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::__construct - Construct a new query
  • TokyoTyrantTable::add - Adds a record
  • TokyoTyrantTable::genUid - Generate unique id
  • TokyoTyrantTable::get - Get a row
  • TokyoTyrantTable::getIterator - Get an iterator
  • TokyoTyrantTable::getQuery - Get a query object
  • TokyoTyrantTable::out - Remove records
  • TokyoTyrantTable::put - Store a row
  • TokyoTyrantTable::putCat - Concatenates to a row
  • TokyoTyrantTable::putKeep - Put a new record
  • TokyoTyrantTable::putNr - Puts value
  • TokyoTyrantTable::putShl - Concatenates to a record
  • TokyoTyrantTable::setIndex - Sets index
  • touch - Imposta l'ora di modifica di un file
  • trader_acos - Vector Trigonometric ACos
  • trader_ad - Chaikin A/D Line
  • trader_add - Vector Arithmetic Add
  • trader_adosc - Chaikin A/D Oscillator
  • trader_adx - Average Directional Movement Index
  • trader_adxr - Average Directional Movement Index Rating
  • trader_apo - Absolute Price Oscillator
  • trader_aroon - Aroon
  • trader_aroonosc - Aroon Oscillator
  • trader_asin - Vector Trigonometric ASin
  • trader_atan - Vector Trigonometric ATan
  • trader_atr - Average True Range
  • trader_avgprice - Average Price
  • trader_bbands - Bollinger Bands
  • trader_beta - Beta
  • trader_bop - Balance Of Power
  • trader_cci - Commodity Channel Index
  • trader_cdl2crows - Two Crows
  • trader_cdl3blackcrows - Three Black Crows
  • trader_cdl3inside - Three Inside Up/Down
  • trader_cdl3linestrike - Three-Line Strike
  • trader_cdl3outside - Three Outside Up/Down
  • trader_cdl3starsinsouth - Three Stars In The South
  • trader_cdl3whitesoldiers - Three Advancing White Soldiers
  • trader_cdlabandonedbaby - Abandoned Baby
  • trader_cdladvanceblock - Advance Block
  • trader_cdlbelthold - Belt-hold
  • trader_cdlbreakaway - Breakaway
  • trader_cdlclosingmarubozu - Closing Marubozu
  • trader_cdlconcealbabyswall - Concealing Baby Swallow
  • trader_cdlcounterattack - Counterattack
  • trader_cdldarkcloudcover - Dark Cloud Cover
  • trader_cdldoji - Doji
  • trader_cdldojistar - Doji Star
  • trader_cdldragonflydoji - Dragonfly Doji
  • trader_cdlengulfing - Engulfing Pattern
  • trader_cdleveningdojistar - Evening Doji Star
  • trader_cdleveningstar - Evening Star
  • trader_cdlgapsidesidewhite - Up/Down-gap side-by-side white lines
  • trader_cdlgravestonedoji - Gravestone Doji
  • trader_cdlhammer - Hammer
  • trader_cdlhangingman - Hanging Man
  • trader_cdlharami - Harami Pattern
  • trader_cdlharamicross - Harami Cross Pattern
  • trader_cdlhighwave - High-Wave Candle
  • trader_cdlhikkake - Hikkake Pattern
  • trader_cdlhikkakemod - Modified Hikkake Pattern
  • trader_cdlhomingpigeon - Homing Pigeon
  • trader_cdlidentical3crows - Identical Three Crows
  • trader_cdlinneck - In-Neck Pattern
  • trader_cdlinvertedhammer - Inverted Hammer
  • trader_cdlkicking - Kicking
  • trader_cdlkickingbylength - Kicking - bull/bear determined by the longer marubozu
  • trader_cdlladderbottom - Ladder Bottom
  • trader_cdllongleggeddoji - Long Legged Doji
  • trader_cdllongline - Long Line Candle
  • trader_cdlmarubozu - Marubozu
  • trader_cdlmatchinglow - Matching Low
  • trader_cdlmathold - Mat Hold
  • trader_cdlmorningdojistar - Morning Doji Star
  • trader_cdlmorningstar - Morning Star
  • trader_cdlonneck - On-Neck Pattern
  • trader_cdlpiercing - Piercing Pattern
  • trader_cdlrickshawman - Rickshaw Man
  • trader_cdlrisefall3methods - Rising/Falling Three Methods
  • trader_cdlseparatinglines - Separating Lines
  • trader_cdlshootingstar - Shooting Star
  • trader_cdlshortline - Short Line Candle
  • trader_cdlspinningtop - Spinning Top
  • trader_cdlstalledpattern - Stalled Pattern
  • trader_cdlsticksandwich - Stick Sandwich
  • trader_cdltakuri - Takuri (Dragonfly Doji with very long lower shadow)
  • trader_cdltasukigap - Tasuki Gap
  • trader_cdlthrusting - Thrusting Pattern
  • trader_cdltristar - Tristar Pattern
  • trader_cdlunique3river - Unique 3 River
  • trader_cdlupsidegap2crows - Upside Gap Two Crows
  • trader_cdlxsidegap3methods - Upside/Downside Gap Three Methods
  • trader_ceil - Vector Ceil
  • trader_cmo - Chande Momentum Oscillator
  • trader_correl - Pearson's Correlation Coefficient (r)
  • trader_cos - Vector Trigonometric Cos
  • trader_cosh - Vector Trigonometric Cosh
  • trader_dema - Double Exponential Moving Average
  • trader_div - Vector Arithmetic Div
  • trader_dx - Directional Movement Index
  • trader_ema - Exponential Moving Average
  • trader_errno - Get error code
  • trader_exp - Vector Arithmetic Exp
  • trader_floor - Vector Floor
  • trader_get_compat - Get compatibility mode
  • trader_get_unstable_period - Get unstable period
  • trader_ht_dcperiod - Hilbert Transform - Dominant Cycle Period
  • trader_ht_dcphase - Hilbert Transform - Dominant Cycle Phase
  • trader_ht_phasor - Hilbert Transform - Phasor Components
  • trader_ht_sine - Hilbert Transform - SineWave
  • trader_ht_trendline - Hilbert Transform - Instantaneous Trendline
  • trader_ht_trendmode - Hilbert Transform - Trend vs Cycle Mode
  • trader_kama - Kaufman Adaptive Moving Average
  • trader_linearreg - Linear Regression
  • trader_linearreg_angle - Linear Regression Angle
  • trader_linearreg_intercept - Linear Regression Intercept
  • trader_linearreg_slope - Linear Regression Slope
  • trader_ln - Vector Log Natural
  • trader_log10 - Vector Log10
  • trader_ma - Moving average
  • trader_macd - Moving Average Convergence/Divergence
  • trader_macdext - MACD with controllable MA type
  • trader_macdfix - Moving Average Convergence/Divergence Fix 12/26
  • trader_mama - MESA Adaptive Moving Average
  • trader_mavp - Moving average with variable period
  • trader_max - Highest value over a specified period
  • trader_maxindex - Index of highest value over a specified period
  • trader_medprice - Median Price
  • trader_mfi - Money Flow Index
  • trader_midpoint - MidPoint over period
  • trader_midprice - Midpoint Price over period
  • trader_min - Lowest value over a specified period
  • trader_minindex - Index of lowest value over a specified period
  • trader_minmax - Lowest and highest values over a specified period
  • trader_minmaxindex - Indexes of lowest and highest values over a specified period
  • trader_minus_di - Minus Directional Indicator
  • trader_minus_dm - Minus Directional Movement
  • trader_mom - Momentum
  • trader_mult - Vector Arithmetic Mult
  • trader_natr - Normalized Average True Range
  • trader_obv - On Balance Volume
  • trader_plus_di - Plus Directional Indicator
  • trader_plus_dm - Plus Directional Movement
  • trader_ppo - Percentage Price Oscillator
  • trader_roc - Rate of change : ((price/prevPrice)-1)*100
  • trader_rocp - Rate of change Percentage: (price-prevPrice)/prevPrice
  • trader_rocr - Rate of change ratio: (price/prevPrice)
  • trader_rocr100 - Rate of change ratio 100 scale: (price/prevPrice)*100
  • trader_rsi - Relative Strength Index
  • trader_sar - Parabolic SAR
  • trader_sarext - Parabolic SAR - Extended
  • trader_set_compat - Set compatibility mode
  • trader_set_unstable_period - Set unstable period
  • trader_sin - Vector Trigonometric Sin
  • trader_sinh - Vector Trigonometric Sinh
  • trader_sma - Simple Moving Average
  • trader_sqrt - Vector Square Root
  • trader_stddev - Standard Deviation
  • trader_stoch - Stochastic
  • trader_stochf - Stochastic Fast
  • trader_stochrsi - Stochastic Relative Strength Index
  • trader_sub - Vector Arithmetic Subtraction
  • trader_sum - Summation
  • trader_t3 - Triple Exponential Moving Average (T3)
  • trader_tan - Vector Trigonometric Tan
  • trader_tanh - Vector Trigonometric Tanh
  • trader_tema - Triple Exponential Moving Average
  • trader_trange - True Range
  • trader_trima - Triangular Moving Average
  • trader_trix - 1-day Rate-Of-Change (ROC) of a Triple Smooth EMA
  • trader_tsf - Time Series Forecast
  • trader_typprice - Typical Price
  • trader_ultosc - Ultimate Oscillator
  • trader_var - Variance
  • trader_wclprice - Weighted Close Price
  • trader_willr - Williams' %R
  • trader_wma - Weighted Moving Average
  • trait_exists - Checks if the trait exists
  • Transliterator::create - Create a transliterator
  • Transliterator::createFromRules - Create transliterator from rules
  • Transliterator::createInverse - Create an inverse transliterator
  • Transliterator::getErrorCode - Get last error code
  • Transliterator::getErrorMessage - Get last error message
  • Transliterator::listIDs - Get transliterator IDs
  • Transliterator::transliterate - Transliterate a string
  • Transliterator::__construct - Private constructor to deny instantiation
  • trigger_error - Genera un messaggio a livello utente di errore/avviso/avvertimento message
  • trim - Rimuove gli spazi (ed altri caratteri) all'inizio e alla fine di un testo
• u
  • uasort - Ordina un array mediante una funzione definita dall'utente e mantiene le associazioni
  • ucfirst - Converte in maiuscolo il primo carattere del testo
  • ucwords - Converte in maiuscolo il primo carattere di ogni parola di una stringa
  • udm_add_search_limit - Add various search limits
  • udm_alloc_agent - Allocate mnoGoSearch session
  • udm_alloc_agent_array - Allocate mnoGoSearch session
  • udm_api_version - Get mnoGoSearch API version
  • udm_cat_list - Get all the categories on the same level with the current one
  • udm_cat_path - Get the path to the current category
  • udm_check_charset - Check if the given charset is known to mnogosearch
  • udm_check_stored - Check connection to stored
  • udm_clear_search_limits - Clear all mnoGoSearch search restrictions
  • udm_close_stored - Close connection to stored
  • udm_crc32 - Return CRC32 checksum of given string
  • udm_errno - Get mnoGoSearch error number
  • udm_error - Get mnoGoSearch error message
  • udm_find - Perform search
  • udm_free_agent - Free mnoGoSearch session
  • udm_free_ispell_data - Free memory allocated for ispell data
  • udm_free_res - Free mnoGoSearch result
  • udm_get_doc_count - Get total number of documents in database
  • udm_get_res_field - Fetch a result field
  • udm_get_res_param - Get mnoGoSearch result parameters
  • udm_hash32 - Return Hash32 checksum of gived string
  • udm_load_ispell_data - Load ispell data
  • udm_open_stored - Open connection to stored
  • udm_set_agent_param - Set mnoGoSearch agent session parameters
  • uksort - Ordina rispetto alle chiavi di un array mediante una funzione definita dall'utente
  • umask - Cambia l'umask corrente
  • uniqid - Generate a unique ID
  • unixtojd - Converte un timestamp Unix in un Giorno Giuliano
  • unlink - Cancella un file
  • unpack - Unpack data from binary string
  • unregister_tick_function - De-register a function for execution on each tick
  • unserialize - Crea un valore PHP a partire da una rappresentazione archiviata
  • unset - Cancella una data variabile
  • untaint - Untaint strings
  • urldecode - Decodes URL-encoded string
  • urlencode - URL-encodes string
  • user_error - Genera un messaggio di errore/avviso/avvertimento a livello utente
  • use_soap_error_handler - Set whether to use the SOAP error handler
  • usleep - Delay execution in microseconds
  • usort - Ordina un array mediante una funzione definita dall'utente
  • utf8_decode - Converte una stringa con caratteri ISO-8859-1 codificati con UTF-8 in formato ISO-8859-1 singolo byte
  • utf8_encode - Codifica una stringa da ISO-8859-1 a UTF-8
• v
  • V8Js::executeString - Execute a string as Javascript code
  • V8Js::getExtensions - Return an array of registered extensions
  • V8Js::getPendingException - Return pending uncaught Javascript exception
  • V8Js::registerExtension - Register Javascript extensions for V8Js
  • V8Js::__construct - Construct a new V8Js object
  • V8JsException::getJsFileName - The getJsFileName purpose
  • V8JsException::getJsLineNumber - The getJsLineNumber purpose
  • V8JsException::getJsSourceLine - The getJsSourceLine purpose
  • V8JsException::getJsTrace - The getJsTrace purpose
  • variant_abs - Returns the absolute value of a variant
  • variant_add - "Adds" two variant values together and returns the result
  • variant_and - Performs a bitwise AND operation between two variants
  • variant_cast - Convert a variant into a new variant object of another type
  • variant_cat - concatenates two variant values together and returns the result
  • variant_cmp - Compares two variants
  • variant_date_from_timestamp - Returns a variant date representation of a Unix timestamp
  • variant_date_to_timestamp - Converts a variant date/time value to Unix timestamp
  • variant_div - Returns the result from dividing two variants
  • variant_eqv - Performs a bitwise equivalence on two variants
  • variant_fix - Returns the integer portion of a variant
  • variant_get_type - Returns the type of a variant object
  • variant_idiv - Converts variants to integers and then returns the result from dividing them
  • variant_imp - Performs a bitwise implication on two variants
  • variant_int - Returns the integer portion of a variant
  • variant_mod - Divides two variants and returns only the remainder
  • variant_mul - Multiplies the values of the two variants
  • variant_neg - Performs logical negation on a variant
  • variant_not - Performs bitwise not negation on a variant
  • variant_or - Performs a logical disjunction on two variants
  • variant_pow - Returns the result of performing the power function with two variants
  • variant_round - Rounds a variant to the specified number of decimal places
  • variant_set - Assigns a new value for a variant object
  • variant_set_type - Convert a variant into another type "in-place"
  • variant_sub - Subtracts the value of the right variant from the left variant value
  • variant_xor - Performs a logical exclusion on two variants
  • VarnishAdmin::auth - Authenticate on a varnish instance
  • VarnishAdmin::ban - Ban URLs using a VCL expression
  • VarnishAdmin::banUrl - Ban an URL using a VCL expression
  • VarnishAdmin::clearPanic - Clear varnish instance panic messages
  • VarnishAdmin::connect - Connect to a varnish instance administration interface
  • VarnishAdmin::getPanic - Get the last panic message on a varnish instance
  • VarnishAdmin::getParams - Fetch current varnish instance configuration parameters
  • VarnishAdmin::isRunning - Check if the varnish slave process is currently running
  • VarnishAdmin::setCompat - Set the class compat configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::setHost - Set the class host configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::setIdent - Set the class ident configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::setParam - Set configuration param on the current varnish instance
  • VarnishAdmin::setPort - Set the class port configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::setSecret - Set the class secret configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::setTimeout - Set the class timeout configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::start - Start varnish worker process
  • VarnishAdmin::stop - Stop varnish worker process
  • VarnishAdmin::__construct - VarnishAdmin constructor
  • VarnishLog::getLine - Get next log line
  • VarnishLog::getTagName - Get the log tag string representation by its index
  • VarnishLog::__construct - Varnishlog constructor
  • VarnishStat::getSnapshot - Get the current varnish instance statistics snapshot
  • VarnishStat::__construct - VarnishStat constructor
  • var_dump - Stampa delle informazioni relative ad una variabile
  • var_export - Visualizza o restituisce una variabile in formato stringa
  • version_compare - Confronta due stringhe contenenti il numero di versione di "PHP-standardized"
  • vfprintf - Scrive una stringa formatta in un flusso
  • virtual - Esegue una sotto-richiesta Apache
  • vpopmail_add_alias_domain - Aggiunge un alias per un dominio virtuale
  • vpopmail_add_alias_domain_ex - Aggiunge un alias ad un dominio virtuale esistente
  • vpopmail_add_domain - Aggiunge un nuovo dominio virtuale
  • vpopmail_add_domain_ex - Aggiunge un nuovo dominio virtuale
  • vpopmail_add_user - Aggiunge un nuovo utente al dominio virtuale specificato
  • vpopmail_alias_add - Inserisce un alias virtuale
  • vpopmail_alias_del - Elimina tutti gli alias virtuali di un utente
  • vpopmail_alias_del_domain - Elimina tutti gli alias virtuali di un dominio
  • vpopmail_alias_get - Riceve tutte le linee di un alias per un dominio
  • vpopmail_alias_get_all - Riceve tutte le linee di un alias per un dominio
  • vpopmail_auth_user - Tenta di validare un nome utente/dominio/password
  • vpopmail_del_domain - Elimina un dominio virtuale
  • vpopmail_del_domain_ex - Elimina un dominio virtuale
  • vpopmail_del_user - Elimina un utente da un dominio virtuale
  • vpopmail_error - Riceve il messaggio testuale dell'ultimo errore di vpopmail
  • vpopmail_passwd - Cambia la password virtuale ad un utente
  • vpopmail_set_user_quota - Imposta la quota di un utente virtuale
  • vprintf - Visualizza una stringa formattata
  • vsprintf - Restituisce una stringa formattata
• w
  • w32api_deftype - Definisce un tipo per l'uso con altre w32api_functions
  • w32api_init_dtype - Crea un'istanza dei tipi di dati typename e li riempie con i valori forniti
  • w32api_invoke_function - Invoca la funzione funcname con gli argomenti passati dopo il nome della funzione
  • w32api_register_function - Registra la funzione function_name dalla libreria con PHP
  • w32api_set_call_method - Imposta il metodo di chiamata usato
  • wddx_add_vars - Add variables to a WDDX packet with the specified ID
  • wddx_deserialize - Unserializes a WDDX packet
  • wddx_packet_end - Ends a WDDX packet with the specified ID
  • wddx_packet_start - Starts a new WDDX packet with structure inside it
  • wddx_serialize_value - Serialize a single value into a WDDX packet
  • wddx_serialize_vars - Serialize variables into a WDDX packet
  • WeakMap::count - Counts the number of live entries in the map
  • WeakMap::current - Returns the current value under iteration
  • WeakMap::key - Returns the current key under iteration.
  • WeakMap::next - Advances to the next map element
  • WeakMap::offsetExists - Checks whether a certain object is in the map
  • WeakMap::offsetGet - Returns the value pointed to by a certain object
  • WeakMap::offsetSet - Updates the map with a new key-value pair
  • WeakMap::offsetUnset - Removes an entry from the map
  • WeakMap::rewind - Rewinds the iterator to the beginning of the map
  • WeakMap::valid - Returns whether the iterator is still on a valid map element
  • WeakMap::__construct - Constructs a new map
  • Weakref::acquire - Acquires a strong reference on that object
  • Weakref::get - Returns the object pointed to by the weak reference
  • Weakref::release - Releases a previously acquired reference
  • Weakref::valid - Checks whether the object referenced still exists
  • Weakref::__construct - Constructs a new weak reference
  • win32_continue_service - Resumes a paused service
  • win32_create_service - Creates a new service entry in the SCM database
  • win32_delete_service - Deletes a service entry from the SCM database
  • win32_get_last_control_message - Returns the last control message that was sent to this service
  • win32_pause_service - Pauses a service
  • win32_ps_list_procs - List running processes
  • win32_ps_stat_mem - Stat memory utilization
  • win32_ps_stat_proc - Stat process
  • win32_query_service_status - Queries the status of a service
  • win32_set_service_status - Update the service status
  • win32_start_service - Starts a service
  • win32_start_service_ctrl_dispatcher - Registers the script with the SCM, so that it can act as the service with the given name
  • win32_stop_service - Stops a service
  • wincache_fcache_fileinfo - Retrieves information about files cached in the file cache
  • wincache_fcache_meminfo - Retrieves information about file cache memory usage
  • wincache_lock - Acquires an exclusive lock on a given key
  • wincache_ocache_fileinfo - Retrieves information about files cached in the opcode cache
  • wincache_ocache_meminfo - Retrieves information about opcode cache memory usage
  • wincache_refresh_if_changed - Refreshes the cache entries for the cached files
  • wincache_rplist_fileinfo - Retrieves information about resolve file path cache
  • wincache_rplist_meminfo - Retrieves information about memory usage by the resolve file path cache
  • wincache_scache_info - Retrieves information about files cached in the session cache
  • wincache_scache_meminfo - Retrieves information about session cache memory usage
  • wincache_ucache_add - Adds a variable in user cache only if variable does not already exist in the cache
  • wincache_ucache_cas - Compares the variable with old value and assigns new value to it
  • wincache_ucache_clear - Deletes entire content of the user cache
  • wincache_ucache_dec - Decrements the value associated with the key
  • wincache_ucache_delete - Deletes variables from the user cache
  • wincache_ucache_exists - Checks if a variable exists in the user cache
  • wincache_ucache_get - Gets a variable stored in the user cache
  • wincache_ucache_inc - Increments the value associated with the key
  • wincache_ucache_info - Retrieves information about data stored in the user cache
  • wincache_ucache_meminfo - Retrieves information about user cache memory usage
  • wincache_ucache_set - Adds a variable in user cache and overwrites a variable if it already exists in the cache
  • wincache_unlock - Releases an exclusive lock on a given key
  • wordwrap - Divide una stringa ad un certo numero di caratteri utilizzando il carattere di divisione
  • Worker::getCreatorId - Identification
  • Worker::getStacked - Stack Analysis
  • Worker::getThreadId - Identification
  • Worker::isShutdown - State Detection
  • Worker::isWorking - State Detection
  • Worker::run - Execution
  • Worker::shutdown - Synchronization
  • Worker::stack - Stacking
  • Worker::start - Execution
  • Worker::unstack - Stacking
• x
  • xattr_get - Get an extended attribute
  • xattr_list - Get a list of extended attributes
  • xattr_remove - Remove an extended attribute
  • xattr_set - Set an extended attribute
  • xattr_supported - Check if filesystem supports extended attributes
  • xdiff_file_bdiff - Make binary diff of two files
  • xdiff_file_bdiff_size - Read a size of file created by applying a binary diff
  • xdiff_file_bpatch - Patch a file with a binary diff
  • xdiff_file_diff - Make unified diff of two files
  • xdiff_file_diff_binary - Alias of xdiff_file_bdiff
  • xdiff_file_merge3 - Merge 3 files into one
  • xdiff_file_patch - Patch a file with an unified diff
  • xdiff_file_patch_binary - Alias of xdiff_file_bpatch
  • xdiff_file_rabdiff - Make binary diff of two files using the Rabin's polynomial fingerprinting algorithm
  • xdiff_string_bdiff - Make binary diff of two strings
  • xdiff_string_bdiff_size - Read a size of file created by applying a binary diff
  • xdiff_string_bpatch - Patch a string with a binary diff
  • xdiff_string_diff - Make unified diff of two strings
  • xdiff_string_diff_binary - Alias of xdiff_string_bdiff
  • xdiff_string_merge3 - Merge 3 strings into one
  • xdiff_string_patch - Patch a string with an unified diff
  • xdiff_string_patch_binary - Alias of xdiff_string_bpatch
  • xdiff_string_rabdiff - Make binary diff of two strings using the Rabin's polynomial fingerprinting algorithm
  • xhprof_disable - Stops xhprof profiler
  • xhprof_enable - Start xhprof profiler
  • xhprof_sample_disable - Stops xhprof sample profiler
  • xhprof_sample_enable - Description
  • XMLReader::close - Close the XMLReader input
  • XMLReader::expand - Returns a copy of the current node as a DOM object
  • XMLReader::getAttribute - Get the value of a named attribute
  • XMLReader::getAttributeNo - Get the value of an attribute by index
  • XMLReader::getAttributeNs - Get the value of an attribute by localname and URI
  • XMLReader::getParserProperty - Indicates if specified property has been set
  • XMLReader::isValid - Indicates if the parsed document is valid
  • XMLReader::lookupNamespace - Lookup namespace for a prefix
  • XMLReader::moveToAttribute - Move cursor to a named attribute
  • XMLReader::moveToAttributeNo - Move cursor to an attribute by index
  • XMLReader::moveToAttributeNs - Move cursor to a named attribute
  • XMLReader::moveToElement - Position cursor on the parent Element of current Attribute
  • XMLReader::moveToFirstAttribute - Position cursor on the first Attribute
  • XMLReader::moveToNextAttribute - Position cursor on the next Attribute
  • XMLReader::next - Move cursor to next node skipping all subtrees
  • XMLReader::open - Set the URI containing the XML to parse
  • XMLReader::read - Move to next node in document
  • XMLReader::readInnerXML - Retrieve XML from current node
  • XMLReader::readOuterXML - Retrieve XML from current node, including it self
  • XMLReader::readString - Reads the contents of the current node as a string
  • XMLReader::setParserProperty - Set parser options
  • XMLReader::setRelaxNGSchema - Set the filename or URI for a RelaxNG Schema
  • XMLReader::setRelaxNGSchemaSource - Set the data containing a RelaxNG Schema
  • XMLReader::setSchema - Validate document against XSD
  • XMLReader::XML - Set the data containing the XML to parse
  • xmlrpc_decode - Decodifica XML nei tipi nativi di PHP
  • xmlrpc_decode_request - Decodifica XML nei tipi nativi di PHP
  • xmlrpc_encode - Genera XML per un valore PHP
  • xmlrpc_encode_request - Genera XML per un metodo di richiesta
  • xmlrpc_get_type - Riceve il tipo di xmlrpc per un valore PHP
  • xmlrpc_is_fault - Determina se un valore di un array rappresenta un errore XMLRPC
  • xmlrpc_parse_method_descriptions - Decodifica XML in una lista di descrizioni del metodo
  • xmlrpc_server_add_introspection_data - Aggiunge documentazione introspettiva
  • xmlrpc_server_call_method - Analizza le richieste XML e i metodi di chiamata
  • xmlrpc_server_create - Crea un server xmlrpc
  • xmlrpc_server_destroy - Distrugge le risorse del server
  • xmlrpc_server_register_introspection_callback - Registra una funzione PHP per generare la documentazione
  • xmlrpc_server_register_method - Registra una funzione PHP per il metodo di risorsa abbinato a method_name
  • xmlrpc_set_type - Imposta il tipo di xmlrpc, base64 o datetime, per un valore di stringa PHP
  • XMLWriter::endAttribute - End attribute
  • XMLWriter::endCData - End current CDATA
  • XMLWriter::endComment - Create end comment
  • XMLWriter::endDocument - End current document
  • XMLWriter::endDTD - End current DTD
  • XMLWriter::endDTDAttlist - End current DTD AttList
  • XMLWriter::endDTDElement - End current DTD element
  • XMLWriter::endDTDEntity - End current DTD Entity
  • XMLWriter::endElement - End current element
  • XMLWriter::endPI - End current PI
  • XMLWriter::flush - Flush current buffer
  • XMLWriter::fullEndElement - End current element
  • XMLWriter::openMemory - Create new xmlwriter using memory for string output
  • XMLWriter::openURI - Create new xmlwriter using source uri for output
  • XMLWriter::outputMemory - Returns current buffer
  • XMLWriter::setIndent - Toggle indentation on/off
  • XMLWriter::setIndentString - Set string used for indenting
  • XMLWriter::startAttribute - Create start attribute
  • XMLWriter::startAttributeNS - Create start namespaced attribute
  • XMLWriter::startCData - Create start CDATA tag
  • XMLWriter::startComment - Create start comment
  • XMLWriter::startDocument - Create document tag
  • XMLWriter::startDTD - Create start DTD tag
  • XMLWriter::startDTDAttlist - Create start DTD AttList
  • XMLWriter::startDTDElement - Create start DTD element
  • XMLWriter::startDTDEntity - Create start DTD Entity
  • XMLWriter::startElement - Create start element tag
  • XMLWriter::startElementNS - Create start namespaced element tag
  • XMLWriter::startPI - Create start PI tag
  • XMLWriter::text - Write text
  • XMLWriter::writeAttribute - Write full attribute
  • XMLWriter::writeAttributeNS - Write full namespaced attribute
  • XMLWriter::writeCData - Write full CDATA tag
  • XMLWriter::writeComment - Write full comment tag
  • XMLWriter::writeDTD - Write full DTD tag
  • XMLWriter::writeDTDAttlist - Write full DTD AttList tag
  • XMLWriter::writeDTDElement - Write full DTD element tag
  • XMLWriter::writeDTDEntity - Write full DTD Entity tag
  • XMLWriter::writeElement - Write full element tag
  • XMLWriter::writeElementNS - Write full namespaced element tag
  • XMLWriter::writePI - Writes a PI
  • XMLWriter::writeRaw - Write a raw XML text
  • xml_error_string - Restituisce la stringa di errore dal parser XML
  • xml_get_current_byte_index - Restituisce l'indice del byte corrente per un parser XML
  • xml_get_current_column_number - Restituisce il numero di colonna corrente per un parser XML
  • xml_get_current_line_number - Restituisce il numero di linea corrente per un parser XML
  • xml_get_error_code - Restituisce il codice di errore dal parser XML
  • xml_parse - Inizia il parsing di un documento XML
  • xml_parser_create - Crea un parser XML
  • xml_parser_create_ns - Crea un parser XML con il supporto dello spazio dei nomi
  • xml_parser_free - Cancella un parser XML
  • xml_parser_get_option - Restituisce le opzioni da un parser XML
  • xml_parser_set_option - Valorizza le opzioni di un parser XML
  • xml_parse_into_struct - Analizza i dati XML in una struttura array
  • xml_set_character_data_handler - Valorizza il gestore dei dati
  • xml_set_default_handler - Imposta il gestore predefinito
  • xml_set_element_handler - Valorizza i gestori di inizio e fine elemento
  • xml_set_end_namespace_decl_handler - Valorizza il gestore della dichiarazione dello spazio dei nomi
  • xml_set_external_entity_ref_handler - Valorizza il gestore dei riferimenti a entità esterne
  • xml_set_notation_decl_handler - Valorizza il gestore delle dichiarazione delle notazioni
  • xml_set_object - Utilizza il parser XML all'interno di un oggetto
  • xml_set_processing_instruction_handler - Imposta il gestore delle istruzioni di processo (PI)
  • xml_set_start_namespace_decl_handler - Imposta il gestore della dichiarazione dello spazio dei nomi d'inizio
  • xml_set_unparsed_entity_decl_handler - Imposta il gestore delle dichiarazioni di entità non analizzate
  • XSLTProcessor::getParameter - Get value of a parameter
  • XsltProcessor::getSecurityPrefs - Get security preferences
  • XSLTProcessor::hasExsltSupport - Determine if PHP has EXSLT support
  • XSLTProcessor::importStylesheet - Import stylesheet
  • XSLTProcessor::registerPHPFunctions - Enables the ability to use PHP functions as XSLT functions
  • XSLTProcessor::removeParameter - Remove parameter
  • XSLTProcessor::setParameter - Set value for a parameter
  • XSLTProcessor::setProfiling - Sets profiling output file
  • XsltProcessor::setSecurityPrefs - Set security preferences
  • XSLTProcessor::transformToDoc - Transform to a DOMDocument
  • XSLTProcessor::transformToUri - Transform to URI
  • XSLTProcessor::transformToXML - Transform to XML
  • XSLTProcessor::__construct - Creates a new XSLTProcessor object
  • xslt_backend_info - Returns the information on the compilation settings of the backend
  • xslt_backend_name - Returns the name of the backend
  • xslt_backend_version - Returns the version number of Sablotron
  • xslt_create - Crea un nuovo processore XSLT
  • xslt_errno - Restituisce un numero di errore
  • xslt_error - Restituisce una stringa di errore
  • xslt_free - Libera un processore XSLT
  • xslt_getopt - Get options on a given xsl processor
  • xslt_process - Esegue una trasformazione XSLT
  • xslt_setopt - Set options on a given XSLT processor
  • xslt_set_base - Imposta l'URI di base per tuttte le trasformazioni XSLT
  • xslt_set_encoding - Imposta l'encoding per il parsing dei documenti XML
  • xslt_set_error_handler - Imposta un error handler per un processore XSLT
  • xslt_set_log - Imposta il file di log per scrivere i messaggi di log
  • xslt_set_object - Sets the object in which to resolve callback functions
  • xslt_set_sax_handler - Imposta un handler SAX per un processore XSLT
  • xslt_set_sax_handlers - Imposta gli handler SAX da richiamare quando il documento XML viene processato
  • xslt_set_scheme_handler - Imposta gli handler di Schema per un processore XSLT
  • xslt_set_scheme_handlers - Imposta gli handler di schema per il processore XSLT
• y
  • Yaf_Action_Abstract::execute - Execute the action
  • Yaf_Action_Abstract::getController - get controller instance
  • Yaf_Application::app - Retrive an Application instance
  • Yaf_Application::bootstrap - Call bootstrap
  • Yaf_Application::clearLastError - Clear the last error info
  • Yaf_Application::environ - Retrive environ
  • Yaf_Application::execute - Execute a callback
  • Yaf_Application::getAppDirectory - Get the application directory
  • Yaf_Application::getConfig - Retrive the config instance
  • Yaf_Application::getDispatcher - Get Yaf_Dispatcher instance
  • Yaf_Application::getLastErrorMsg - Get message of the last occurred error
  • Yaf_Application::getLastErrorNo - Get code of last occurred error
  • Yaf_Application::getModules - Get defined module names
  • Yaf_Application::run - Start Yaf_Application
  • Yaf_Application::setAppDirectory - Change the application directory
  • Yaf_Application::__clone - Yaf_Application can not be cloned
  • Yaf_Application::__construct - Yaf_Application constructor
  • Yaf_Application::__destruct - The __destruct purpose
  • Yaf_Application::__sleep - Yaf_Application can not be serialized
  • Yaf_Application::__wakeup - Yaf_Application can not be unserialized
  • Yaf_Config_Abstract::get - Getter
  • Yaf_Config_Abstract::readonly - Find a config whether readonly
  • Yaf_Config_Abstract::set - Setter
  • Yaf_Config_Abstract::toArray - Cast to array
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::count - The count purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::current - The current purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::key - The key purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::next - The next purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::offsetExists - The offsetExists purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::offsetGet - The offsetGet purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::offsetSet - The offsetSet purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::offsetUnset - The offsetUnset purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::readonly - The readonly purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::rewind - The rewind purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::toArray - The toArray purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::valid - The valid purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::__get - The __get purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::__isset - The __isset purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::__set - The __set purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::count - The count purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::current - The current purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::key - The key purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::next - The next purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::offsetExists - The offsetExists purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::offsetGet - The offsetGet purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::offsetSet - The offsetSet purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::offsetUnset - The offsetUnset purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::readonly - The readonly purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::rewind - The rewind purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::toArray - The toArray purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::valid - The valid purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::__get - The __get purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::__isset - The __isset purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::__set - The __set purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::display - The display purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::forward - The forward purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getInvokeArg - The getInvokeArg purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getInvokeArgs - The getInvokeArgs purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getModuleName - Get module name
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getRequest - The getRequest purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getResponse - The getResponse purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getView - Retrieve the view engine
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getViewpath - The getViewpath purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::initView - The initView purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::redirect - The redirect purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::render - Render view template
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::setViewpath - The setViewpath purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::__clone - Yaf_Controller_Abstract can not be cloned
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::__construct - Yaf_Controller_Abstract constructor
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::autoRender - Switch on/off autorendering
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::catchException - Switch on/off exception catching
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::disableView - Disable view rendering
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::dispatch - Dispatch a request
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::enableView - enable view rendering
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::flushInstantly - Switch on/off the instant flushing
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::getApplication - Retrive the application
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::getInstance - Retrive the dispatcher instance
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::getRequest - Retrive the request instance
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::getRouter - Retrive router instance
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::initView - Initialize view and return it
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::registerPlugin - Register a plugin
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::returnResponse - The returnResponse purpose
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::setDefaultAction - Change default action name
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::setDefaultController - Change default controller name
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::setDefaultModule - Change default module name
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::setErrorHandler - Set error handler
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::setRequest - The setRequest purpose
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::setView - Set a custom view engine
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::throwException - Switch on/off exception throwing
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::__clone - Yaf_Dispatcher can not be cloned
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::__construct - Yaf_Dispatcher constructor
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::__sleep - Yaf_Dispatcher can not be serialized
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::__wakeup - Yaf_Dispatcher can not be unserialized
  • Yaf_Exception::getPrevious - The getPrevious purpose
  • Yaf_Exception::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Loader::autoload - The autoload purpose
  • Yaf_Loader::clearLocalNamespace - The clearLocalNamespace purpose
  • Yaf_Loader::getInstance - The getInstance purpose
  • Yaf_Loader::getLibraryPath - get the library path
  • Yaf_Loader::getLocalNamespace - The getLocalNamespace purpose
  • Yaf_Loader::import - The import purpose
  • Yaf_Loader::isLocalName - The isLocalName purpose
  • Yaf_Loader::registerLocalNamespace - register local class prefix
  • Yaf_Loader::setLibraryPath - Change the library path
  • Yaf_Loader::__clone - The __clone purpose
  • Yaf_Loader::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Loader::__sleep - The __sleep purpose
  • Yaf_Loader::__wakeup - The __wakeup purpose
  • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::dispatchLoopShutdown - The dispatchLoopShutdown purpose
  • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::dispatchLoopStartup - The dispatchLoopStartup purpose
  • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::postDispatch - The postDispatch purpose
  • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::preDispatch - The preDispatch purpose
  • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::preResponse - The preResponse purpose
  • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::routerShutdown - The routerShutdown purpose
  • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::routerStartup - RouterStartup hook
  • Yaf_Registry::del - Remove an item from registry
  • Yaf_Registry::get - Retrieve an item from registry
  • Yaf_Registry::has - Check whether an item exists
  • Yaf_Registry::set - Add an item into registry
  • Yaf_Registry::__clone - The __clone purpose
  • Yaf_Registry::__construct - Yaf_Registry implements singleton
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getActionName - The getActionName purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getBaseUri - The getBaseUri purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getControllerName - The getControllerName purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getEnv - Retrieve ENV varialbe
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getException - The getException purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getLanguage - The getLanguage purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getMethod - The getMethod purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getModuleName - The getModuleName purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getParam - The getParam purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getParams - The getParams purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getRequestUri - The getRequestUri purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getServer - Retrieve SERVER variable
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isCli - The isCli purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isDispatched - The isDispatched purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isGet - The isGet purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isHead - The isHead purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isOptions - The isOptions purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isPost - The isPost purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isPut - The isPut purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isRouted - The isRouted purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isXmlHttpRequest - The isXmlHttpRequest purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setActionName - The setActionName purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setBaseUri - The setBaseUri purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setControllerName - The setControllerName purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setDispatched - The setDispatched purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setModuleName - The setModuleName purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setParam - The setParam purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setRequestUri - The setRequestUri purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setRouted - The setRouted purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Http::get - Retrieve variable from client
  • Yaf_Request_Http::getCookie - Retrieve Cookie varialbe
  • Yaf_Request_Http::getFiles - The getFiles purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Http::getPost - Retrieve POST variable
  • Yaf_Request_Http::getQuery - fetch a query parameter
  • Yaf_Request_Http::getRequest - The getRequest purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Http::isXmlHttpRequest - Whether a Ajax Request
  • Yaf_Request_Http::__clone - The __clone purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Http::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::get - The get purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::getCookie - The getCookie purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::getFiles - The getFiles purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::getPost - The getPost purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::getQuery - The getQuery purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::getRequest - The getRequest purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::isXmlHttpRequest - The isXmlHttpRequest purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::__clone - The __clone purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::appendBody - append to body
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::clearBody - The clearBody purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::clearHeaders - The clearHeaders purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::getBody - Retrieve a exists content
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::getHeader - The getHeader purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::prependBody - The prependBody purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::response - send response
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::setAllHeaders - The setAllHeaders purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::setBody - Set content to response
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::setHeader - The setHeader purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::setRedirect - The setRedirect purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::__clone - The __clone purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::__destruct - The __destruct purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::__toString - The __toString purpose
  • Yaf_Router::addConfig - Add config-defined routes into Router
  • Yaf_Router::addRoute - Add new Route into Router
  • Yaf_Router::getCurrentRoute - Get the effective route name
  • Yaf_Router::getRoute - Retrieve a route by name
  • Yaf_Router::getRoutes - Retrieve registered routes
  • Yaf_Router::route - The route purpose
  • Yaf_Router::__construct - Yaf_Router constructor
  • Yaf_Route_Interface::route - route a request
  • Yaf_Route_Map::route - The route purpose
  • Yaf_Route_Map::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Route_Regex::route - The route purpose
  • Yaf_Route_Regex::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Route_Rewrite::route - The route purpose
  • Yaf_Route_Rewrite::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Route_Simple::route - Route a request
  • Yaf_Route_Simple::__construct - Yaf_Route_Simple constructor
  • Yaf_Route_Static::match - The match purpose
  • Yaf_Route_Static::route - Route a request
  • Yaf_Route_Supervar::route - The route purpose
  • Yaf_Route_Supervar::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Session::count - The count purpose
  • Yaf_Session::current - The current purpose
  • Yaf_Session::del - The del purpose
  • Yaf_Session::getInstance - The getInstance purpose
  • Yaf_Session::has - The has purpose
  • Yaf_Session::key - The key purpose
  • Yaf_Session::next - The next purpose
  • Yaf_Session::offsetExists - The offsetExists purpose
  • Yaf_Session::offsetGet - The offsetGet purpose
  • Yaf_Session::offsetSet - The offsetSet purpose
  • Yaf_Session::offsetUnset - The offsetUnset purpose
  • Yaf_Session::rewind - The rewind purpose
  • Yaf_Session::start - The start purpose
  • Yaf_Session::valid - The valid purpose
  • Yaf_Session::__clone - The __clone purpose
  • Yaf_Session::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Session::__get - The __get purpose
  • Yaf_Session::__isset - The __isset purpose
  • Yaf_Session::__set - The __set purpose
  • Yaf_Session::__sleep - The __sleep purpose
  • Yaf_Session::__unset - The __unset purpose
  • Yaf_Session::__wakeup - The __wakeup purpose
  • Yaf_View_Interface::assign - Assign value to View engine
  • Yaf_View_Interface::display - Render and output a template
  • Yaf_View_Interface::getScriptPath - The getScriptPath purpose
  • Yaf_View_Interface::render - Render a template
  • Yaf_View_Interface::setScriptPath - The setScriptPath purpose
  • Yaf_View_Simple::assign - Assign values
  • Yaf_View_Simple::assignRef - The assignRef purpose
  • Yaf_View_Simple::clear - Clear Assigned values
  • Yaf_View_Simple::display - Render and display
  • Yaf_View_Simple::eval - Render template
  • Yaf_View_Simple::getScriptPath - Get templates directory
  • Yaf_View_Simple::render - Render template
  • Yaf_View_Simple::setScriptPath - Set tempaltes directory
  • Yaf_View_Simple::__construct - Constructor of Yaf_View_Simple
  • Yaf_View_Simple::__get - Retrieve assigned variable
  • Yaf_View_Simple::__isset - The __isset purpose
  • Yaf_View_Simple::__set - Set value to engine
  • yaml_emit - Returns the YAML representation of a value
  • yaml_emit_file - Send the YAML representation of a value to a file
  • yaml_parse - Parse a YAML stream
  • yaml_parse_file - Parse a YAML stream from a file
  • yaml_parse_url - Parse a Yaml stream from a URL
  • yaz_addinfo - Returns additional error information
  • yaz_ccl_conf - Configure CCL parser
  • yaz_ccl_parse - Invoke CCL Parser
  • yaz_close - Close YAZ connection
  • yaz_connect - Prepares for a connection to a Z39.50 server
  • yaz_database - Specifies the databases within a session
  • yaz_element - Specifies Element-Set Name for retrieval
  • yaz_errno - Returns error number
  • yaz_error - Returns error description
  • yaz_es - Prepares for an Extended Service Request
  • yaz_es_result - Inspects Extended Services Result
  • yaz_get_option - Returns value of option for connection
  • yaz_hits - Returns number of hits for last search
  • yaz_itemorder - Prepares for Z39.50 Item Order with an ILL-Request package
  • yaz_present - Prepares for retrieval (Z39.50 present)
  • yaz_range - Specifies a range of records to retrieve
  • yaz_record - Returns a record
  • yaz_scan - Prepares for a scan
  • yaz_scan_result - Returns Scan Response result
  • yaz_schema - Specifies schema for retrieval
  • yaz_search - Prepares for a search
  • yaz_set_option - Sets one or more options for connection
  • yaz_sort - Sets sorting criteria
  • yaz_syntax - Specifies the preferred record syntax for retrieval
  • yaz_wait - Wait for Z39.50 requests to complete
  • yp_all - Traverse the map and call a function on each entry
  • yp_cat - Return an array containing the entire map
  • yp_errno - Returns the error code of the previous operation
  • yp_err_string - Returns the error string associated with the given error code
  • yp_first - Returns the first key-value pair from the named map
  • yp_get_default_domain - Fetches the machine's default NIS domain
  • yp_master - Returns the machine name of the master NIS server for a map
  • yp_match - Returns the matched line
  • yp_next - Returns the next key-value pair in the named map
  • yp_order - Returns the order number for a map
• z
  • zend_logo_guid - Ottiene il guid del logo Zend
  • zend_thread_id - Returns a unique identifier for the current thread
  • zend_version - Restituisce il numero di versione dell'engine Zend
  • ZipArchive::addEmptyDir - Add a new directory
  • ZipArchive::addFile - Adds a file to a ZIP archive from the given path
  • ZipArchive::addFromString - Add a file to a ZIP archive using its contents
  • ZipArchive::close - Close the active archive (opened or newly created)
  • ZipArchive::deleteIndex - delete an entry in the archive using its index
  • ZipArchive::deleteName - delete an entry in the archive using its name
  • ZipArchive::extractTo - Extract the archive contents
  • ZipArchive::getArchiveComment - Returns the Zip archive comment
  • ZipArchive::getCommentIndex - Returns the comment of an entry using the entry index
  • ZipArchive::getCommentName - Returns the comment of an entry using the entry name
  • ZipArchive::getFromIndex - Returns the entry contents using its index
  • ZipArchive::getFromName - Returns the entry contents using its name
  • ZipArchive::getNameIndex - Returns the name of an entry using its index
  • ZipArchive::getStatusString - Returns the status error message, system and/or zip messages
  • ZipArchive::getStream - Get a file handler to the entry defined by its name (read only).
  • ZipArchive::locateName - Returns the index of the entry in the archive
  • ZipArchive::open - Open a ZIP file archive
  • ZipArchive::renameIndex - Renames an entry defined by its index
  • ZipArchive::renameName - Renames an entry defined by its name
  • ZipArchive::setArchiveComment - Set the comment of a ZIP archive
  • ZipArchive::setCommentIndex - Set the comment of an entry defined by its index
  • ZipArchive::setCommentName - Set the comment of an entry defined by its name
  • ZipArchive::statIndex - Get the details of an entry defined by its index.
  • ZipArchive::statName - Get the details of an entry defined by its name.
  • ZipArchive::unchangeAll - Undo all changes done in the archive
  • ZipArchive::unchangeArchive - Revert all global changes done in the archive.
  • ZipArchive::unchangeIndex - Revert all changes done to an entry at the given index
  • ZipArchive::unchangeName - Revert all changes done to an entry with the given name.
  • zip_close - Chiude un archivio ZIP
  • zip_entry_close - Chiude una voce directory
  • zip_entry_compressedsize - Ottiene la dimensione compressa di una voce directory
  • zip_entry_compressionmethod - Ottiene il metodo di compressione di una voce directory
  • zip_entry_filesize - Ottiene la dimensione attuale di una voce della directory
  • zip_entry_name - Ottiene il nome della voce di una directory
  • zip_entry_open - Apre una voce directory in lettura
  • zip_entry_read - Legge da una voce directory aperta
  • zip_open - Apre un archivio ZIP
  • zip_read - Legge la prossima voce in un archivio file zip
  • zlib:// - Compression Streams
  • zlib_decode - Uncompress any raw/gzip/zlib encoded data
  • zlib_encode - Compress data with the specified encoding
  • zlib_get_coding_type - Returns the coding type used for output compression
• _
  • __autoload - Attempt to load undefined class
  • __halt_compiler - Halts the compiler execution